10-std Maths

Preface
It is gratifying to note that education as a whole and school education in particular

witness marked changes in the state of Tamil Nadu resulting in the implementation of
uniform curriculum for all streams in the school education system. This is a golden
opportunity given by the Government of Tamil Nadu which must be utilized for the over
all improvement of education in Tamil Nadu.
Mathematics, the queen of all sciences, remains and will remain as a subject with
great charm having an intrinsic value and beauty of its own. It plays an indispensable
role in sciences, engineering and other subjects as well. So, mathematical knowledge is
essential for the growth of science and technology, and for any individual to shine well
in the field of one’s choice. In addition, a rigorous mathematical training gives one not
only the knowledge of mathematics but also a disciplined thought process, an ability to
analyze complicated problems.
Thiruvalluvar, the prophetic Tamil poet, had as far back as at least two thousand
years ago, underlined the importance and the value of mathematical education by saying,
v©bz‹g Vid vG¤bj‹g Ï›éu©L«

f©bz‹g thG« cæ®¡F. - FwŸ (392)
The two that are known as numbers and letters

They say are the eyes of people on the earth.
– Kural (392)
We need the power and prowess of mathematics to face and solve the ever
increasing complex problems that we encounter in our life. Furthermore, mathematics is
a supremely creative force and not just a problem solving tool. The learners will realize
this fact to their immense satisfaction and advantage as they learn more and more of
mathematics.
Besides, a good mathematical training is very much essential to create a good
work force for posterity. The rudiments of mathematics attained at the school level form
the basis of higher studies in the field of mathematics and other sciences. Besides learning
the basics of mathematics, it is also important to learn how to apply them in solving
problems.
(iii)
Deeper understanding of basic principles and problem solving are the two
important components of learning mathematics. This book is a step in this direction. It is
intended to help the students to grasp the fundamentals of mathematics and apply them
in problem solving. It also fosters an informed awareness of how mathematics develops
and works in different situations. With this end in view, the chapters are arranged in their
natural and logical order with a good number of worked out examples. Each section of a
chapter is designed in such a way as to provide the students the much needed practice
which promotes a thorough understanding of the concepts. We suggest that before going
into the problems, the teachers and the students get themselves acquainted with the
underlying mathematical ideas and their connections which precede the set of problems
given in the exercises.
However, be it remembered that mathematics is more than the science of
numbers. The teacher in the classroom is the most important person whose help and
guidance are indispensable in learning mathematics. During the stage of transition from
basic mathematics to higher mathematics, the teachers have a more significant role to
play. In this context we hope that this book serves the purpose and acts as a catalyst. To
reap the maximum benefit out of this, the teacher should necessarily strive for a two-
way communication. This endeavour will undoubtedly pave the way for learner-centered
activities in the class rooms. Moreover, this text book is aimed at giving the students a
space to explore mathematics and develop skills in all directions. As we have mentioned
already, there are two parts in learning mathematics. One is learning the basics and the
other is applying the basics in problem solving. Going through the examples in the text
does help in understanding the methods; but learning basics, solving exercise problems
on one’s own and then trying to create new related problems alone will help consolidate
one’s mathematical knowledge.
We learn Mathematics by doing Mathematics.
We would be grateful for suggestions and comments from experts, teachers and
students for the improvement of this book.
Murthy R
Chairperson
(iv)
CONTENTS
1. SETS AND FUNCTIONS 1-33
1.1 Introduction 1
1.2. Sets 1
1.3. Operations on Sets 3
1.4. Properties of Set Operations 5
1.5. De Morgan’s Laws 12
1.6. Cardinality of Sets 16
1.7. Relations 19
1.8. Functions 20
2. SEQUENCES AND SERIES OF REAL NUMBERS 34-67

2.1. Introduction 34
2.2. Sequences 35
2.3. Arithmetic Sequence 38
2.4. Geometric Sequence 43
2.5. Series 49

3. ALGEBRA 68-117
3.1 Introduction 68
3.2 System of Linear Equations in Two Unknowns 69
3.3 Quadratic Polynomials 80
3.4 Synthetic Division 82
3.5 Greatest Common Divisor and Least Common Multiple 86
3.6 Rational Expressions 93
3.7 Square Root 97
3.8 Quadratic Equations 101
4. MATRICES 118-139
4.1 Introduction 118
4.2 Formation of Matrices 119
4.3 Types of Matrices 121
4.4 Operation on Matrices 125
4.5 Properties of Matrix Addition 128
4.6 Multiplication of Matrices 130
4.7 Properties of Matrix Multiplication 132
(v)
5. COORDINATE GEOMETRY 140-170
5.2 Section Formula 140
5.3 Area of a Triangle 147
5.4 Collinearity of Three Points 148
5.5 Area of a Quadrilateral 148
5.6 Straight Lines 151
5.7 General form of Equation of a Straight Line 164
6. GEOMETRY 171-195
6.2 Similar Triangles 182
6.3 Circles and Tangents 189
7. TRIGONOMETRY 196-218
7.2 Trigonometric Identities 196
7.3 Heights and Distances 205

8. MENSURATION 219-248
8.2 Surface Area 219
8.3 Volume 230
8.4 Combination of Solids 240
9. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY 249- 266

9.2 Construction of Tangents to a Circle 250
9.3 Construction of Triangles 254
9.4 Construction of Cyclic Quadrilaterals 259

10. GRAPHS 267-278
10.2 Quadratic Graphs 267
10.3 Some special Graphs 275
11. STATISTICS 279-298

11.2 Measures of Dispersion 280

12. PROBABILITY 299 - 316
12.2 Classical Definition of Probability 302
12.3 Addition theorem on Probability 309
(vi)
1 SETS AND
FUNCTIONS
A set is Many that allows itself to be thought of as a One
- Georg Cantor
 Introduction
 Sets 1.1 Introduction

 Properties of set operations The concept of set is one of the fundamental concepts
in mathematics. The notation and terminology of set theory
 De Morgan’s Laws
is useful in every part of mathematics. So, we may say that
 Functions
set theory is the language of mathematics. This subject, which
originated from the works of George Boole (1815-1864) and
Georg Cantor (1845-1918) in the later part of 19th century,
has had a profound influence on the development of all
branches of mathematics in the 20th century. It has helped
in unifying many disconnected ideas and thus facilitated the
advancement of mathematics.
In class IX, we have learnt the concept of set, some
George Boole operations like union, intersection and difference of two sets.
(1815-1864) Here, we shall learn some more concepts relating to sets and
England another important concept in mathematics namely, function.
Boole believed that there was First let us recall basic definitions with some examples. We
a close analogy between symbols that denote all positive integers (natural numbers) by N and all
represent logical interactions and real numbers by R .
algebraic symbols.
1.2 Sets
He used mathematical symbols
to express logical relations. Although Definition
computers did not exist in his A set is a collection of well-defined objects. The objects
day, Boole would be pleased to in a set are called elements or members of that set.
know that his Boolean algebra
is the basis of all computer arithmetic.
Here, “well-defined” means that the criteria for
As the inventor of Boolean
deciding if an object belongs to the set or not, should be
logic-the basis of modern digital
defined without confusion.
computer logic - Boole is regarded in
For example, the collection of all “tall people” in
hindsight as a founder of the field of
computer science. Chennai does not form a set, because here the deciding criteria
“tall people” is not clearly defined. Hence this collection does
not define a set.
Notation
We generally use capital letters like A, B, X, etc. to denote a set. We shall use small
letters like x, y, etc. to denote elements of a set. We write x ! Y to mean x is an element of
the set Y . We write t b Y to mean t is not an element of the set Y .
Examples
(i) The set of all high school students in Tamil Nadu.
(ii) The set of all students either in high school or in college in Tamil Nadu.
(iii) The set of all positive even integers.
(iv) The set of all integers whose square is negative.
(v) The set of all people who landed on the moon.
Let A, B, C, D and E denote the sets defined in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) respectively.
Note that square of any integer is an integer that is either zero or positive and so there is no
integer whose square is negative. Thus, the set D does not contain any element. Any such set
is called an empty set. We denote the empty set by z .
Definition
(i) A set is said to be a finite set if it contains only a finite number of elements in it.
(ii) A set which is not finite is called an infinite set.
Observe that the set A given above is a finite set, whereas the set C is an infinite set.
Note that empty set contains no elements in it. That is, the number of elements in an empty
set is zero. Thus, empty set is also a finite set.
Definition
(i) If a set X is finite, then we define cardinality of X to be the number of
elements in X .
(ii) If a set X is infinite, then we denote the cardinality of X by a symbol 3 . Cardinality
of a set X is denoted by n (X) .
Now looking at the sets A, B in the above examples, we see that every element of A
is also an element of B . In such cases we say A is a subset of B.
Let us recall some of the definitions that we have learnt in class IX.
Subset Let X, Y be two sets. We say X is a subset of Y if every element of X is also an
element of Y . That is X is a subset of Y if z ! X implies z ! Y .
If X is a subset of Y , then we denote this by X 3 Y .
2 10th Std. Mathematics

Set Equality Two sets X and Y are said to be equal if both contain exactly same elements.
In which case, we write X = Y . That is, X = Y if and only if X 3 Y and Y 3 X .
Equivalent Sets Two finite sets X and Y are said to be equivalent if n (X) = n (Y) .
2
For example, let P = " x ; x - x - 6 = 0 , and Q = "3, - 2 , . It is easy to see that
both P, Q contain same elements and so P = Q . If F = "3, 2 , , then F, Q are equivalent
sets but Q ! F.
Power Set Given a set A , let P (A) denote the collection of all subsets of A . The set P (A)
is called the power set of A .
If n(A) = m, then the number of elements in P (A) is given by n(P(A)) = 2 m .
For example, if A = {a,b,c}, then P (A) = { z, {a}, {b}, {c} . {a, b}, {a, c}, {b, c}, {a, b, c} }
and n(P(A)) = 8.
Now, given two sets, how can we create new sets using the given sets?
One possibility is to put all the elements together from both sets and create a new set. Another
possibility is to create a set containing only common elements from both sets. Also, we may
create a set having elements from one set that are not in the other set. Following definitions
give a precise way of formalizing these. We include Venn diagram next to each definition to
illustrate it.
Y
1.3 Operations on sets X
Let X, Y be two sets. We define the following new sets:
(i) Union X , Y = " z ; z ! X or z ! Y ,
( read as “ X union Y ”)
X,Y
Note that X , Y contains all the elements of X and all the
Fig. 1.1
elements of Y and the Fig. 1.1 illustrates this.
Note that X 3 X , Y and also Y 3 X , Y. Y
X
(ii) Intersection X + Y = " z ; z ! X and z ! Y ,
(read as “ X intersection Y ”)
Note that X + Y contains only those elements which belong X+Y
to both X and Y and the Fig. 1.2 illustrates this. Fig. 1.2
Note that X + Y 3 X and also X + Y 3 Y. Y

X
(iii) Set difference X \ Y = " z ; z ! X but z b Y ,
(read as “ X difference Y ”)
Note that X \ Y contains only elements of X that are not in Y
X \Y
and the Fig. 1.3 illustrates this. Also, some authors use A - B Fig. 1.3
for A\B. We shall use the notation A\B which is widely Y
used in mathematics for set difference. X
(iv) Symmetric Difference X 3 Y =( X \Y ) , (Y \ X )

(read as “ X symmetric difference Y ”). Note that
X3Y
X 3 Y contains all elements in X , Y that are not in X + Y .
Fig. 1.4

(v) Complement If X 3 U , where U is a universal set, then U
U \ X is called the complement of X with respect to U. If
underlying universal set is fixed, then we denote U \ X by X l
X
and is called complement of X . Xl
Fig. 1.5
(vi) Disjoint sets Two sets X and Y are said to be disjoint if Y
they do not have any common element. That is, X and Y are X
disjoint if X + Y = z .
Remarks
Usually circles are used to denote sets in Venn diagrams. Fig. 1.6
However, any closed curve may also be used to represent a set in

a Venn diagram. While writing the elements of a set, we do not allow repetitions of elements
in that set.
Now, we shall see some examples.
Let A = " x ; x is a positive integer less than 12 , , B = "1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 12, 15 , and
C = "- 2, - 1, 0, 1, 3, 5, 7 , . Now let us find the following:
(i) A , B = " x ; x ! A or x ! B ,
= " x ; x is a positive integer less than 12, or x = 12, or 15 ,
= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15} .
(ii) C + B = " y ; y ! C and y ! B , = "1, 7 , .
(iii) A \ C = " x ; x ! A but x b C , = "2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 , .
(iv) A 3 C = ( A \ C ) , ( C \ A )
= "2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 , , "- 2, - 1, 0 , = { - 2, - 1, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 9,10,11 } .
(v) Let U = {x | x is an integer} be the universal set.
Note that 0 is neither positive nor negative. Therefore, 0 g A .
Now, A' = U\A = {x : x is an integer but it should not be in A}
= {x ; x is either zero or a negative integer or positive integer greater than or equal to 12}
= {g , - 4, - 3, - 2, - 1, 0} , { 12, 13, 14, 15, g}
= {g , - 4, - 3, - 2, - 1, 0,12,13,14,15, g} .
Let us list out some useful results.

Let U be an universal set and A, B are subsets of U . Then the following hold:
(i) A \ B = A + Bl (ii) B \ A = B + Al
(iii) A \ B = A + A + B = z (iv) (A \ B) , B = A , B
(v) (A \ B) + B = z (vi) (A \ B) , (B \ A) = (A , B) \ (A + B)

Let us state some properties of set operations.
1.4 Properties of set operations
For any three sets A, B and C , the following hold.
(i) Commutative property
(a) A , B = B , A (set union is commutative)
(b) A + B = B + A (set intersection is commutative)
(ii) Associative property
(a) A , ^ B , C h = ^ A , Bh , C (set union is associative)
(b) A + ^ B + C h = ^ A + Bh + C (set intersection is associative)
(iii) Distributive property
(a) A + ^ B , C h = ^ A + Bh , (A + C) (intersection distributes over union)
(b) A , ^ B + C h = ^ A , Bh + (A , C) (union distributes over intersection)
Mostly we shall verify these properties with the given sets. Instead of verifying the
above properties with examples, it is always better to give a mathematical proof. But this is
beyond the scope of this book. However, to understand and appreciate a rigorous mathematical
proof, let us take one property and give the proof.
(i) Commutative property of union
In this part we want to prove that for any two sets A and B , the sets A , B and B , A
are equal. Our definition of equality of sets says that two sets are equal only if they contain
same elements.
First we shall show that every element of A , B , is also an element of B , A .
Let z ! A , B be an arbitrary element. Then by the definition of union of A and B
we have z ! A or z ! B . That is,
for every z ! A , B ( z ! A or z ! B
( z ! B or z ! A
( z ! B , A by the definition of B , A . (1)
Since (1) is true for every z ! A , B , the above work shows that every element of A , B
is also is an element of B , A . Hence, by the definition of a subset, we have (A , B) 3 (B , A) .
Next, we consider an arbitrary y ! B , A and show that this y is also an element of A , B .
Now, for every y ! B , A ( y ! B or y ! A
( y ! A or y ! B
( y ! A , B by the definition of A , B . (2)
Since (2) is true for every y ! B , A , the above work shows that every element of B , A is
also an element of A , B . Hence, by the definition of a subset, we have (B , A) 3 (A , B) .
So, we have shown that (A , B) 3 (B , A) and (B , A) 3 (A , B) . This can happen
only when (A , B) = (B , A) . One could follow above steps to prove other properties listed
above by exactly the same method.

About proofs in Mathematics
In mathematics, a statement is called a true statement if it is always true. If a statement
is not true even in one instance, then the statement is said to be a false statement. For
example, let us consider a few statements:
(i) Any positive odd integer is a prime number (ii) Sum of all angles in a triangle is 180c
(iii) Every prime number is an odd integer (iv) For any two sets A and B , A \ B = B \ A
Now, the statement (i) is false, though very many odd positive integers are prime,
because integers like 9, 15, 21, 45 etc. are positive and odd but not prime.
The statement (ii) is a true statement because no matter which triangle you consider,
the sum of its angles equals 180c .
The statement (iii) is false, because 2 is a prime number but it is an even integer. In
fact, the statement (iii) is true for every prime number except for 2. So, if we want to prove a
statement we have to prove that it is true for all instances. If we want to disprove a statement
it is enough to give an example of one instance, where it is false.
The statement (iv) is false. Let us analyze this statement. Basically, when we
form A\B we are removing all elements of B from A . Similarly, for B \ A . So it is
highly possible that the above statement is false. Indeed, let us consider a case where
A = { 2, 5, 8} and B = {5, 7, - 1} . In this case, A \ B = {2, 8} and B \ A = { 7, - 1} and
we have A \ B ! B \ A . Hence the statement given in (iv) is false.
Example 1.1
For the given sets A = {- 10, 0, 1, 9, 2, 4, 5} and B = {- 1, - 2, 5, 6, 2, 3, 4} ,
verify that (i) set union is commutative. Also verify it by using Venn diagram.
(ii) set intersection is commutative. Also verify it by using Venn diagram.
Solution
(i) Now, A , B = {- 10, 0, 1, 9, 2, 4, 5} , {- 1, - 2, 5, 6, 2, 3, 4}
= {- 10, - 2, - 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9} (1)
Also, B , A = {- 1, - 2, 5, 6, 2, 3, 4} , {- 10, 0, 1, 9, 2, 4, 5}
= {- 10, - 2, - 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9} (2)
Thus, from (1) and (2) we have verified that A , B = B , A .
By Venn diagram, we have
B A
A –10 B –10
–1 –1
2 2
0 –2 –2 0
5 6 5
1 6 1
4 3 3 4
9 9
A,B = B,A
Fig. 1.7
Hence, it is verified.

(ii) Let us verify that intersection is commutative.
Now, A + B = {- 10, 0, 1, 9, 2, 4, 5} + {- 1, - 2, 5, 6, 2, 3, 4}
= {2, 4, 5} . (1)
Also, B + A = {- 1, - 2, 5, 6, 2, 3, 4} + {- 10, 0, 1, 9, 2, 4, 5}
= {2, 4, 5} . (2)
From (1) and (2), we have A + B = B + A for the given sets A and B .
By Venn diagram, we have
B A
A B
2 2
5 5
4 4
A+B = B+A
Fig. 1.8
Hence, it is verified.
Example 1.2
Given, A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, B = {3, 4, 5, 6} and C = {5, 6, 7, 8} , show that
(i) A , ^ B , C h = ^ A , Bh , C. (ii) Verify (i) using Venn diagram.
Solution
(i) Now, B , C = {3, 4, 5, 6} , {5, 6, 7, 8} = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}
` A , (B , C) = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, { 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} (1)
Now, A , B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} , {3, 4, 5, 6} = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
` ^ A , Bh , C = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} , {5, 6, 7, 8} = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} (2)
From (1) and (2), we have A , ^ B , C h = ^ A , Bh , C .
(ii) Using Venn diagram, we have
A B A B
1
4 4
3 2 3
5 5
6 6
7
C 8 C

B,C (1)
A,B (3)
A B A B
1 4 1 4
2 3 3
2
5 5
6 6
7 7
C 8 8
(2)
C (4)
A , ^B , Ch ^ A , Bh , C
Fig. 1.9
Thus, from (2) and (4), we have verified that the set union is associative.

Example 1.3
Let A = {a, b, c, d}, B = {a, c, e} and C = {a, e} .
(i) Show that A + ^ B + C h = ^ A + Bh + C. (ii) Verify (i) using Venn diagram.
Solution
(i) We are given A = {a, b, c, d}, B = {a, c, e} and C = {a, e} .
We need to show A + ^ B + C h = ^ A + Bh + C . So, we first consider A + ^ B + C h .
Now, B + C = {a, c, e} + {a, e} = {a, e} ; thus,
A + ^ B + C h = {a, b, c, d} + {a, e} = {a} . (1)
Next, we shall find A + B = {a, b, c, d.} + {a, c, e} = {a, c} . Hence
^ A + Bh + C = {a, c} + {a, e} = {a} (2)
Now (1) and (2) give the desired result.
A B A B
c
a a
e
C C

B+C (1)
A+B (3)
A B A B
a a

C C

A + ^B + Ch (2)
^ A + Bh + C (4)
Fig. 1.10
Thus, from (2) and (4) , it is verified that A + ^ B + C h = ^ A + Bh + C
Example 1.4
Given A = {a, b, c, d, e}, B = {a, e, i, o, u} and C = {c, d, e, u} .
(i) Show that A\ ^ B \ C h ! ^ A \ Bh \C . (ii) Verify (i) using Venn diagram.

Solution
(i) First let us find A\ ^ B \ C h . To do so, consider
^ B \ C h = {a, e, i, o, u} \ {c, d, e, u} = {a, i, o} .
Thus, A\ ^ B \ C h = {a, b, c, d, e} \ {a, i, o} = {b, c, d, e} . (1)
Next, we find ^ A \ Bh \C .
A \ B = {a, b, c, d, e} \ {a, e, i, o, u} = {b, c, d} .
Hence, ^ A \ Bh \C = {b, c, d} \ {c, d, e, u} = {b} . (2)
From (1) and (2) we see that A\ ^ B \ C h ! ^ A \ Bh \C .
Thus, the set difference is not associative.
A B A B
a i b
o d
c
C C
(1) (3)
^ B\C h
^ A\B h
A B A B
b b
d e
c
C C
(2) (4)
A\^ B\C h ^ A\Bh \C
Fig. 1.11
From (2) and (4), it is verified that A \ (B\C) ! (A \ B) \ C .
Remarks
The set difference is not associative. However, if the sets A, B and C are mutually
disjoint, then A\ ^ B \ C h = (A \ B) \C . This is very easy to prove; so let us prove it. Since B and
C are disjoint we have B \ C = B. Since A, B are disjoint we have A \ B = A . Thus, we
have A\ (B \ C) = A . Again, A \ B = A and A, C are disjoint and so we have A \ C = A.
Hence, (A \ B) \C = A . So we have A\ ^ B \ C h = (A \ B) \C as desired. Thus, for sets
which are mutually disjoint, the set difference is associative.

Example 1.5
Let A = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}, B = {1, - 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} and C = {2, 4, 6, 7} .
(i) Show that A , ^ B + C h = ^ A , Bh + ^ A , C h . (ii) Verify using Venn diagram.
Solution
(i) First, we find A , ^ B + C h .
Consider B + C = {1, - 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} + {2, 4, 6, 7 } = {4, 6} ;
A , ^ B + C h = {0,1, 2, 3, 4} , {4, 6} = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6} . (1)
Next, consider A , B = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} , {1, - 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
= {- 2, 0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ,
A , C = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} , {2, 4, 6, 7} = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7} .
Thus, ^ A , Bh + ^ A , C h = {- 2, 0,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} + {0,1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7}
= {0,1, 2, 3, 4, 6} . (2)
From (1) and (2) ,we get A , ^ B + C h = ^ A , Bh + ^ A , C h .
A B A B
0 3 –2
1
4 4
2 6 5
6
C C

B+C (1)
A,B (3)
A A B
B 3
3 0
0 1
1
4
4 2
2 6
6
7
C C
(2)
A,C (4)
A , ^B + Ch
A B
0 3
1
4
2 6
C

^ A , Bh + ^ A , C h (5)
From (2) and (5) it is verified that A , (B + C) = (A , B) + (A , C) Fig. 1.12

Example 1.6
For A = {x ; - 3 # x 1 4, x ! R}, B = {x ; x 1 5, x ! N} and
C = {- 5, - 3, - 1, 0, 1, 3} , Show that A + ^ B , C h = ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h .
Solution First note that the set A contains all the real numbers (not just integers) that are
greater than or equal to - 3 and less than 4.
On the other hand the set B contains all the positive integers that are less than 5. So,
A = {x ; - 3 # x 1 4, x ! R } ; that is, A consists of all real
–3 4
numbers from – 3 upto 4 but 4 is not included.
Also, B = {x ; x 1 5, x ! N} = {1, 2, 3, 4} . Now, we find
B , C = {1, 2, 3, 4} , {- 5, - 3, - 1, 0, 1, 3}
= {1, 2, 3, 4, - 5, - 3, - 1, 0} ; thus
A + ^ B , C h = A + {1, 2, 3, 4, - 5, - 3, - 1, 0}
= {- 3, - 1, 0, 1, 2, 3} . (1)
Next, to find ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h , we consider
A + B = {x ; - 3 # x 1 4, x ! R} + {1, 2, 3, 4} = {1, 2, 3} ;
and A + C = {x ; - 3 # x 1 4, x ! R} + {- 5, - 3, - 1, 0, 1, 3}
= {- 3, - 1, 0, 1, 3} .
Hence, ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h = {1, 2, 3,} , {- 3, - 1, 0, 1, 3}
= {- 3, - 1, 0, 1, 2, 3} . (2)
Now (1) and (2) imply A + ^ B , C h = ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h .
Exercise 1.1
1. If A 1 B, then show that A , B = B (use Venn diagram).
2. If A 1 B, then find A + B and A \ B (use Venn diagram).
3. Let P = {a, b, c}, Q = {g, h, x, y} and R = {a, e, f, s} . Find the following:
(i) P \ R (ii) Q + R (iii) R \ ^ P + Qh .
4. If A = {4, 6, 7, 8, 9}, B = {2, 4, 6} and C = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} , then find

(i) A , ^ B + C h (ii) A + ^ B , C h (iii) A \ ^C \ Bh
5. Given A = {a, x, y, r, s}, B = {1, 3, 5, 7, - 10} , verify the commutative property of set
union.

6. Verify the commutative property of set intersection for
A = {l, m, n, o, 2, 3, 4, 7} and B = {2, 5, 3, - 2, m, n, o, p} .
7. For A = {x ; x is a prime factor of 42} , B = {x ; 5 1 x # 12, x ! N} and

C = {1, 4, 5, 6} , verify A , ^ B , C h = ^ A , Bh , C .
8. Given P = {a, b, c, d, e}, Q = {a, e, i, o, u} and R = {a, c, e, g} . Verify the associative

property of set intersection.
9. For A = {5,10,15, 20}; B = {6,10,12, 18, 24} and C = {7,10,12,14, 21, 28} ,
verify whether A \ ^ B \ C h = ^ A \ Bh \ C . Justify your answer.
10. Let A = {- 5, - 3, - 2, - 1}, B = {- 2, - 1, 0}, and C = {- 6, - 4, - 2} . Find

A \ ^ B \ C h and (A \ B) \ C . What can we conclude about set difference operation?
11. For A = {- 3, - 1, 0, 4, 6, 8, 10}, B = {- 1, - 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} and C = {- 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7},

show that (i) A , ^ B + C h = ^ A , Bh + ^ A , C h (ii) A + ^ B , C h = ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h
(iii) Verify (i) using Venn diagram (iv) Verify (ii) using Venn diagram.
1.5 De Morgan’s laws

Augustus De Morgan (1806-1871) was born in Madurai, Tamilnadu, India and educated
at Trinity college, Cambridge. De Morgan’s laws relate the three basic set operations Union,
Intersection and Complementation.
De Morgan’s laws for set difference
For any three sets A, B and C , we have

(i) A \ ^ B , C h = ^ A \ Bh + ^ A \ C h (ii) A \ ^ B + C h = ^ A \ Bh , ^ A \ C h .
De Morgan’s laws for complementation

Let U be the universal set containing sets A and B. Then
(i) ^ A , Bhl = Al + Bl (ii) ^ A + Bhl = Al , Bl .
Observe that proof of the laws for complementation follows from that of the set
difference because for any set D , we have D' = U \ D . Again we shall not attempt to prove
these; but we shall learn how to apply these laws in problem solving.
Example 1.7
Use Venn diagrams to verify ^ A + Bhl = Al , Bl .

Solution U U
AA B
B A B
(1) (3)
A+B Al
U U
A B A B
(2) (4)
(A + B)l Bl
U
A B

(5)
Al , Bl
Fig. 1.13
From (2) and (5) it follows that ^ A + Bhl = Al , Bl .
Example 1.8
Use Venn diagrams to verify De Morgan’s law for set difference
A \ ^ B + C h = ^ A \ Bh , ^ A \ C h .
Solution
A B A B

C C
(1) (3)
B+C A\B
A B A B
C
C
(2) (4)
A\ (B + C) A\C
A B

(5)
C
(A\B) , (A\C)
Fig. 1.14
From (2) and (5) we have A \ ^ B + C h = ^ A \ Bh , ^ A \ C h .

Example 1.9
Let U = {- 2, - 1, 0,1, 2, 3, g,10}, A = {- 2, 2, 3, 4, 5} and B = {1, 3, 5, 8, 9} .
Verify De Morgan’s laws of complementation.
Solution First we shall verify ^ A , Bhl = Al + Bl . To do this we consider

A , B = {- 2, 2, 3, 4, 5} , {1, 3, 5, 8, 9} = {- 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9} ;
which implies
^ A , Bhl = U \ {- 2,1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9} = {- 1, 0, 6, 7,10} . (1)
Next, we find Al = U \ A = {- 1, 0,1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}

Bl = U \ B = {- 2, - 1, 0, 2, 4, 6, 7, 10} .
Thus, we have Al + Bl = {- 1, 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} + {- 2, - 1, 0, 2, 4, 6, 7, 10}
= {- 1, 0, 6, 7,10} . (2)
From (1) and (2) it follows that ^ A , Bhl = Al + Bl .
Similarly, one can verify ^ A + Bhl = Al , Bl for the given sets above. We leave the
details as an exercise.
Example 1.10
Let A = {a, b, c, d, e, f, g, x, y, z} , B = {1, 2, c, d, e} and C = {d, e, f, g, 2, y} .
Verify A \ ^ B , C h = ^ A \ Bh + ^ A \ C h .
Solution First, we find B , C = {1, 2, c, d, e} , {d, e, f, g, 2, y}

= {1, 2, c, d, e, f, g, y} .
Then A \ (B , C) = {a, b, c, d, e, f, g, x, y, z} \ {1, 2, c, d, e, f, g, y}
= {a, b, x, z} . (1)
Next, we have A \ B = {a, b, f, g, x, y, z} and A \ C = { a, b, c, x, z}
and so (A \ B) + (A \ C) = {a, b, x, z} . (2)
Hence from (1) and (2) it follows that A \ ^ B , C h = ^ A \ Bh + ^ A \ C h .
Exercise 1.2
1. Represent the following using Venn diagrams
(i) U = {5, 6, 7, 8, ......13}, A = {5, 8, 10, 11}, and B = {5, 6, 7, 9, 10}
(ii) U = {a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h}, M = {b, d, f, g}, and N = {a, b, d, e, g}

2. Write a description of each shaded area. Use symbols U, A, B, C, , , + , l and \ as
necessary.
3. Draw Venn diagram of three sets A, B and C illustrating the following:

(i) A + B + C (ii) A and B are disjoint but both are subsets of C
(iii) A + ^ B \ C h (iv) ^ B , C h \ A (v) A , ^ B + C h
(vi) C + ^ B \ Ah (vii) C + ^ B , Ah
4. Use Venn diagram to verify ^ A + Bh , ^ A \ Bh = A .
5. Let U = {4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28} , A = {8, 16, 24} and B = {4, 16, 20, 28} .
Find ^ A , Bh ' and ^ A + Bhl .
6. Given that U = {a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h} , A = {a, b, f, g}, and B = {a, b, c}, verify

De Morgan’s laws of complementation.
7. Verify De Morgan’s laws for set difference using the sets given below:
A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9,11,13,15}, B = {1, 2, 5, 7} and C = {3, 9, 10, 12,13} .
8. Let A = {10,15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50} , B = {1, 5,10,15, 20, 30}
and C = {7, 8,15, 20, 35, 45, 48} . Verify A \ ^ B + C h = ^ A \ Bh , ^ A \ C h .
9. Using Venn diagram, verify whether the following are true:

(i) A + ^ B + C h = ^ A , Bh + ^ A , C h (ii) A + ^ B , C h = ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h
(iii) ^ A , Bhl = Al + Bl (iv) ^ A + Bhl = Al , Bl
(v) A \ ^ B , C h = ^ A \ Bh + ^ A \ C h (vi) A \ ^ B + C h = ^ A \ Bh , ^ A \ C h

1.6 Cardinality of sets
In class IX, we have learnt to solve problems involving two sets, using the formula
n^ A , Bh = n^ Ah + n^ Bh - n^ A + Bh . This formula helps us in calculating the cardinality of
the set A , B when the cardinalities of A, B and A + B are known. Suppose we have three sets
A, B and C and we want to find the cardinality of A , B , C , what will be the corresponding
formula? The formula in this case is given by
n^ A , B , C h = n^ Ah + n^ Bh + n^C h - n^ A + Bh - n^ B + C h - n^ A + C h + n^ A + B + C h .
Following example illustrates the usage of the above formula.
Example 1.11
In a group of students, 65 play foot ball, 45 play hockey, 42 play cricket, 20 play foot
ball and hockey, 25 play foot ball and cricket, 15 play hockey and cricket and 8 play
all the three games. Find number of students in the group.
Solution Let F, H and C represent the set of students who play foot ball, hockey and cricket
respectively. Then n^ F h = 65, n^ H h = 45, and n^C h = 42 .
Also, n^ F + H h = 20 , n^ F + C h = 25 , n^ H + C h = 15 and n^ F + H + C h = 8 .
We want to find the number of students in the whole group; that is n^ F , H , C h .
By the formula, we have
n^ F , H , C h = n^ F h + n^ H h + n^C h - n^ F + H h
- n^ H + C h - n^ F + C h + n^ F + H + C h
= 65 + 45 + 42 - 20 - 25 - 15 + 8 = 100.
Hence, the number of students in the group = 100.
Alternate method
The same problem can also be solved using Venn diagram.
F H
Nowadays, it is possible to solve some of the problems that we 17) 45
-
8+ (12+
come across in daily life using Venn diagrams and logic. The –(12+ 20–82 8+7
)
65 8 = 1 =
Venn diagram will have three intersecting sets, each representing =2 18
8 1
a game. Look at the diagram and try to find the number of players 8
25– 17
5-8
=7
=
in the group by working carefully through the statements and fill
42-(8+17+7)
in as you go along.
= 10
C
Number of students in the group Fig. 1.15
= 28 + 12 + 18 + 7 + 10 + 17 + 8 = 100.

Example 1.12
In a survey of university students, 64 had taken mathematics course, 94 had taken
computer science course, 58 had taken physics course, 28 had taken mathematics and
physics, 26 had taken mathematics and computer science, 22 had taken computer science and
physics course, and 14 had taken all the three courses. Find the number of students who were
surveyed. Find how many had taken one course only.
Solution Let us represent the given data in a Venn diagram.
Let M, C, P represent sets of students who had taken mathematics, computer science
and physics respectively. The given details are filled in the Venn diagram
C
M
12) n (M + C + Pl ) = 26 – 14 = 12
+14+ 26 – 14
64–(14 94 – (12+14+8)
= 12
= 24 = 60 n (M + P + C l ) = 28 – 14 = 14
14
28 –14 22 –14 n (C + P + M l ) = 22 – 14 = 8
= 14 =8
58–(14+14+8) Number of students surveyed
= 22
= 24 + 12 + 60 + 8 + 22 + 14 + 14 = 154
P
Fig. 1.16
The number of students who had taken only mathematics = 64–(14+14+12) = 24

The number of students who had taken only computer science = 94 – (12+14+8) = 60
The number of students who had taken only physics = 58 – (14+14+8) = 22
Example 1.13
A radio station surveyed 190 students to determine the types of music they liked.
The survey revealed that 114 liked rock music, 50 liked folk music, and 41 liked classical
music, 14 liked rock music and folk music, 15 liked rock music and classical music, 11 liked
classical music and folk music. 5 liked all the three types of music.
Find (i) how many did not like any of the 3 types?
(ii) how many liked any two types only?
(iii) how many liked folk music but not rock music? U 190
Solution Let R, F and C represent the sets of students R F
0 ) 5
who liked rock music, folk music and classical music +1 0 -(9+
–(9+5 14–5 5+6
)
respectively. Let us fill in the given details in the Venn 114
0
= 9 = 30
diagram. Thus, we have =9 5 1
5 1-5
15– 10 =6
n (R + F + C l ) = 14 – 5 = 9 =
41-(10+5+6)
n (R + C + F l ) = 15 – 5 = 10 = 20
C 20
n (F + C + Rl ) = 11 – 5 = 6.
Fig. 1.17

From the Venn diagram, the number of students who liked any one of the three types
of music equals 90 + 9 + 30 + 6 + 20 + 10 + 5 = 170.
Number of students surveyed = 190.
Number of students who did not like any of the three types = 190 - 170 = 20 .
Number of students who liked any two types only = 9 + 6 + 10 = 25.
Number of students who liked folk music but not rock music = 30 + 6 = 36.
Exercise 1.3
1. If A and B are two sets and U is the universal set such that nÛ h = 700 ,
n^ Ah = 200, n^ Bh = 300 and n^ A + Bh = 100, find n^ Al + Blh .
2. Given n^ Ah = 285, n^ Bh = 195, nÛ h = 500, n^ A , Bh = 410, find n^ Al , Blh .

3. For any three sets A, B and C if n^ Ah = 17 n^ Bh = 17, n^C h = 17, n^ A + Bh = 7
n (B + C) = 6 , n^ A + C h = 5 and n^ A + B + C h = 2 , find n^ A , B , C h .
4. Verify n^ A , B , C h = n^ Ah + n^ Bh + n^C h - n^ A + Bh -
n^ B + C h - n^ A + C h + n^ A + B + C h for the sets given below:
(i) A = {4, 5, 6}, B = {5, 6, 7, 8} and C = {6, 7, 8, 9}
(ii) A = {a, b, c, d, e}, B = {x, y, z} and C = {a, e, x} .
5. In a college, 60 students enrolled in chemistry, 40 in physics, 30 in biology, 15 in chemistry
and physics, 10 in physics and biology, 5 in biology and chemistry. No one enrolled in
all the three. Find how many are enrolled in at least one of the subjects.
6. In a town 85% of the people speak English, 40% speak Tamil and 20% speak Hindi. Also,
42% speak English and Tamil, 23% speak Tamil and Hindi and 10% speak English and
Hindi, find the percentage of people who can speak all the three languages.
7. An advertising agency finds that, of its 170 clients, 115 use Television, 110 use Radio
and 130 use Magazines. Also, 85 use Television and Magazines, 75 use Television
and Radio, 95 use Radio and Magazines, 70 use all the three. Draw Venn diagram to
represent these data. Find
(i) how many use only Radio? (ii) how many use only Television?
(iii) how many use Television and magazine but not radio?
8. In a school of 4000 students, 2000 know French, 3000 know Tamil and 500 know Hindi,
1500 know French and Tamil, 300 know French and Hindi, 200 know Tamil and
Hindi and 50 know all the three languages.
(i) How many do not know any of the three languages?
(ii) How many know at least one language?
(iii) How many know only two languages?

9. In a village of 120 families, 93 families use firewood for cooking, 63 families use kerosene,
45 families use cooking gas, 45 families use firewood and kerosene, 24 families use
kerosene and cooking gas, 27 families use cooking gas and firewood. Find how many
use firewood, kerosene and cooking gas.
1.7 Relations
In the previous section, we have seen the concept of Set. We have also seen how to
create new sets from the given sets by taking union, intersection and complementation. Here
we shall see yet another way of creating a new set from the given two sets A and B. This new
set is important in defining other important concepts of mathematics “relation, function”.
Given two non empty sets A and B, we can form a new set A # B , read as‘A cross B’,
called the cartesian product of A with B. It is defined as
A # B = "â, bh ; a ! A and b ! B , .
Similarly, the set B cross A is defined as
B # A = "^b, ah ; b ! B and a ! A , .
Note
(i) The order in the pair (a, b) is important. That is, (a, b) ! (b, a) if a ! b .
(ii) It is possible that the sets A and B are equal in the cartesian product A # B .
Let us look at an example.

Suppose that a cell phone store sells three different types of cell phones and we call
them C1 , C2 , C3 . Let us also suppose that the price of C1 is ` 1200, price of C2 is ` 2500 and
price of C3 is ` 2500.
We take A = { C1 , C2 , C3 } and B = { 1200, 2500 }.
In this case, A # B ={(C1 , 1200), (C1 , 2500), (C2 , 1200), (C2 , 2500), (C3 , 1200), (C3 ,2500)}
but B # A = {(1200, C1 ), (2500, C1 ), (1200, C2 ), (2500, C2 ,),(1200, C3 ), (2500, C3 ).
It is easy to see that A # B ! B # A if A ! B.
Let us consider a subset F = {(C1 , 1200), (C2 , 2500), (C3 , 2500)} of A # B .
Every first component in the above ordered pairs is associated with a unique element.
That is no element in the first place is paired with more than one element in the second
place.
For every element in F , basically the second component indicates the price of the first
component. Next, consider a subset E = {(1200, C1 ), (2500, C2 ), (2500, C3 )} of B # A
Here, the first component 2500 is associated with two different elements C2 and C3 .

Definition
Let A and B be any two non empty sets. A relation R from A to B is a non-empty
subset of A # B . That is, R 3 A # B .
Domain of R = " x ! A ; ^ x, yh ! R for some y ! B ,

Range of R = " y ! B ; (x, y) ! R for some x ! A , .
1.8 Functions
Let A and B be any two non empty sets. A function
from A to B is a relation
f 3 A # B such that the following hold:
(i) Domain of f is A.
(ii) For each x ! A, there is only one y ! B such that
(x, y) ! f .
Peter Dirichlet
(1805-1859) Note that a function from A to B is a special kind of
Germany relation that satisfies (i) and (ii). A function is also called as
a mapping or a transformation.
Dirichlet made major contributions
in the fields of number theory, A function from A to B is denoted by f: A " B , and if
analysis and mechanics. ^ x, yh ! f , then we write y = f (x) .
In 1837 he introduced the modern We can reformulate the definition of a function without
concept of a function with notation using the idea of relation as follows: In fact, most of the
y = f(x). He also formulated the time this formulation is used as a working definition of a
well known Pigeonhole principle. function,
Definition
Let A and B be any two non empty sets. A function f from A to B is a rule
of correspondence that assigns each element x ! A to a unique element y ! B . We
denote y = f (x) to mean y is a function of x.
The set A is called the domain of the function and set B is called the co-domain of
the function. Also, y is called the image of x under f and x is called a preimage of y . The
set of all images of elements of A under f is called the range of f . Note that the range of
a function is a subset of its co-domain.
This modern definition of a function, given above, was given by Nikolai Labachevsky
and Peter Dirichlet independently around 1837. Prior to this, there was no clear definition
of a function.

In the example we considered in section 1.7, prior to the above definitions, the set
F = {(C1 , 1200), (C2 , 2500), (C3 , 2500)} represents a function; because F 3 A # B is
a relation satisfying conditions (i) and (ii) given above.
But E = {(1200, C1 ), (2500, C2 ), (2500, C3 )} does not represent a function, because
condition (ii) given above is not satisfied as (2500, C2), (2500, C3) ! E .
Remarks
(i) A function f may be thought of as a machine which yields a unique output y for
every input value of x .
x=3 y=9
f (x) = x2
input x output f (x)
(ii) In defining a function we need a domain, co-domain and a rule that assigns each
element of the domain to a unique element in the co-domain.
Example 1.14
Let A = {1, 2, 3, 4} and B = {- 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 , 11, 12} .
Let R = {(1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 10), (4, 9)} 3 A # B be a relation. Show that R is a function
and find its domain, co-domain and the range of R .
Solution The domain of R = {1, 2, 3, 4}= A .
Also, for each x ! A there is only one y ! B such that y = R (x) .
So, given R is a function. The co-domain is obviously B. Since
R (1) = 3, R (2) = 6, R (3) = 10 and R (4) = 9 , the range of R is given by {3, 6, 10, 9} .
Example 1.15
Does each of the following arrow diagrams represent a function? Explain.
A B C D
(i) (ii)
a x 2 20
b
y 4 30
c
d z 3 40
Fig. 1.18 Fig. 1.19
Solution In arrow diagram (i), every element in A has a unique image. Hence it is a function.
In arrow diagram (ii), the element 2 in C has two images namely 20 and 40. Hence, it is not
a function.
Example 1.16
Let X = { 1, 2, 3, 4 }. Examine whether each of the relations given below is a function
from X to X or not. Explain.
(i) f = { (2, 3), (1, 4), (2, 1), (3, 2), (4, 4) }
(ii) g = { (3, 1), (4, 2), (2, 1) } (iii) h = { (2, 1), (3, 4), (1, 4), (4, 3) }

Solution
(i) Now, f = { (2, 3), (1, 4), (2, 1), (3, 2), (4, 4) }
f is not a function because 2 is associated with two different elements 3 and 1.
(ii) The relation g = { (3, 1), (4, 2), (2, 1)} is not a function because the element 1 does
not have a image. That is, domain of g = {2, 3, 4} ! X .
(iii) Next, we consider h = { (2, 1), (3, 4), (1, 4), (4, 3) }.
Each element in X is associated with a unique element in X.
Thus, h is a function.
Example 1.17
Which of the following relations are functions from A = { 1, 4, 9, 16 } to
B = { –1, 2, –3, –4, 5, 6 }? In case of a function, write down its range.
(i) f1 = { (1, –1), (4, 2), (9, –3), (16, –4) }
(ii) f2 = { (1, –4), (1, –1), (9, –3), (16, 2) }
(iii) f3 = { (4, 2), (1, 2), (9, 2), (16, 2) }
(iv) f4 = { (1, 2), (4, 5), (9, –4), (16, 5) }
Solution (i) We have f1 = { (1, –1), (4, 2), (9, – 3), (16,– 4) }.
Each element in A is associated with a unique element in B.
Thus, f1 is a function.
Range of f1 is {- 1, 2, - 3, - 4} .
(ii) Here, we have f2 = { (1, – 4), (1, –1), (9, – 3), (16, 2) }.
f2 is not a function because 1 is associated with two different image elements
- 4 and - 1 . Also, note that f2 is not a function since 4 has no image.
(iii) Consider f3 = { (4, 2), (1, 2), (9, 2), (16, 2) }.

Thus, f3 is a function.
Range of f3 = { 2 }.
(iv) We have f4 = { (1, 2), (4, 5), (9, – 4), (16, 5) }.
Hence, f4 is a function.
Range of f4 = { 2, 5, – 4}.

Example 1.18
Let x = ' x if x $ 0 , where x d R. Does the relation
- x if x 1 0
{ ( x, y ) | y = | x |, x ! R } define a function? Find its range.
y
Solution For every value of x, there exists a unique value y = | x|.
Therefore, the given relation defines a function.
y =|x|
The domain of the function is the set R of all real numbers. xl x
O
Since | x | is always either zero or positive for every real number x,
and every positive real number can be obtained as an image under
yl
this function, the range will be the set of non-negative real numbers Fig. 1.20
(either positive or zero).
Remarks
The function y = x = ' x if x $ 0 , where x d R , is known as

- x if x 1 0
modulus or absolute value function.
Thus, for example, - 8 =-^- 8h = 8 and also 8 = 8.
1.8.1 Representation of functions

A function may be represented by
(i) a set of ordered pairs, (ii) a table, (iii) an arrow diagram, (iv) a graph
Let f : A " B be a function.
(i) The set f = "(x , y) : y = f (x), x d A , of all ordered pairs represents the function.
(ii) The values of x and the values of their respective images under f can be given in the
form of a table.
(iii) An arrow diagram indicates the elements of the domain of f and their respective
images by means of arrows.
(iv) The ordered pairs in the collection f = "(x , y) : y = f (x), x d A , are plotted as points
in the x-y plane. The graph of f is the totality of all such points.
Let us illustrate the representation of functions in different forms through some examples.
For many functions we can obtain its graph. But not every graph will represent a
function. Following test helps us in determining if the given graph is a function or not.
1.8.2 Vertical line test
A graph represents a function only if every vertical line intersects the graph in at most
one point.
Note
It is possible that some vertical lines may not intersect the graph, which is
alright. If there is even one vertical line that meets the graph in more than one point, then that
graph cannot represent a function, because in this case, we shall have at least two y-values
for the same x -value. For example, the graph of y2 = x is not a function.

Example 1.19
Use the vertical line test to determine which of the following graphs represent a
function.
y y
(i) (ii)
3
2 P
1
P
xl x xl x
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 0
yl
yl Fig. 1.21 Fig. 1.22
y
(iii)
y (iv)
3
3 2
2 A 1
A
1
xl 0 x
xl x -2 -1 1 2 3
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
-1
B
-2
yl
yl Fig. 1.24
Fig. 1.23
Solution
(i) The given graph does not represent a function as a vertical line cuts the graph at two
points P and Q .
(ii) The given graph represents a function as any vertical line will intersect the graph at
most one point P.
(iii) The given graph does not represent a function as a vertical line cuts the graph at two
points A and B .
(iv) The given graph represents a function as the graph satisfies the vertical line test.
Example 1.20
Let A = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } and B = { 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 } be two sets. Let f : A " B be a function
given by f (x) = 2x + 1 . Represent this function as (i) a set of ordered pairs (ii) a table
(iii) an arrow diagram and (iv) a graph.
Solution A = { 0, 1, 2, 3 }, B = { 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 }, f (x) = 2x + 1
f (0) = 2(0) + 1 = 1, f (1) = 2(1)+1 = 3 , f (2) = 2(2) + 1 = 5, f (3) = 2(3) + 1 = 7

(i) Arrow Diagram
A f : AB B
Let us represent f by an arrow diagram. 0 1
1 3
We draw two closed curves to represent the sets A and B. 2
5
7
3 9
Then each element of A and its unique image element in B are Fig. 1.25
related with an arrow.
(ii) Table form

Let us represent f using a table as shown below.
x 0 1 2 3
f (x) 1 3 5 7
(iii) Set of ordered pairs

The given function f can be represented as a set of ordered pairs as
f = { (0, 1), (1, 3), (2, 5), (3, 7) }
y
(iv) Graph 8
(3, 7)
We are given that 7
6
f = "^ x, f (x)h ; x ! A , = {(0,1), (1, 3), (2, 5), (3, 7)} . 5 (2, 5)
Now, the points (0, 1), (1, 3), (2, 5) and (3, 7) are 4
3 (1, 3)
plotted on the plane as shown below.
2
The totality of all points represent the graph of 1 (0, 1)
the function. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
x
Fig. 1.26
1.8.3 Types of functions
Based on some properties of a function, we divide functions into certain types.
(i) One-One function
A B
Let f : A " B be a function. The function f is called an one-one f
5 7
function if it takes different elements of A into different elements of B. 6 9
10
7
That is, we say f is one-one if u ! v in A always imply f (u) ! f (v) . In 8
8 4
other words f is one-one if no element in B is associated with more than
Fig. 1.27
one element in A .
A one-one function is also called an injective function. The above figure represents a
one-one function.

(ii) Onto function
A function f : A " B is said to be an onto function if every A f B
element in B has a pre-image in A . That is, a function f is onto if for a x
b
each b ! B , there is atleast one element a ! A , such that fâh = b . This c
y
z
is same as saying that B is the range of f . An onto function is also called d
Fig. 1.28
a surjective function. In the above figure, f is an onto function.
(iii) One-One and onto function
A B
A function f : A " B is called a one-one and onto or a bijective
10 15
function if f is both a one-one and an onto function. Thus f : A " B is 20 25
30
one-one and onto if f maps distinct elements of A into distinct images 35
40 45
in B and every element in B is an image of some element in A. Fig. 1.29
Note
(i) A function f : A " B is onto if and only if B = range of f .
(ii) f : A " B is one-one and onto, if and only if fâ1h = fâ2h implies a1 = a2 in A
and every element in B has atleast one pre-image in A .
(iii) If f : A " B is a bijective function and if A and B are finite sets, then the cardinalities
of A and B are same. In Fig.1.29, the function f is one - one and onto.
(iv) A one-one and onto function is also called a one-one correspondence.
(iv) Constant function A f B

x 3
A function f : A " B is said to be a constant function if every y 5
element of A has the same image in B. u
7
8
v 10
Range of a constant function is a singleton set. 15
1
Let A = { x, y, u, v,1 }, B = { 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 15} f : A " B is Fig. 1.30
defined by f (x) = 5 for every x ! A . The given figure represents constant function.
(v) Identity function
Let A be a non-empty set. A function f : A " A is called an identity y
function of A if f (a) = a for all a ! A . That is, an identity function maps
x
each element of A into itself.

y=
O x
For example, let A = R . The function f : R $ R be defined by
f (x) = x for all x ! R is the identity function on R . Fig.1.31 represents
the graph of the identity function on R . Fig. 1.31

Example 1.21
2
Let A = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, B = N and f : A " B be defined by f (x) = x .
Find the range of f . Identify the type of function.
Solution Now, A = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 }; B = { 1, 2, 3, 4, g }
2
Given f : A " B and f (x) = x
` f (1) = 12 = 1 ; f (2) = 4 ; f (3) = 9 ; f (4) = 16 ; f (5) = 25.
Range of f = { 1, 4, 9, 16, 25}
Since distinct elements are mapped into distinct images, it is a one-one function. But
2
not onto since 3 ! B but there is no x ! A such that f (x) = x = 3.
Remarks
2
However, a function g : R $ R defined by g (x) = x is not one-one because, if
u = 1 and v =- 1 then u ! v but g (u) = g (1) = 1 = g (- 1) = g (v) . So, just formula
alone does not make a function one-one or onto. We need to consider the rule, its
domain and codomain in deciding one-to-one and onto.
Example 1.22
A function f : [1, 6) $ R is defined as follows

1+x 1#x12
f^ xh = *2x - 1 2 # x 1 4 ( Here, [1 , 6) = { x eR : 1# x 1 6} )
3x2 - 10 4#x16
Find the value of (i) f (5) (ii) f^3 h (iii) f^1 h
(iv) f^2h - f^4h (v) 2 f^5h - 3 f^1 h
Solution
2
(i) Let us find f (5) . Since 5 lies between 4 and 6, we have to use f (x) = 3x - 10 .
2
Thus , f (5) = 3 (5 ) - 10 = 65.
(ii) To find f (3) , note that 3 lies between 2 and 4.

So, we use f (x) = 2x - 1 to calculate f (3) .
Thus, f (3) = 2 (3) - 1 = 5.
(iii) Let us find f (1) .

Now, 1 is in the interval 1 # x 1 2
Thus, we have to use f (x) = 1 + x to obtain f (1) = 1 + 1 = 2.

(iv) f (2) - f (4)
Now, 2 is in the interval 2 # x 1 4 and so, we use f (x) = 2x - 1 .
Thus, f (2) = 2 (2) - 1 = 3 .
2
Also, 4 is in the interval 4 # x 1 6 . Thus, we use f (x) = 3x - 10 .
2
Therefore, f (4) = 3 (4 ) - 1 = 3 (16) - 1 = 48 - 1 = 47 .
Hence f(2) – f(4) = 3 – 47 = – 44.
(v) To calculate 2 f^5h - 3 f^1 h , we shall make use of the values that we have already
calculated in (i) and (iii). Thus, 2 f^5h - 3 f^1 h = 2 (65) - 3 (2) = 130 - 6 = 124.
Exercise 1.4
1. State whether each of the following arrow diagrams define a function or not. Justify
your answer.
(i)
P
f
Q (ii) L f M
a x –3 1
b –2
y 2
c –1
d z m1 3
2. For the given function F = { (1, 3), (2, 5), (4, 7), (5, 9), (3, 1) }, write the domain and
range.
3. Let A = { 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 }; B = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 5 } and fi : A " B , i = 1,2,3.
State the type of function for the following (give reason):
f1 = { (10, 1), (11, 2), (12, 3), (13, 5), (14, 3) }
f2 = { (10, 1), (11, 1), (12, 1), (13, 1), (14, 1) }
f3 = { (10, 0), (11, 1), (12, 2), (13, 3), (14, 5) }
4. If X = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, Y = { 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 } determine which of the following relations

from A to B are functions? Give reason for your answer. If it is a function, state its
type.
(i) R1 = { ^ x, yh | y = x + 2 , x ! X , y ! Y }
(ii) R2 = { (1, 1), (2, 1), (3, 3), (4, 3), (5, 5) }
(iii) R3 = { (1, 1), (1, 3), (3, 5), (3, 7), (5, 7) }
(iv) R4 = { (1, 3), (2, 5), (4, 7), (5, 9), (3, 1) }
5. If R = {(a, - 2), (- 5, b), (8, c), (d, - 1)} represents the identity function, find the
values of a, b, c and d .

6. A = { –2, –1, 1, 2 } and f = $` x, 1 j : x ! A . . Write down the range of f . Is f a
x
function from A to A ?
7. Let f = { (2, 7), (3, 4), (7, 9), (–1, 6), (0, 2), (5, 3) } be a function from
A = { –1, 0, 2, 3, 5, 7 } to B = { 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9 }. Is this (i) an one-one function
(ii) an onto function (iii) both one-one and onto function?
8. Write the pre-images of 2 and 3 in the function
f = { (12, 2), (13, 3), (15, 3), (14, 2), (17, 17) }.
9. The following table represents a function from A= { 5, 6, 8, 10 } to
B = { 19, 15, 9, 11 } where f^ xh = 2x - 1 . For what values of a and b it represents a
one-one function ?
x 5 6 8 10
f(x) a 11 b 19
10. Let A = { 5, 6, 7, 8 }; B = { –11, 4, 7, –10,–7, –9,–13 } and

f = {( x, y) : y = 3 - 2x , x ! A , y ! B }
(i) Write down the elements of f . (ii) What is the co-domain?
(iii) What is the range ? (iv) Identify the type of function.
11. State whether the following graphs represent a function. Give reason for your
answer.
(i)
y (ii)
y (iii) y
x x x
O O O
y
(iv) (v) y
x x
O O

12. Represent the function f = { (–1, 2), (– 3, 1), (–5, 6), (– 4, 3) } as
(i) a table (ii) an arrow diagram
13. Let A = { 6, 9, 15, 18, 21 }; B = { 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 } and f : A " B be defined by
f^ xh = x - 3 . Represent f by
3
(i) an arrow diagram (ii) a set of ordered pairs
(iii) a table (iv) a graph .
14. Let A = {4, 6, 8, 10 } and B = { 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }. If f : A " B is defined by f^ xh = 1 x + 1

2
then represent f by (i) an arrow diagram (ii) a set of ordered pairs and (iii) a table.
15. A function f : 6- 3, 7h ( R is defined as follows
4x2 - 1; - 3 # x 1 2
f^ xh = *3x - 2; 2 # x # 4.
2x - 3; 41x#6
Find (i) f^5h + f^6h (ii) f^1 h - f^- 3h
f (3) + f (- 1)
(iii) f^- 2h - f^4h (iv) .
2f (6) - f (1)
16. A function f : 6- 7, 6h ( R is defined as follows
x2 + 2x + 1; - 7 # x 1 - 5
f (x) = * x + 5 ; -5 # x # 2
x - 1; 2 1 x16 .
4 f (- 3) + 2 f (4)
Find (i) 2 f (- 4) + 3 f (2) (ii) f (- 7) - f (- 3) (iii) .
f (- 6) - 3 f (1)
Exercise 1.5
Choose the correct answer
1. For two sets A and B , A , B = A if and only if
(A) B 3 A (B) A 3 B (C) A ! B (D) A + B = z
2. If A 1 B , then A + B is
(A) B (B) A\B (C) A (D) B\A
3. For any two sets P and Q , P + Q is
(A) " x : x ! P or x ! Q , (B) " x : x ! P and x b Q ,
(C) " x : x ! P and x ! Q , (D) " x : x b P and x ! Q ,

4. If A = { p, q, r, s }, B = { r, s, t, u }, then A\B is
(A) { p, q } (B) { t, u } (C) { r, s } (D) {p, q, r, s }
5. If n 6 p (A) @ = 64, then n^ Ah is

(A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 4 (D) 5
6. For any three sets A, B and C, A + ^ B , C h is

(A) ^ A , Bh , ^ B + C h (B) ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h
(C) A , (B + C) (D) ^ A , Bh + ^ B , C h
7. For any two sets A and B , {(A \ B) , (B \ A)} + (A + B) is

(A) z (B) A , B (C) A + B (D) Al + Bl
8. Which one of the following is not true ?

(A) A \ B = A + Bl (B) A \ B = A + B
(C) A \ B = (A , B) + Bl (D) A \ B = (A , B) \ B
9. For any three sets A, B and C , B \ ^ A , C h is

(A) ^ A \ Bh + ^ A \ C h (B) ^ B \ Ah + ^ B \ C h
(C) ^ B \ Ah + ^ A \ C h (D) ^ A \ Bh + ^ B \ C h
10. If n(A) = 20 , n(B) = 30 and n (A , B) = 40, then n (A + B) is equal to

(A) 50 (B) 10 (C) 40 (D) 70.
11. If { ( x , 2), (4, y) } represents an identity function, then (x, y) is

(A) (2, 4) (B) (4, 2) (C) (2, 2) (D) (4, 4)
12. If { (7, 11), (5, a ) } represents a constant function, then the value of ‘a ’ is
(A) 7 (B) 11 (C) 5 (D) 9
13. Given f (x) = ^- 1hx is a function from N to Z . Then the range of f is

(A) { 1} (B) N (C) { 1, – 1 } (D) Z
14. If f = { (6, 3), (8, 9), (5, 3), (–1, 6) }, then the pre-images of 3 are
(A) 5 and –1 (B) 6 and 8 (C) 8 and –1 (D) 6 and 5.
15. Let A = { 1, 3, 4, 7, 11 }, B = {–1, 1, 2, 5, 7, 9 } and f : A " B be given by

f = { (1, –1), (3, 2), (4, 1), (7, 5), (11, 9) }. Then f is
(A) one-one (B) onto (C) bijective (D) not a function

16. C D
f 4
2
2

4
16 The given diagram represents
5 25
(A) an onto function (B) a constant function
(C) an one-one function (D) not a function
17. If A = { 5, 6, 7 }, B = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 }and f : A " B is defined by f (x) = x - 2 , then
the range of f is
(A) { 1, 4, 5 } (B) { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 } (C) { 2, 3, 4 } (D) { 3, 4, 5 }
18. If f (x) = x2 + 5 , then f (- 4) =
(a) 26 (b) 21 (c) 20 (d) –20
19. If the range of a function is a singleton set, then it is
(A) a constant function (B) an identity function
(C) a bijective function (D) an one-one function
20. If f : A " B is a bijective function and if n(A) = 5 , then n(B) is equal to
(A) 10 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 25
Sets
q A set is a collection of well defined objects.
 Set union is commutative and associative.
 Set intersection is commutative and associative.
 Set difference is not commutative.
 Set difference is associative only when the sets are mutually disjoint.
q Distributive Laws  A , ^ B + C h = ^ A , Bh + ^ A , C h
 A + ^ B , C h = ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h
q De Morgan’s Laws for set difference
 A\ ^ B , C h = ^ A\B h + ^ A\C h  A\ ^ B + C h = ^ A\B h , ^ A\C h
q De Morgan’s Laws for complementation.
 ^ A , Bh ' = A' + B'  ^ A + Bh ' = A' , B'
q Formulae for the cardinality of union of sets
 n (A , B) = n (A) + n (B) - n (A + B)
 n^ A , B , C h
= n^ Ah + n^ Bh + n^C h - n^ A + Bh - n^ B + C h - n^ A + C h + n^ A + B + C h .

FUNCTIONS
q The cartesian product of A with B is defined as
A # B = "â, bh ; a ! A and b ! B , .
q A relation R from A to B is a non-empty subset of A # B . That is, R 3 A # B .

q A function f : X " Y is defined if the following condition hold:
Every x ! X is associated with only one y ! Y .
q Every function can be represented by a graph. However, the converse is not true in
general.
q If every vertical line intersects a graph in at most one point, then the graph represents
a function.
q A function can be described by
 a set of ordered pairs  an arrow diagram  a table and  a graph.
q The modulus or absolute value function y = | x | is defined by
x = ' x if x $ 0
- x if x 1 0
q Some types of functions:
 One-One function ( distinct elements have distinct images)

(injective function)
 Onto function (the range and the co-domain are equal )
(surjective function)
 Bijective function (both one-one and onto)
 Constant function (range is a singleton set)
 Identity function (which leaves each input as it is)
Do you Know?
The Millennium Prize problems are seven problems in Mathematics that were
stated by the Clay Mathematics Institute in USA in 2000. As of August 2010, six
of the problems remain unsolved. A correct solution to any of the problems results
in a US $1000,000 being awarded by the institute. Only Poincare conjecture has
been solved by a Russian Mathematician Girigori Perelman in 2010. However, he
declined the Millinnium Prize award.

2 SEQUENCES AND SERIES
OF REAL NUMBERS
Mathematics is the Queen of Sciences, and arithmetic
is the Queen of Mathematics - C.F.Gauss
 Introduction 2.1 Introduction

 Sequences
In this chapter, we shall learn about sequences and series
 Arithmetic Progression (A.P.) of real numbers. Sequences are fundamental mathematical
 Geometric Progression (G.P.) objects with a long history in mathematics. They are tools
 Series for the development of other concepts as well as tools for
mathematization of real life situations.
Let us recall that the letters N and R denote the set
of all positive integers and real numbers respectively.
Let us consider the following real-life situations.
(i) A team of ISRO scientists observes and records the
height of a satellite from the sea level at regular
intervals over a period of time.
(ii) The Railway Ministry wants to find out the number of
Leonardo Pisano
people using Central railway station in Chennai on a daily
(Fibonacci)
basis and so it records the number of people entering the
(1170-1250)
Central Railway station daily for 180 days.
Italy
(iii) A curious 9th standard student is interested in finding
Fibonacci played an out all the digits that appear in the decimal part of
important role in reviving ancient the irrational number 5 = 2.236067978g and writes
mathematics. His name is down as
known to modern mathematicians
2, 3, 6, 0, 6, 7, 9, 7, 8, g .
mainly because of a number
(iv) A student interested in finding all positive fractions
sequence named after him, known
with numerator 1, writes 1, 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , g .
as the ‘Fibonacci numbers’, 2 3 4 5
which he did not discover but used (v) A mathematics teacher writes down the marks of her
as an example. class according to alphabetical order of the students’
names as 75, 95, 67, 35, 58, 47, 100, 89, 85, 60 .

(vi) The same teacher writes down the same data in an ascending order as
35, 47, 58, 60, 67, 75, 85, 89, 95, 100 .
In each of the above examples, some sets of real numbers have been listed in a specific
order.
Note that in (iii) and (iv) the arrangements have infinite number of terms. In (i), (ii),
(v) and (vi) there are only finite number of terms; but in (v) and (vi) the same set of numbers
are written in different order.
2.2 Sequences
Definition
A sequence of real numbers is an arrangement or a list of real numbers in a specific order.

(i) If a sequence has only finite number of terms, then it is called a finite sequence.
(ii) If a sequence has infinitely many terms, then it is called an infinite sequence.
n
We denote a finite sequence as S : a1, a2, a3, g, an or S = {a j} j = 1 and an infinite sequence
3
as S : a1, a2, a3, g , an, g or S = {a j} j = 1 where ak denotes the kth term of the sequence. For
example, a1 denotes the first term and a7 denotes the seventh term in the sequence.
Note that in the above examples, (ii), (v) and (vi) are finite sequences, whereas
(iii) and (iv) are infinite sequences
Observe that, when we say that a collection of numbers is listed in a sequence, we
mean that the sequence has an identified first member, second member, third member and so
on. We have already seen some examples of sequences. Let us consider some more examples
below.
(i) 2, 4, 6, 8, g , 2010. (finite number of terms)
(ii) 1, - 1, 1, - 1, 1, - 1, 1, g . (terms just keep oscillating between 1 and - 1)
(iii) r, r, r, r, r. (terms are same; such sequences are constant sequences)
(iv) 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, g . (list of all prime numbers)
(v) 0.3, 0.33, 0.333, 0.3333, 0.33333, g .
(vi) S = " an ,13 where an = 1 or 0 according to the outcome head or tail in the nth toss
of a coin.
From the above examples, (i) and (iii) are finite sequences and the other sequences
are infinite sequences. One can easily see that some of them, i.e., (i) to (v) have a definite
pattern or rule in the listing and hence we can find out any term in a particular position in

the sequence. But in (vi), we cannot predict what a particular term is, however, we know it
must be either 1 or 0. Here, we have used the word ‘‘pattern’’ to mean that the nth term of
a sequence is found based on the knowledge of its preceding elements in the sequence. In
general, sequences can be viewed as functions.
2.2.1 Sequences viewed as functions
n
A finite real sequence a1, a2, a3, g, an or S = {a j} j = 1 can be viewed as a function
f : {1, 2, 3, 4, g, n} " R defined by f^ k h = ak, k = 1, 2, 3, g, n.
3
An infinite real sequence a1, a2, a3, g , an, g or S = {a j} j = 1 can be viewed as a
function g : N " R defined by g^ k h = ak, 6 k ! N .
The symbol 6 means “for all”. If the general term ak of a sequence " ak ,13 is given,
we can construct the whole sequence. Thus, a sequence is a function whose domain is the
set{ 1, 2, 3, g , }of natural numbers, or some subset of the natural numbers and whose
range is a subset of real numbers.
Remarks
A function is not necessarily a sequence. For example, the function f : R $ R
given by f (x) = 2x + 1 , 6 x ! R is not a sequence since the required listing is not
possible. Also, note that the domain of f is not N or a subset { 1, 2, g, n } of N .
Example 2.1
Write the first three terms in a sequence whose th
term is given by
n^n + 1h^2n + 1h
cn = , 6n!N
6
n^n + 1h^2n + 1h
Solution Here, cn = , 6n!N
6
1^1 + 1h^2^1 h + 1h
For n = 1, c1 = = 1.
6
2^2 + 1h^4 + 1h 2^3 h^5h
For n = 2, c2 = = = 5.
6 6
3^3 + 1h^7h ^3 h^4h^7h
Finally n = 3, c3 = = = 14.
6 6
Hence, the first three terms of the sequence are 1, 5, and 14.
In the above example, we were given a formula for the general term and were able
to find any particular term directly. In the following example, we shall see another way of
generating a sequence.
Example 2.2
Write the first five terms of each of the following sequences.
a
(i) a1 =- 1, an = n - 1 , n 2 1 and 6 n ! N
n+2
(ii) F1 = F2 = 1 and Fn = Fn - 1 + Fn - 2, n = 3, 4, g.

Solution
an - 1
(i) Given a1 =- 1 and , n21
an =
n+2
a1
a2 = =-1
2+2 4
a2 -1
a3 = = 4 =- 1
3+2 5 20
a3 - 1
a4 = = 20 =- 1
4+2 6 120
- 1
a4 120 =- 1
a5 = =
5+2 7 840
` The required terms of the sequence are - 1, - 1 , - 1 , - 1 and - 1 .
4 20 120 840
(ii) Given that F1 = F2 = 1 and Fn = Fn - 1 + Fn - 2 , for n = 3, 4, 5, g .

Now, F1 = 1 , F2 = 1
F3 = F2 + F1 = 1 + 1 = 2
F4 = F3 + F2 = 2 + 1 = 3
F5 = F4 + F3 = 3 + 2 = 5
` The first five terms of the sequence are 1, 1, 2, 3, 5.
Remarks
The sequence given by F1 = F2 = 1 and Fn = Fn - 1 + Fn - 2,

n = 3, 4, g is called the Fibonacci sequence. Its terms are listed
as 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, g . The Fibonacci sequence occurs in
nature, like the arrangement of seeds in a sunflower. The number
of spirals in the opposite directions of the seeds in a sunflower
are consecutive numbers of the Fibonacci sequence.
Exercise 2.1
1. Write the first three terms of the following sequences whose nth terms are given by
n^ n - 2h n+2 ^- 1hn n^n + 2h
(i) an = (ii) cn = ^- 1hn 3 (iii) zn =
3 4
2. Find the indicated terms in each of the sequences whose nth terms are given by
an = n + 2 ; a7 , a9
n+3
(i) (ii) an = ^- 1hn 2 ^n + 1h ; a5 , a8
2n + 3
n 2
(iii) an = 2n - 3n + 1; a5 , a7. (iv) an = (- 1) (1 - n + n ); a5 , a8
2

Find the 18th and 25th terms of the sequence defined by
3.
n (n + 3), if n ! N and n is even
an = * 22n , if n ! N and n is odd.
n +1
4. Find the 13th and 16th terms of the sequence defined by
bn = )
2
n, if n ! N and n is even
n (n + 2), if n ! N and n is odd.
5. Find the first five terms of the sequence given by
a1 = 2, a2 = 3 + a1 and an = 2an - 1 + 5 for n 2 2 .
6. Find the first six terms of the sequence given by
a1 = a2 = a3 = 1 and an = an - 1 + an - 2 for n 2 3 .
2.3 Arithmetic sequence or Arithmetic Progression (A.P.)

In this section we shall see some special types of sequences.
Definition
A sequence a1, a2, a3, g, an , g is called an arithmetic sequence if
an + 1 = an + d , n ! N where d is a constant. Here a1 is called the first term and
the constant d is called the common difference. An arithmetic sequence is also
called an Arithmetic Progression (A.P).
Examples
(i) 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, g is an A.P. because a1 = 2 and the common difference d = 3.
(ii) - 4, - 4, - 4, - 4, g is an A.P. because a1 = - 4 and d = 0.
(iii) 2, 1.5, 1, 0.5, 0, - 0.5, - 1.0, - 1.5, g is an A.P. because a1 = 2 and d = - 0.5.
The general form of an A.P.

Let us understand the general form of an A.P. Suppose that a is the first term and d
3
is the common difference of an arithmetic sequence {ak} k = 1 . Then, we have
a1 = a and an + 1 = an + d , 6 n ! N .
For n = 1, 2, 3 we get,
a2 = a1 + d = a + d = a + (2 - 1) d
a3 = a2 + d = (a + d) + d = a + 2d = a + (3 - 1) d
a4 = a3 + d = (a + 2d) + d = a + 3d = a + (4 - 1) d
Following the pattern, we see that the nth term an as
an = an - 1 + d = [a + (n - 2) d] + d = a + (n - 1) d.

Thus , we have an = a + (n - 1) d for every n ! N .
So, a typical arithmetic sequence or A.P. looks like
a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d, g , a + (n - 1) d, a + nd, g
Also, the formula for the general term of an Arithmetic sequence is of the form
tn = a + (n - 1) d for every n ! N .
Note
(i) Remember a sequence may also be a finite sequence. So, if an A.P. has only n terms,
then the last term l is given by l = a + ^n - 1h d
(ii) l = a + ^n - 1h d can also be rewritten as n = ` l - a j + 1 . This helps us to find the
d
number of terms when the first, the last term and the common difference are given.
(iii) Three consecutive terms of an A.P. may be taken as m - d, m, m + d
(iv) Four consecutive terms of an A.P. may be taken as m - 3d, m - d, m + d, m + 3d
with common difference 2d.
(v) An A.P. remains an A.P. if each of its terms is added or subtracted by a same
constant.
(vi) An A.P. remains an A.P. if each of its terms is multiplied or divided by a non-zero
constant.
Example 2.3
Which of the following sequences are in an A.P.?
(i) 2 , 4 , 6 , g . (ii) 3m - 1, 3m - 3, 3m - 5, g .
3 5 7
Solution
(i) Let tn , n d N be the nth term of the given sequence.
` t1 = 2 , t2 = 4 , t3 = 6
3 5 7
So 4
t2 - t1 = - = 2 12 - 10 = 2
5 3 15 15
t3 - t2 = 6 - 4 = 30 - 28 = 2
7 5 35 35
Since t2 - t1 =
Y t3 - t2 , the given sequence is not an A.P.
(ii) Given 3m - 1, 3m - 3, 3m - 5, g .
Here t1 = 3m - 1, t2 = 3m - 3, t3 = 3m - 5, g .
` t2 - t1 = (3m - 3) - (3m - 1) =- 2
Also, t3 - t2 = (3m - 5) - (3m - 3) =- 2
Hence, the given sequence is an A.P. with first term 3m–1 and the common difference –2.

Example 2.4
Find the first term and common difference of the A.P.
(i) 5, 2, - 1, - 4, g . (ii) 1 , 5 , 7 , 3 , g, 17
2 6 6 2 6
Solution
(i) First term a = 5, and the common difference d = 2 - 5 = - 3 .
(ii) a = 1 and the common difference d = 5 - 1 = 5 - 3 = 1 .
2 6 2 6 3
Example 2.5
Find the smallest positive integer n such that tn of the arithmetic sequence
20,19 1 ,18 1 , g is negative.?
4 2
Solution Here we have a = 20, d = 19 1 - 20 = - 3 .
4 4
We want to find the first positive integer n such that tn 1 0 .
This is same as solving a + (n - 1) d 1 0 for smallest n ! N .
That is solving 20 + ^n - 1h`- 3 j 1 0 for smallest n ! N .
4
3
Now, ^n - 1h`- j 1 - 20
4
3
( (n - 1) # 2 20 ( The inequality is reversed on multiplying both sides by - 1 )
4
` n - 1 2 20 # 4 = 80 = 26 2 .
3 3 3
This implies n 2 26 + 1 . That is, n 2 27 2 = 27.66
2
3 3
Thus, the smallest positive integer n ! N satisfying the inequality is n = 28.
Hence, the 28th term, t28 is the first negative term of the A.P.
Example 2.6
In a flower garden, there are 23 rose plants in the first row, 21 in the second row, 19 in
the third row and so on. There are 5 rose plants in the last row. How many rows are there in
the flower garden?
Solution Let n be the number of rows in the flower garden .

The number of rose plants in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd , g , n th rows are 23, 21, 19, g , 5
respectively.
Now, tk - tk - 1 =- 2 for k = 2, g, n.
Thus, the sequence 23, 21, 19, g , 5 is in an A.P.

We have a = 23, d =- 2, and l = 5 .
` n = l - a + 1 = 5 - 23 + 1 = 10.
d -2
So, there are 10 rows in the flower garden.
Example 2.7
If a person joins his work in 2010 with an annual salary of `30,000 and receives an
annual increment of `600 every year, in which year, will his annual salary be `39,000?
Solution Suppose that the person’s annual salary reaches `39,000 in the nth year.
Annual salary of the person in 2010, 2011, 2012, g , [2010 +(n - 1) ] will be
`30,000, ` 30,600, ` 31,200, g , `39000 respectively.
First note that the sequence of salaries form an A.P.

To find the required number of terms, let us divide each term of the sequence by a
fixed constant 100. Now, we get the new sequence 300, 306, 312, g , 390.
Here a = 300, d = 6, l = 390.
So, n = l - a + 1
d
= 390 - 300 + 1 = 90 + 1 = 16
6 6
Thus, 16 annual salary of the person will be `39,000.
th
` His annual salary will reach `39,000 in the year 2025.
Example 2.8
Three numbers are in the ratio 2 : 5 : 7. If 7 is subtracted from the second, the resulting
numbers form an arithmetic sequence. Determine the numbers.
Solution Let the numbers be 2x, 5x and 7x for some unknown x,( x ! 0 )
By the given information, we have that 2x, 5x - 7, 7x are in A.P.
` ^5x - 7h - 2x = 7x - (5x - 7) ( 3x - 7 = 2x + 7 and so x = 14.
Thus, the required numbers are 28, 70, 98.
Exercise 2.2
1. The first term of an A.P. is 6 and the common difference is 5. Find the A.P. and its
general term.
2. Find the common difference and 15th term of the A.P. 125, 120, 115, 110, g .
3. Which term of the arithmetic sequence 24, 23 1 , 22 1 , 21 3 , g . is 3?
4 2 4

4. Find the 12th term of the A.P. 2, 3 2, 5 2, g .
5. Find the 17th term of the A.P. 4, 9, 14, g .
6. How many terms are there in the following Arithmetic Progressions?
(i) - 1, - 5 , - 2 , g, 10 . (ii) 7, 13, 19, g , 205.
6 3 3
7. If 9 term of an A.P. is zero, prove that its 29th term is double (twice) the 19th term.
th
8. The 10th and 18th terms of an A.P. are 41 and 73 respectively. Find the 27th term.
9. Find n so that the nth terms of the following two A.P.’s are the same.
1, 7, 13, 19,g and 100, 95, 90, g .
10. How many two digit numbers are divisible by 13?
11. A TV manufacturer has produced 1000 TVs in the seventh year and 1450 TVs in the
tenth year. Assuming that the production increases uniformly by a fixed number every
year, find the number of TVs produced in the first year and in the 15th year.
12. A man has saved `640 during the first month, `720 in the second month and `800 in
the third month. If he continues his savings in this sequence, what will be his savings in the
25th month?
13. The sum of three consecutive terms in an A.P. is 6 and their product is –120. Find the
three numbers.
14. Find the three consecutive terms in an A. P. whose sum is 18 and the sum of their
squares is 140.
15. If m times the mth term of an A.P. is equal to n times its nth term, then show that the
(m+n)th term of the A.P. is zero.
16. A person has deposited `25,000 in an investment which yields 14% simple interest
annually. Do these amounts (principal + interest) form an A.P.? If so, determine the
amount of investment after 20 years.
2 2
17. If a, b, c are in A.P. then prove that (a - c) = 4 (b - ac) .
18. If a, b, c are in A.P. then prove that 1 , 1 , 1 are also in A.P.

bc ca ab
19.
2 2 2
If a , b , c are in A.P. then show that 1 , 1 , 1 are also in A.P.
b+c c+a a+b
If a = b = c , x ! 0, y ! 0, z ! 0 and b = ac , then show that 1 , 1 , 1 are in A.P.

x y z 2
20.
x y z

2.4 Geometric Sequence or Geometric Progression (G.P.)
Definition
A sequence a1, a2, a3, g, an, g is called a geometric sequence if
an + 1 = an r , n ! N , where r is a non-zero constant. Here, a1 is the first term and
the constant r is called the common ratio. A geometric sequence is also called a
Geometric Progression (G.P.).
Let us consider some examples of geometric sequences.

(i) 3, 6, 12, 24, g .
a
A sequence " an ,13 is a geometric sequence if n + 1 = r ! 0 , n ! N .
an
Now, 6 = 12 = 24 = 2 ! 0 . So the given sequence is a geometric sequence.
3 6 12
(ii) 1 , - 1 , 1 , - 1 ,g .
9 27 81 243
- 1 1 - 1
Here, we have 27 = 81 = 243 = - 1 ! 0 .
1 - 1 1 3
9 27 81
Thus, the given sequence is a geometric sequence.
The general form of a G.P.
Let us derive the general form of a G.P. Suppose that a is the first term and r is the
3
common ratio of a geometric sequence {ak} k = 1 . Then, we have
a
a1 = a and n + 1 = r for n ! N .
an
Thus, an + 1 = r an for n ! N .
For n = 1, 2, 3 we get,
2-1
a2 = a1 r = ar = ar
2 3-1
a3 = a2 r = (ar) r = ar = ar
2 3 4-1
a4 = a3 r = (ar ) r = ar = ar
Following the pattern, we have
n-2 n-1
an = an - 1 r = (ar ) r = ar .
n-1
Thus, an = ar for every n ! N , gives nth term of the G.P.
So, a typical geometric sequence or G.P. looks like
2 3 n-1 n
a, ar, ar , ar , g, ar , ar , g .
Thus , the formula for the general term of a geometric sequence is
n-1
tn = ar , n = 1, 2, 3, g .

Suppose we are given the first few terms of a sequence, how can we determine if the
given sequence is a geometric sequence or not?
t
If n + 1 = r, 6 n ! N ,where r is a non-zero constant, then " tn ,13 is in G.P.
tn
Note
(i) If the ratio of any term other than the first term to its preceding term of a sequence
is a non-zero constant, then it is a geometric sequence.
(ii) A geometric sequence remains a geometric sequence if each term is multiplied or
divided by a non zero constant.
(iii) Three consecutive terms in a G.P may be taken as a , a, ar
r
(iv) Four consecutive terms in a G.P may be taken as 3 , a , ar, ar .
a 3
2 r r
(here, the common ratio is r not r as above)
Example 2.9
Which of the following sequences are geometric sequences
(i) 5, 10, 15, 20, g . (ii) 0.15, 0.015, 0.0015, g . (iii) 7 , 21 , 3 7 , 3 21 , g .
Solution
(i) Considering the ratios of the consecutive terms, we see that 10 =
Y 15 .
5 10
Thus, there is no common ratio. Hence it is not a geometric sequence.
(ii) We see that 0.015 = 0.0015 = g = 1 .
0.15 0.015 10
Since the common ratio is 1 , the given sequence is a geometric sequence.
10
(iii) Now, 21 = 3 7 = 3 21 = g = 3 . Thus, the common ratio is 3.

7 21 3 7
Therefore, the given sequence is a geometric sequence.
Example 2.10
Find the common ratio and the general term of the following geometric sequences.
(i) 2 , 6 , 18 , g . (ii) 0.02, 0.006, 0.0018, g .
5 25 125
Solution
(i) Given sequence is a geometric sequence.
t t
The common ratio is given by r = 2 = 3 = g .
t1 t2
6
Thus, r = 25 = 3 .
2 5
5

The first term of the sequence is 2 . So, the general term of the sequence is
5
n-1
tn = ar , n = 1, 2, 3, g .
n-1
( tn = 2 ` 3 j , n = 1, 2, 3, g
5 5
(ii) The common ratio of the given geometric sequence is
r = 0.006 = 0.3 = 3 .
0.02 10
The first term of the geometric sequence is 0.02
So, the sequence can be represented by
n-1
tn = (0.02) ` 3 j , n = 1, 2, 3, g
10
Example 2.11
The 4th term of a geometric sequence is 2 and the seventh term is 16 .
3 81
Find the geometric sequence.
Solution Given that t4 = 2 and t7 = 16 .

3 81
n-1
Using the formula tn = ar , n = 1, 2, 3, g . for the general term we have,
t4 = ar = 2 and t7 = ar = 16 .
3 6

3 81
Note that in order to find the geometric sequence, we need to find a and r .
By dividing t7 by t4 we obtain,
6
16
t7 ar
= 3 = 81 = 8 .
t4 ar 2 27
3
3
r = 8 = ` 2 j which implies r = 2 .
3
Thus,
27 3 3
t4 = 2 ( ar = ` 2 j .
3
Now,
3 3
8 2
( a ( ) = . ` a = 9 .
27 3 4
2 3 n-1 n
Hence, the required geometric sequence is a, ar, ar , ar , g, ar , ar , g
That is, 9 , 9 2 , 9 2 2, g .
4 4`3j 4`3j
Example 2.12
The number of bacteria in a certain culture doubles every hour. If there were 30 bacteria
present in the culture initially, how many bacteria will be present at the end of 14th hour?
Solution Note that the number of bacteria present in the culture doubles at the end of
successive hours.

Number of bacteria present initially in the culture = 30
Number of bacteria present at the end of first hour = 2 (30)
Number of bacteria present at the end of second hour = 2 (2 (30)) = 30 (22)
Continuing in this way, we see that the number of bacteria present at the end of
every hour forms a G.P. with the common ratio r = 2.
Thus, if tn denotes the number of bacteria after n hours,
n
tn = 30 (2 ) is the general term of the G.P.
14
Hence, the number of bacteria at the end of 14th hour is given by t14 = 30 (2 ) .
Example 2.13
An amount `500 is deposited in a bank which pays annual interest at the rate of 10%
compounded annually. What will be the value of this deposit at the end of 10th year?
Solution
The principal is `500. So, the interest for this principal for one year is 500` 10 j = 50 .
100
Thus, the principal for the 2nd year = Principal for 1st year + Interest
= 500 + 500` 10 j = 500`1 + 10 j
100 100
Now, the interest for the second year = `500`1 + 10 jj` 10 j .

100 100
So, the principal for the third year = 500`1 + 10 j + 500`1 + 10 j 10

100 100 100
2
= 500`1 + 10 j
100
Continuing this way we see that
n-1
the principal for the nth year = 500`1 + 10 j .
100
The amount at the end of (n–1)th year = Principal for the nth year.
Thus, the amount in the account at the end of 10th year
10
= ` 500`1 + 10 j = ` 500` 11 j .
10

100 10
Remarks
By using the above method, one can derive a formula for finding the total amount for
compound interest problems. Derive the formula:
A = P (1 + i) where A is the amount, P is the principal, i = r , r is the annual
n

100
interest rate and n is the number of years.

Example 2.14
The sum of first three terms of a geometric sequence is 13 and their product is - 1.
12
Find the common ratio and the terms.
Solution We may take the first three terms of the geometric sequence as a , a, ar .
r
Then, a + a + ar = 13
r 12
2
a` 1 + 1 + r j = 13 ( a c r + r + 1 m = 13 (1)
r 12 r 12
Also,
a
` r jâhâr h = - 1
3
( a = - 1 ` a =- 1
Substituting a =- 1 in (1) we obtain,
2
^- 1hc r + r + 1 m = 13
r 12
2
( 12r + 12r + 12 = - 13r
2
12r + 25r + 12 = 0
^3r + 4h^4r + 3h = 0
Thus, r = - 4 or - 3
3 4
When r = - 4 and a = – 1, the terms are 3 , –1, 4 .
3 4 3
When r = - 3 and a = – 1, we get 4 , –1, 3 , which is in the reverse order.
4 3 4
Example 2.15
If a, b, c, d are in geometric sequence, then prove that
^b - ch2 + ^c - ah2 + ^d - bh2 = â - d h2
Solution Given a, b, c, d are in a geometric sequence.

Let r be the common ratio of the given sequence. Here, the first term is a.
2 3
Thus, b = ar, c = ar , d = ar
Now, ^b - ch2 + ^c - ah2 + ^d - bh2
2 2 2 23 2
= âr - ar h + âr - ah + âr - ar h
= a 6^r - r h + ^r - 1h + ^r - r h @
2 2 2 2 2 3 2

= a 6 r - 2r + r + r - 2r + 1 + r - 2r + r @
2 2 3 4 4 2 6 4 2

= a 6 r - 2r + 1 @ = a 6 r - 1 @
2 6 3 2 3 2

3 2 3 2 2
= âr - ah = â - ar h = (a - d)

Exercise 2.3
1. Find out which of the following sequences are geometric sequences. For those
geometric sequences, find the common ratio.
(i) 0.12, 0.24, 0.48, g . (ii) 0.004, 0.02, 0.1, g . (iii) 1 , 1 , 2 , 4 , g.
2 3 9 27
(iv) 12, 1, 1 , g . (v) 2 , 1 , 1 , g . (vi) 4, - 2, - 1, - 1 , g .
12 2 2 2 2
2. Find the 10th term and common ratio of the geometric sequence 1 , - 1 , 1, - 2, g .
4 2
3. If the 4th and 7th terms of a G.P. are 54 and 1458 respectively, find the G.P.
4. In a geometric sequence, the first term is 1 and the sixth term is 1 , find the G.P.
3 729
5. Which term of the geometric sequence,
(i) 5, 2, 4 , 8 , g , is 128 ? (ii) 1, 2, 4, 8, g , is 1024 ?
5 25 15625
6. If the geometric sequences 162, 54, 18,g . and 2 , 2 , 2 , g have their nth term
81 27 9
equal, find the value of n.
7. The fifth term of a G.P. is 1875. If the first term is 3, find the common ratio.
8. The sum of three terms of a geometric sequence is 39 and their product is 1. Find the
10
common ratio and the terms.
9. If the product of three consecutive terms in G.P. is 216 and sum of their products in
pairs is 156, find them.
10. Find the first three consecutive terms in G.P. whose sum is 7 and the sum of their
reciprocals is 7
4
11. The sum of the first three terms of a G.P. is 13 and sum of their squares is 91. Determine
the G.P.
12. If `1000 is deposited in a bank which pays annual interest at the rate of 5% compounded
annually, find the maturity amount at the end of 12 years .
13. A company purchases an office copier machine for `50,000. It is estimated that the
copier depreciates in its value at a rate of 45% per year. What will be the value of the
copier after 15 years?
14. If a, b, c, d are in a geometric sequence, then show that
â - b + ch^b + c + d h = ab + bc + cd.
15. If a, b, c, d are in a G.P., then prove that a + b, b + c, c + d, are also in G.P.

2.5 Series
Let us consider the following problem:
A person joined a job on January 1, 1990 at an annual salary of `25,000 and
received an annual increment of `500 each year. What is the total salary he has received
upto January 1, 2010?
First of all note that his annual salary forms an arithmetic sequence
25000, 25500, 26000, 26500, g, (25000 + 19 (500)) .
To answer the above question we need to add all of his twenty years salary. That is,
25000 + 25500 + 26000 + 26500 + g + (25000 + 19 (500)) .
So, we need to develop an idea of summing terms of a sequence.
Definition
An expression of addition of terms of a sequence is called a series.
If a series consists only a finite number of terms, it is called a finite series.
If a series consists of infinite number of terms of a sequence, it is called an infinite series.
Consider a sequence S = " an ,3n=1

of real numbers. For each n ! N we define the
3
partial sums by Sn = a1 + a2 + , g + an, n = 1, 2, 3, g . Then {Sn} n = 1 is the sequence of
partial sums of the given sequence " an ,3
n=1
.
The ordered pair ^" an ,3 , S 3
n = 1 " n ,n = 1h
is called an infinite series of terms
3
of the sequence
" an ,1 . The infinite series is denoted by a1 + a2 + a3 + g , or simply
3
/ an where the
n=1
symbol / stands for summation and is pronounced as sigma.
Well, we can easily understand finite series (adding finite number of terms). It is
impossible to add all the terms of an infinite sequence by the ordinary addition, since one could
never complete the task. How can we understand (or assign a meaning to) adding infinitely
many terms of a sequence? We will learn about this in higher classes in mathematics. For
now we shall focus mostly on finite series.
In this section , we shall study Arithmetic series and Geometric series.
2.5.1 Arithmetic series

An arithmetic series is a series whose terms form an arithmetic sequence.
Sum of first n terms of an arithmetic sequence
Consider an arithmetic sequence with first term a and common difference d
given by a, a + d, a + 2d, ..., a + ^n - 1h d, g .
Let Sn be the sum of first n terms of the arithmetic sequence.

Thus, Sn = a + (a + d) + (a + 2d) + g (a + (n - 1) d)
( Sn = na + ( d + 2d + 3d + g + (n - 1) d )
= na + d (1 + 2 + 3 + g + (n - 1) )
So, we can simplify this formula if we can find the sum 1 + 2 + g + (n - 1) .
This is nothing but the sum of the arithmetic sequence 1, 2, 3, g, (n - 1) .
So, first we find the sum 1 + 2 + g + (n - 1) below.
Now, let us find the sum of the first n positive integers.

Let Sn = 1 + 2 + 3 + g + (n - 2) + (n - 1) + n . (1)
We shall use a small trick to find the above sum. Note that we can write Sn also as
Sn = n + (n - 1) + (n - 2) + g + 3 + 2 + 1 . (2)
Adding (1) and (2) we obtain,
2Sn = (n + 1) + (n + 1) + g + (n + 1) + (n + 1) . (3)
Now, how many (n + 1) are there on the right hand side of (3)?
There are n terms in each of (1) and (2). We merely added corresponding terms from (1) and (2).
Thus, there must be exactly n such (n + 1) ’s.
Therefore, (3) simplifies to 2Sn = n (n + 1) .
Hence, the sum of the first n positive integers is given by
n (n + 1) n (n + 1)
Sn = . So, 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = . (4)
2 2
This is a useful formula in finding the sums.
Remarks
The above method was first used by the famous German mathematician
Carl Fredrick Gauss, known as Prince of Mathematics, to find the
sum of positive integers upto 100. This problem was given to him by
his school teacher when he was just five years old. When you go to
higher studies in mathematics, you will learn other methods to arrive
Carl Fredrick Gauss
at the above formula. (1777 – 1855)
Now, let us go back to summing first n terms of a general arithmetic sequence.

We have already seen that
Sn = na + [d + 2d + 3d + g + (n - 1) d]
= na + d [1 + 2 + 3 + g + (n - 1)]
n (n - 1)
= na + d using (4)
2
= n [2a + (n - 1) d] (5)
2

Hence, we have
Sn = n [a + (a + (n - 1) d)] = n (first term + last term)
2 2
= n (a + l) .
2
The sum Sn of the first n terms of an arithmetic sequence with first term a
is given by
(i) Sn = n [2a + (n - 1) d] if the common difference d is given.
2
(ii) Sn = n (a + l) , if the last term l is given.
2
Example 2.16
Find the sum of the arithmetic series 5 + 11 + 17 + g + 95 .
Solution Given that the series 5 + 11 + 17 + g + 95 is an arithmetic series.

d = 11 - 5 = 6 , l = 95.
Note that a = 5,
Now, n = l - a + 1
d
= 95 - 5 + 1 = 90 + 1 = 16.
6 6
Hence, the sum Sn = n 6l + a @
2
S16 = 16 695 + 5 @ = 8 (100) = 800.
2
Example 2.17
Find the sum of the first 2n terms of the following series.
2 2 2 2
1 - 2 + 3 - 4 + ... .
2 2 2 2
Solution We want to find 1 - 2 + 3 - 4 + g to 2n terms
= 1 - 4 + 9 - 16 + 25 - g to 2n terms
= ^1 - 4h + ^9 - 16h + ^25 - 36h + g to n terms. (after grouping)
= - 3 + ^- 7h + ^- 11h + g n terms
Now, the above series is in an A.P. with first term a =- 3 and common difference d =- 4
Therefore, the required sum = n 62a + ^n - 1h d @
2
= n 62^- 3h + ^n - 1h^- 4h@
2
= n 6- 6 - 4n + 4 @ = n 6- 4n - 2 @
2 2
= - 2n ^2n + 1h = - n^2n + 1h .
2

Example 2.18
In an arithmetic series, the sum of first 14 terms is - 203 and the sum of the next 11
terms is –572. Find the arithmetic series.
Solution Given that S14 = - 203

( 14 62a + 13d @ = - 203
2
( 7 62a + 13d @ = - 203
( 2a + 13d = - 29 . (1)
Also, the sum of the next 11 terms = - 572 .
Now, S25 = S14 + (- 572)
That is, S25 = - 203 - 572 = - 775 .
( 25 62a + 24d @ = - 775
2
( 2a + 24d = - 31 # 2
( a + 12d = - 31 (2)
Solving (1) and (2) we get, a = 5 and d =- 3 .
Thus, the required arithmetic series is 5 + ^5 - 3h + ^5 + 2^- 3hh + g .
That is, the series is 5 + 2 - 1 - 4 - 7 - g.
Example 2.19
How many terms of the arithmetic series 24 + 21 + 18 + 15 + g , be taken
continuously so that their sum is – 351.
Solution In the given arithmetic series, a = 24, d =- 3 .

Let us find n such that Sn = – 351
Now, Sn = n 62a + ^n - 1h d @ = - 351
2
That is, n 62^24h + ^n - 1h^- 3h@ = - 351
2
( n 648 - 3n + 3 @ = - 351
2
( n^51 - 3nh = - 702
2
( n - 17n - 234 = 0
^n - 26h^n + 9h = 0
` n = 26 or n =- 9
Here n, being the number of terms needed, cannot be negative.
Thus, 26 terms are needed to get the sum - 351 .

Example 2.20
Find the sum of all 3 digit natural numbers, which are divisible by 8.
Solution
The three digit natural numbers divisible by 8 are 104, 112, 120, g , 992.
Let Sn denote their sum. That is, Sn = 104 + 112 + 120 + 128 + , g + 992 .
Now, the sequence 104, 112, 120, g , 992 forms an A.P.
Here, a = 104, d = 8 and l = 992.
` n = l - a + 1 = 992 - 104 + 1
d 8
= 888 + 1 = 112.
8
Thus, S112 = 6 a + l @ = 112 6104 + 992 @ = 56 (1096) = 61376 .
n
2 2
Hence, the sum of all three digit numbers, which are divisible by 8 is equal to 61376.
Example 2.21
The measures of the interior angles taken in order of a polygon form an arithmetic
sequence. The least measurement in the sequence is 85c. The greatest measurement is 215c.
Find the number of sides in the given polygon.
Solution Let n denote the number of sides of the polygon.

Now, the measures of interior angles form an arithmetic sequence.
Let the sum of the interior angles of the polygon be
Sn = a + â + d h + â + 2d h + g + l , where a = 85 and l = 215.
We have, Sn = n 6l + a @ (1)
2
We know that the sum of the interior angles of a polygon is (n - 2 ) # 180 .
0
Thus, Sn = ^n - 2h # 180
n 6l + a @ = ^n - 2h # 180
From (1), we have
2
( n 6215 + 85 @ = ^n - 2h # 180
2
150n = 180^n - 2h ( n = 12..
Hence, the number of sides of the polygon is 12.
Exercise 2.4
1. Find the sum of the first (i) 75 positive integers (ii) 125 natural numbers.
2. Find the sum of the first 30 terms of an A.P. whose nth term is 3 + 2n .
3. Find the sum of each arithmetic series
(i) 38 + 35 + 32 + g + 2 . (ii) 6 + 5 1 + 4 1 + g 25 terms.
4 2
4. Find the Sn for the following arithmetic series described.
(i) a = 5, n = 30, l = 121 (ii) a = 50, n = 25, d =- 4
2 2 2 2
5. Find the sum of the first 40 terms of the series 1 - 2 + 3 - 4 + g .
6. In an arithmetic series, the sum of first 11 terms is 44 and that of the next 11 terms is
55. Find the arithmetic series.
7. In the arithmetic sequence 60, 56, 52, 48,g , starting from the first term, how many
terms are needed so that their sum is 368?
8. Find the sum of all 3 digit natural numbers, which are divisible by 9.
9. Find the sum of first 20 terms of the arithmetic series in which 3rd term is 7 and 7th term
is 2 more than three times its 3rd term.
10. Find the sum of all natural numbers between 300 and 500 which are divisible by 11.
11. Solve: 1 + 6 + 11 + 16 + g + x = 148 .
12. Find the sum of all numbers between 100 and 200 which are not divisible by 5.
13. A construction company will be penalised each day for delay in construction of a
bridge. The penalty will be `4000 for the first day and will increase by `1000 for each
following day. Based on its budget, the company can afford to pay a maximum of
`1,65,000 towards penalty. Find the maximum number of days by which the completion
of work can be delayed
14. A sum of `1000 is deposited every year at 8% simple interest. Calculate the interest
at the end of each year. Do these interest amounts form an A.P.? If so, find the total
interest at the end of 30 years.
2
15. The sum of first n terms of a certain series is given as 3n - 2n. Show that the series
is an arithmetic series.
16. If a clock strikes once at 1 o’clock, twice at 2 o’clock and so on, how many times will
it strike in a day?
17. Show that the sum of an arithmetic series whose first term is a , second term b and the
â + ch^b + c - 2ah
last term is c is equal to .
2^ b - ah
18. If there are ^2n + 1h terms in an arithmetic series, then prove that the ratio of the sum
of odd terms to the sum of even terms is ^n + 1h : n .
2 2
19. The ratio of the sums of first m and first n terms of an arithmetic series is m : n
show that the ratio of the mth and nth terms is ^2m - 1h : ^2n - 1h

20. A gardener plans to construct a trapezoidal shaped structure in his garden. The longer
side of trapezoid needs to start with a row of 97 bricks. Each row must be decreased
by 2 bricks on each end and the construction should stop at 25th row. How many bricks
does he need to buy?
2.5.2 Geometric series

A series is a geometric series if the terms of the series form a geometric sequence.
2 n-1 n
Let a, ar, ar , g, ar , ar , g be a geometric sequence where r = Y 0 is the common
ratio. We want to find the sum of the first n terms of this sequence.
2 n-1
Let Sn = a + ar + ar + g + ar (1)
If r = 1 , then from (1) it follows that Sn = na .
For r ! 1 , using (1) we have
2 n-1 2 3 n
rSn = r (a + ar + ar + g + ar ) = ar + ar + ar + g + ar . (2)
Now subtracting (2) from (1), we get
2 n-1 2 n
Sn - rSn = (a + ar + ar + g + ar ) - (ar + ar + g + ar )
n
( Sn ^1 - r h = a^1 - r h
n
^ h
Hence, we have Sn = a 1 - r , since r ! 1 .
1-r
The sum of the first n terms of a geometric series is given by
n n
Sn = * r - 1
a (r - 1) a (1 - r )
= , if r ! 1
1-r
na if r = 1.
where a is the first term and r is the common ratio.
Remarks
Actually, if - 1 1 r 1 1 , then the following formula holds:
a + ar + ar + g + ar + g = a .
2 n
1-r
Note that the sum of infinite number of positive numbers may give a finite value.
.
Example 2.22
Find the sum of the first 25 terms of the geometric series
16 - 48 + 144 - 432 + g .
n
^ h
Solution Here a = 16, r = - 48 = - 3 ! 1. Now, Sn = a 1 - r , r ! 1 .
16 1-r
16^1 - ^- 3h25h 16^1 + 325h 25
So, we have S25 = = = 4^1 + 3 h .
1 - ^- 3h 4

Example 2.23
Find Sn for each of the geometric series described below:
(i) a = 2, t6 = 486, n = 6 (ii) a = 2400, r = – 3, n = 5
Solution
(i) Here a = 2, t6 = 486, n=6
5
Now t6 = 2 (r) = 486
5
( r = 243 ` r = 3.
n
^ h
Now, Sn = a r - 1 if r ! 1
r-1
^ 6 h
S6 = 2 3 - 1 = 3 - 1 = 728 .
6
Thus,
3-1
Here a = 2400, r =- 3, n = 5
(ii)
^ 5 h
Thus, S5 = a r - 1 if r = Y1
r-1
24006^- 3h5 - 1 @
=
^- 3h - 1
S5 = 2400 ^1 + 3 h = 600^1 + 243h = 146400.
5
Hence,
4
Example 2.24
In the geometric series 2 + 4 + 8 + g , starting from the first term how many
consecutive terms are needed to yield the sum 1022?
Solution Given the geometric series is 2 + 4 + 8 + g .

Let n be the number of terms required to get the sum.
Here a = 2, r = 2, Sn = 1022 .
To find n, let us consider
6 @ n
Sn = a r - 1 if r =
Y1
r-1
= ^2h; 2 - 1 E = 2^2 - 1h .
n
n
2-1
n
But Sn = 1022 and hence 2^2 - 1h = 1022
n
( 2 - 1 = 511
n 9
( 2 = 512 = 2 . Thus, n = 9.
Example 2.25
The first term of a geometric series is 375 and the fourth term is 192. Find the common
ratio and the sum of the first 14 terms.

Solution Let a be the first term and r be the common ratio of the given G.P.
Given that a = 375, t4 = 192 .
n-1
Now, tn = ar
3 3
` t4 = 375 r ( 375 r = 192
r = 192 ( r = 64
3 3

375 125
3
r = ` 4 j ( r = 4 , which is the required common ratio.
3

5 5
Sn = a ; r - 1 E if r =
n
Now, Y1
r-1
375 8` 4 j - 1 B
14
5 = (- 1) # 5 # 375 8` 4 j - 1 B
14
Thus, S14 =
4 -1 5
5
= ^375h^5h81 - ` 4 j B = 1875 81 - ` 4 j B .
14 14
5 5
Note
In the above example, one can use Sn = a ; 1 - r E if r =
Y 1 instead of Sn = a ; r - 1 E if r =
n n
Y 1.
1-r r-1
Example 2.26
A geometric series consists of four terms and has a positive common ratio. The sum
of the first two terms is 8 and the sum of the last two terms is 72. Find the series.
2 3
Solution Let the sum of the four terms of the geometric series be a + ar + ar + ar and r 2 0
2 3
Given that a + ar = 8 and ar + ar = 72
2 3 2
Now, ar + ar = r (a + ar) = 72
2
( r (8) = 72 ` r = ! 3
Since r > 0, we have r = 3.
Now, a + ar = 8 ( a = 2
Thus, the geometric series is 2 + 6 + 18 + 54 .
Example 2.27
Find the sum to n terms of the series 6 + 66 + 666 +g
Solution Note that the given series is not a geometric series.
We need to find Sn = 6 + 66 + 666 + g to n terms
Sn = 6 (1 + 11 + 111 + g to n terms )
= 6 ^9 + 99 + 999 + g to n termsh (Multiply and divide by 9)
9
= 2 6^10 - 1h + ^100 - 1h + ^1000 - 1h + g to n terms @
3
= 2 [(10 + 10 + 10 + g n terms) - n]
2 3
3
Sn = 2 ; - n E.
n
10 (10 - 1)
Thus,
3 9
Example 2.28
An organisation plans to plant saplings in 25 streets in a town in such a way that one
sapling for the first street, two for the second, four for the third, eight for the fourth street and
so on. How many saplings are needed to complete the work?
Solution The number of saplings to be planted for each of the 25 streets in the town
forms a G.P. Let Sn be the total number of saplings needed.
Then, Sn = 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + g to 25 terms.
Here, a = 1, r = 2, n = 25
Sn = a ; r - 1 E
n

r-1
6 25 @
S64 = (1) 2 - 1
2-1
25
= 2 - 1
25
Thus, the number of saplings to be needed is 2 - 1 .
Exercise 2.5
1. Find the sum of the first 20 terms of the geometric series 5 + 5 + 5 + g .
2 6 18
2. Find the sum of the first 27 terms of the geometric series 1 + 1 + 1 + g .
9 27 81
3. Find Sn for each of the geometric series described below.
(i) a = 3, t8 = 384, n = 8 . (ii) a = 5, r = 3 , n = 12 .
4. Find the sum of the following finite series
(i) 1 + 0.1 + 0.01 + 0.001 + g + ^0.1h9 (ii) 1 + 11 + 111 + g to 20 terms.
5. How many consecutive terms starting from the first term of the series
(i) 3 + 9 + 27 + g would sum to 1092 ? (ii) 2 + 6 + 18 + g would sum to 728 ?
6. The second term of a geometric series is 3 and the common ratio is 4 . Find the sum
5
of first 23 consecutive terms in the given geometric series.
7. A geometric series consists of four terms and has a positive common ratio. The sum
of the first two terms is 9 and sum of the last two terms is 36. Find the series.
8. Find the sum of first n terms of the series
(i) 7 + 77 + 777 + g . (ii) 0.4 + 0.94 + 0.994 + g .
9. Suppose that five people are ill during the first week of an epidemic, and each sick
person spreads the contagious disease to four other people by the end of the second
week. By the end of 15th week, how many people will be affected by the epidemic?

10. A gardener wanted to reward a boy for his good deeds by giving some mangoes. He
gave the boy two choices. He could either have 1000 mangoes at once or he could
get 1 mango on the first day, 2 on the second day, 4 on the third day, 8 mangoes on
the fourth day and so on for ten days. Which option should the boy choose to get the
maximum number of mangoes?
11. A geometric series consists of even number of terms. The sum of all terms is 3 times
the sum of odd terms. Find the common ratio.
12. If S1, S2 and S3 are the sum of first n, 2n and 3n terms of a geometric series respectively,
then prove that S1 ^ S3 - S2h = ^ S2 - S1h2 .
13. Let S be the sum, P be the product and R be the sum of the reciprocals of the first n
n
terms of a geometric series. Prove that ` S j = P .
2
R
Remarks
The sum of the first n terms of a geometric series with a = 1 and common ratio x ! 1,
n
is given by 1 + x + x + g + x = x - 1 , x =
2 n-1
Y 1.
x-1
Note that the left hand side of the above equation is a special polynomial in x of
degree n - 1 . This formula will be useful in finding the sum of some series.
n n n
2.5.3 Special series / k, / k2 and / k3
k=1 k=1 k=1
We have already used the symbol R for summation.

Let us list out some examples of finite series represented by sigma notation.
Sl. No. Notation Expansion

n n
1. /k or /j 1+2+3+g+n
k=1 j=1
6
2. / (n - 1) 1+2+3+4+5
n=2
5
3. / (d + 5) 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10
d=0
n
4. / k2 2 2
1 +2 +3 +g+n
3 2
k=1
10 10
3 61 + 1 + g 10 terms @ = 30.
5. /3 = 3 /1
k=1 k=1

n^ n + 1h
We have derived that 1+2+3+g+n =. This can also be obtained
2
using A.P. with a =1 , d = 1 and l = n as Sn = n (a + l) = n (1 + n) .
2 2
n
Hence, using sigma notation we write it as k=
n (n + 1)
2
. /
k=1
Let us derive the formulae for
n n n
(i) /^2k - 1h, (ii) / k2 and (iii) / k3 .
k=1 k=1 k=1
Proof:
n
(i) Let us find /^2k - 1h = 1 + 3 + 5 + g + ^2n - 1h.
k=1
This is an A.P. consisting of n terms with a = 1, d = 2, l = ^2n - 1h .

` Sn = n (1 + 2n - 1) = n (Sn = n (a + l) )
2

2 2
n
Thus, /^2k - 1h = n2 (1)
k=1
Remarks
1. The formula (1) can also be obtained by the following method
n n n n
/
(2k - 1) = /
2k - 1 = 2 c k m - n = /
2 (n) (n + 1)
2
/ 2
-n = n .
k=1 k=1 k=1 k=1
2
2. From (1), 1 + 3 + 5 + g + l = ` l + 1 j , since l = 2n – 1 ( n = l + 1 .
2 2
3 3 2 2
(ii) We know that a - b = â - bhâ + ab + b h .
3 2
` k - ^k - 1h3 = k + k^k - 1h + ^k - 1h2 ( take a = k and b = k – 1)
3 2
( k - ^k - 1h3 = 3k - 3k + 1 (1)
3 3
When k = 1, 1 - 0 = 3^1 h2 - 3^1 h + 1
3 3
When k = 2, 2 - 1 = 3^2h2 - 3^2h + 1
3 3
When k = 3, 3 - 2 = 3^3 h2 - 3^3 h + 1 . Continuing this, we have
3
when k = n, n - ^n - 1h3 = 3^nh2 - 3^nh + 1 .
Adding the above equations corresponding to k = 1, 2, g, n column-wise, we obtain
n = 3 61 + 2 + g + n @ - 361 + 2 + g + n @ + n
3 2 2 2

Thus, 3 61 + 2 + g + n @ = n + 3 61 + 2 + g + n @ - n
2 2 2 3

3 ; / k2 E = n3 + 3n^n2+ 1h - n
n

k=1
n
Hence, / k2 = n^n + 1h^2n + 1h
6
. (2)
k=1

n
(iii) / k3 = 13 + 23 + gn3
k=1
Let us observe the following pattern.
3
1 = 1 = ^1 h2
3 3
1 + 2 = 9 = ^1 + 2h2
3 3 3
1 + 2 + 3 = 36 = ^1 + 2 + 3h2
3 3 3 3
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 100 = ^1 + 2 + 3 + 4h2 .
Extending this pattern to n terms, we get
1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = 61 + 2 + 3 + g + n @2
3 3 3 3
= ; E
n^ n + 1h 2
2
k = c km = ; E .
n n 2 n^ n + 1h 2
Thus, / 3
/ 2
(3)
k=1 k=1
n
(i) The sum of the first n natural numbers,/ k = n (n2+ 1) .
k=1 n
(ii) The sum of the first n odd natural numbers, /^2k - 1h = n .
2
k=1
(iii) The sum of first n odd natural numbers (when the last term l is given) is
2
1 + 3 + 5 + g + l = `l + 1j .
2
(iv) The sum of squares of first n natural numbers,
n
n^n + 1h^2n + 1h
/
2
k =
6
.
k=1
(v) The sum of cubes of the first n natural numbers,
k =; E .
n
n^ n + 1h 2
/
3
2
k=1
Example 2.29
Find the sum of the following series
(i) 26 + 27 + 28 + g + 60 (ii) 1 + 3 + 5 + g to 25 terms (ii) 31 + 33 + g + 53.
Solution
(i) We have 26 + 27 + 28 + g + 60 = ^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 60h - ^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 25h
60 25
= /n - /n
1 1
60^60 + 1h 25^25 + 1h
= -
2 2
= (30 # 61) - (25 # 13) = 1830 - 325 = 1505.

(ii) Here n = 25
n
` 1 + 3 + 5 + g to 25 terms = 25
2
( / (2k - 1) = n2 )
k=1
= 625.
(iii) 31 + 33 + g + 53
= ^1 + 3 + 5 + g + 53h -^1 + 3 + 5 + g + 29h
2 2 2
= ` 53 + 1 j - ` 29 + 1 j ( 1 + 3 + 5 + g + l = `l + 1j )
2 2 2
2 2
= 27 - 15 = 504.
Example 2.30
Find the sum of the following series
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(i) 1 + 2 + 3 + g + 25 (ii) 12 + 13 + 14 + g + 35
2 2 2 2
(iii) 1 + 3 + 5 + g + 51 .
Solution
25
(i)
2
Now, 1 + 2 + 3 + g + 25 =
2 2 2
/ n2
1
n
25^25 + 1h^50 + 1h n^n + 1h^2n + 1h
=
6
( / k2 = 6
)
k=1
^25h^26h^51h
=
6
2 2 2 2
` 1 + 2 + 3 + g + 25 = 5525.
2 2 2 2
(ii) Now, 12 + 13 + 14 + g + 35
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
= ^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 35 h -^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 11 h
35 11
= / n2 - / n2
1 1
35^35 + 1h^70 + 1h 11^12h^23h

= -
6 6
^35h^36h^71h ^11h^12h^23h
= -
6 6
= 14910 - 506 = 14404 .
2 2 2 2
(iii) Now, 1 + 3 + 5 + g + 51
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
= ^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 51 h - ^2 + 4 + 6 + g50 h
/ n2 - 22 612 + 22 + 32 + g + 252 @
51
=
1

51 25
= / n2 - 4/ n2
1 1
51^51 + 1h^102 + 1h 25^25 + 1h^50 + 1h

= - 4 #
6 6
^51h^52h^103h 25^26h^51h
= -4 #
6 6
= 45526 - 22100 = 23426.
Example 2.31
Find the sum of the series.
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(i) 1 + 2 + 3 + g + 20 (ii) 11 + 12 + 13 + g + 28
Solution
20
(i)
3 3
1 + 2 + 3 + g20 =
3 3
/ n3
1
20^20 + 1h 2
/ k3 = ; n^n2+ 1h E .
n 2
=c m using
2 k=1
2
= ` 20 # 21 j = ^210h2 = 44100.
2
3 3 3
(ii) Next we consider 11 + 12 + g + 28
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
= ^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 28 h - ^1 + 2 + g + 10 h
28 10
= / n3 - / n3
1 1
=; E -; E
28^28 + 1h 2 10^10 + 1h 2

2 2
2 2
= 406 - 55 = (406 + 55) (406 - 55)
= (461)(351) = 161811.
Example 2.32
3 3 3 3
Find the value of k, if 1 + 2 + 3 + g + k = 4356
Solution Note that k is a positive integer.

3 3 3 3
Given that 1 + 2 + 3 + g + k = 4356
k ^ k + 1h 2
(
m = 4356 =6 # 6 # 11 # 11
c
2
k ^ k + 1h
Taking square root, we get = 66
2
2
( k + k - 132 = 0 ( ^k + 12h^k - 11h = 0
Thus, k = 11 , since k is positive.

Example 2.33
3 3 3 3
(i) If 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = 120 , find 1 + 2 + 3 + g n .
3 3 3 3
(ii) If 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = 36100, then find 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n.
Solution
n^ n + 1h
(i) Given 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = 120 i.e. = 120
2
3 3 3 n^ n + 1h 2 2
` 1 + 2 + g + n = c m = 120 = 14400
2
3 3 3 3
(ii) Given 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = 36100
n^ n + 1h 2
( m = 36100 =19 # 19 # 10 # 10
c
2
n^ n + 1h
( = 190
2
Thus, 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = 190.
Example 2.34
Find the total area of 14 squares whose sides are 11 cm, 12 cm, g , 24 cm,
respectively.
2 2 2
Solution The areas of the squares form the series 11 + 12 + g + 24
2 2 2 2
Total area of 14 squares = 11 + 12 + 13 + g + 24
2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
= ^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 24 h -^1 + 2 + 3 + g + 10 h
24 10
= / n2 - / n2
1 1
24^24 + 1h^48 + 1h 10^10 + 1h^20 + 1h

= -
6 6
^24h^25h^49h ^10h^11h^21h
= -
6 6
= 4900 - 385
= 4515 sq. cm.
Exercise 2.6
1. Find the sum of the following series.
2 2 2 2
(i) 1 + 2 + 3 + g + 45 (ii) 16 + 17 + 18 + g + 25
(iii) 2 + 4 + 6 + g + 100 (iv) 7 + 14 +21 g + 490
2 2 2 2 3 3 3
(v) 5 + 7 + 9 + g + 39 (vi) 16 + 17 + g + 35

2. Find the value of k if
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(i) 1 + 2 + 3 + g + k = 6084 (ii) 1 + 2 + 3 + g + k = 2025
3 3 3 3
3. If 1 + 2 + 3 + g + p = 171 , then find 1 + 2 + 3 + g + p .
3 3 3 3
4. If 1 + 2 + 3 + g + k = 8281 , then find 1 + 2 + 3 + g + k .
5. Find the total area of 12 squares whose edges are 12cm, 13cm, g, 23cm. respectively.
6. Find the total volume of 15 cubes whose sides are 16 cm, 17 cm, 18 cm, g , 30 cm
respectively.
Exercise 2.7
Choose the correct answer.
1. Which one of the following is not true?
(A) A sequence is a real valued function defined on N .
(B) Every function represents a sequence.
(C) A sequence may have infinitely many terms.
(D) A sequence may have a finite number of terms.
2. The 8th term of the sequence 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, g is
(A) 25 (B) 24 (C) 23 (D) 21
3. The next term of the sequence 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , g is
2 6 12 20
(A) 1 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) 1
24 22 30 18
4. If a, b, c, l, m are in A.P, then the value of a - 4b + 6c - 4l + m is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 0
5. If a, b, c are in A.P. then a - b is equal to
b-c
(A) a (B) b (C) a (D) 1
b c c
6. If the nth term of a sequence is 100 n +10, then the sequence is
(A) an A.P. (B) a G.P.
(C) a constant sequence (D) neither A.P. nor G.P.
a
7. If a1, a2, a3, g are in A.P. such that 4 = 3 , then the 13th term of the A.P. is
a7 2
(A) 3 (B) 0 (C) 12a1 (D) 14a1
2
8. If the sequence a1, a2, a3, g is in A.P. , then the sequence a5, a10, a15, g is
(A) a G.P. (B) an A.P. (C) neither A.P nor G.P. (D) a constant sequence
9. If k+2, 4k–6, 3k–2 are the three consecutive terms of an A.P, then the value of k is
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
10. If a, b, c, l, m. n are in A.P., then 3a+7, 3b+7, 3c+7, 3l+7, 3m+7, 3n+7 form
(A) a G.P. (B) an A.P. (C) a constant sequence (D) neither A.P. nor G.P

11. If the third term of a G.P is 2, then the product of first 5 terms is
2 5
(A) 5 (B) 2 (C) 10 (D) 15
12. If a, b, c are in G.P, then a - b is equal to

b-c
(A) a (B) b (C) b (D) c
b a c b
13. If x, 2x + 2 , 3x + 3, g are in G.P, then 5x, 10x + 10 , 15x + 15, g form
(A) an A.P. (B) a G.P. (C) a constant sequence (D) neither A.P. nor a G.P.
14. The sequence –3, –3, –3,g is
(A) an A.P. only (B) a G.P. only (C) neither A.P. nor G.P (D) both A.P. and G.P.
15. If the product of the first four consecutive terms of a G.P is 256 and if the common
ratio is 4 and the first term is positive, then its 3rd term is
(A) 8 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) 16

16 32
16. In a G.P, t2 = 3 and t3 = 1 . Then the common ratio is
5 5
(A) 1 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) 5
5 3
2 3 4 5
17. If x ! 0 , then 1 + sec x + sec x + sec x + sec x + sec x is equal to
2 3 4 2 4
(A) (1 + sec x) (sec x + sec x + sec x) (B) (1 + sec x) (1 + sec x + sec x)
3 5 3 4
(C) (1 - sec x) (sec x + sec x + sec x) (D) (1 + sec x) (1 + sec x + sec x)
th
18. If the n term of an A.P. is tn = 3 - 5n , then the sum of the first n terms is
(A) n 61 - 5n @ (B) n^1 - 5nh (C) n ^1 + 5nh (D) n ^1 + nh

2 2 2
m-n m m+n
19. The common ratio of the G.P. a ,a ,a is
m -m n -n
(A) a (B) a (C) a (D) a
3 3 3
20. If 1 + 2 + 3 +. . . + n = k then 1 + 2 + g + n is equal to
2 3 k ^ k + 1h
(A) k (B) k (C) (D) ^k + 1h3
2

A
q sequence of real numbers is an arrangement or a list of real numbers in a specific
order.
q The sequence given by F1 = F2 = 1 and Fn = Fn 1 + Fn 2, n = 3, 4, g is called the
- -
Fibonacci sequence which is nothing but 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, g
q A sequence a1, a2, a3, g, an , g is called an arithmetic sequence if an + 1 = an + d , n ! N
where d is a constant. Here a1 is called the first term and the constant d is called
the common difference.
The general term of an A.P. is tn = a + (n - 1) d 6 n ! N .
q A sequence a1, a2, a3, g, an, g is called a geometric sequence if an 1 = an r, where r ! 0,
+
n ! N where r is a constant. Here, a1 is the first term and the constant r is called the common
n-1
ratio. The general term of a G.P. is tn = ar , n = 1, 2, 3, g .
q An expression of addition of terms of a sequence is called a series. If the sum consists
only finite number of terms, then it is called a finite series. If the sum consists of infinite
number of terms of a sequence, then it is called an infinite series.
q The sum Sn of the first n terms of an arithmetic sequence with first term a and common
difference d is given by Sn = n [2a + (n - 1) d] = n (a + l) , where l is the last term.
2 2
q The sum of the firstn n terms of a geometric
n series is given by
Sn = * r - 1 = 1 - r , if r ! 1
a (r - 1) a (1 - r )

na if r = 1.
where a is the first term and r is the common ratio.
n
q The sum of the first n natural numbers, / k = n (n2+ 1) .
k=1
n
q The sum of the first n odd natural numbers, /^2k - 1h = n2
k=1
q The sum of first n odd natural numbers ( when the last term l is given) is
2
1 + 3 + 5 + g + l = `l + 1j .
2
q The sum of squares of first n natural numbers,
n
n^n + 1h^2n + 1h
/2
k =
6
.
q The sum of cubes of the first n natural numbers,
k=1
k =; E .
n
n^ n + 1h 2
/
3
2
k=1
Do you know?
A Mersenne number, named after Marin Mersenne, is a positive integer of the form
M =2 p - 1 , where p is a positive integer. If M is a prime, then it is called a Mersenne
prime.Interestingly, if 2 p - 1 is prime, then p is prime.The largest known prime number
243,112,609 - 1 is a Mersenne prime.
3 ALGEBRA
The human mind has never invented a labour-saving machine
equal to algebra - Author unknown
 Introduction 3.1 Introduction

 Polynomials Algebra is an important and a very old branch of
 Synthetic Division mathematics which deals with solving algebraic equations.
 GCD and LCM In third century, the Greek mathematician Diophantus wrote
 Rational Expressions a book “Arithmetic” which contained a large number of
 Square root practical problems. In the sixth and seventh centuries,
 Quadratic Equations
Indian mathematicians like Aryabhatta and Brahmagupta
have worked on linear equations and quadratic equations
and developed general methods of solving them.
The next major development in algebra took place

in ninth century by Arab mathematicians. In particular,
Al-Khwarizmi’s book entitled “Compendium on calculation
by completion and balancing” was an important milestone.
There he used the word aljabra - which was latinized into
Al-Khwarizmi algebra - translates as competition or restoration. In the
(780-850) 13th century, Leonardo Fibonacci’s books on algebra
Arab was important and influential. Other highly influential
works on algebra were those of the Italian mathematician
Al-Khwarizmi’s contribution
Luca Pacioli (1445-1517), and of the English mathematician
to Mathematics and Geography
Robert Recorde (1510-1558). In later centuries Algebra
established the basis for innovation
blossomed into more abstract and in 19th century British
in Algebra and Trigonometry. He
mathematicians took the lead in this effort. Peacock (Britain,
presented the first systematic solution
1791-1858) was the founder of axiomatic thinking in
of linear and quadratic equations.
arithmetic and algebra. For this reason he is sometimes called
He is considered the founder of the “Euclid of Algebra”. DeMorgan (Britain, 1806-1871)
algebra. His work on arithmetic was extended Peacock’s work to consider operations defined on
responsible for introducing the Arabic abstract symbols.
numerals based on the Hindu-Arabic In this chapter, we shall focus on learning
numeral system developed in Indian techniques of solving linear system of equations and
Mathematics, to the Western world. quadratic equations.

3.2 System of linear equations in two unknowns
In class IX, we have studied the linear equation ax + b = 0, a ! 0 , in one unknown x.
Let us consider a linear equation ax + by = c , where at least one of a and b is non-zero,
in two unknowns x and y. An ordered pair (x0, y0) is called a solution to the linear equation if
the values x = x0, y = y0 satisfy the equation.
Geometrically, the graph of the linear equation ax + by = c is a straight line in a
plane. So each point ( x, y) on this line corresponds to a solution of the equation ax + by = c .
Conversely, every solution ( x, y) of the equation is a point on this straight line. Thus, the
equation ax + by = c has infinitely many solutions.
A set of finite number of linear equations in two unknowns x and y that are to be
treated together, is called a system of linear equations in x and y . Such a system of equations
is also called simultaneous equations.
Definition
An ordered pair (x0, y0) is called a solution to a linear system in two variables if the
values x = x0, y = y0 satisfy all the equations in the system.
A system of linear equations

a1 x + b1 y = c1
a2 x + b2 y = c2
in two variables is said to be
(i) consistent if at least one pair of values of x and y satisfies both equations and
(ii) inconsistent if there are no values of x and y that satisfy both equations.
In this section, we shall discuss only a pair of linear equations in two variables.
Remarks
(i) An equation of the form ax + by = c is called linear because the variables are only
to the first power, and there are no products of variables in the equation.
(ii) It is also possible to consider linear systems in more than two variables. You will
learn this in higher classes.
Let us consider a linear system

a1 x + b1 y = c1 (1)
a2 x + b2 y = c2 (2)
in two variables x and y , where any of the constants a1, b1, a2 and b2 can be zero with the
exception that each equation must have at least one variable in it or simply,
2 2 2 2
a1 + b1 ! 0 , a2 + b2 ! 0.
Geometrically the following situations occur. The two straight lines represented by (1) and (2)
(i) may intersect at exactly one point
(ii) may not intersect at any point
(iii) may coincide.

If (i) happens, then the intersecting point gives the unique solution of the system.
If (ii) happens, then the system does not have a solution. If (iii) happens, then every point on
the line corresponds to a solution to the system. Thus, the system will have infinitely many
solutions in this case.
Now, we will solve a system of linear equations in two unknowns using the following
algebraic methods (i) the method of elimination (ii) the method of cross multiplication.
3.2.1 Elimination method
In this method, we may combine equations of a system in such a manner as to get rid
of one of the unknowns. The elimination of one unknown can be achieved in the following
ways.
(i) Multiply or divide the members of the equations by such numbers as to make the
coefficients of the unknown to be eliminated numerically equal.
(ii) Then, eliminate by addition if the resulting coefficients have unlike signs and by
subtraction if they have like signs.
Example 3.1
Solve 3x - 5y = –16 , 2x + 5y = 31
Solution The given equations are

3x - 5y = –16 (1)
2x + 5y = 31 (2)
Note that the coefficients of y in both equations are numerically equal.
So, we can eliminate y easily.
Adding (1) and (2), we obtain an equation
5x = 15 (3)
That is, x = 3.
Now, we substitute x = 3 in (1) or (2) to solve for y.
Substituting x = 3 in (1) we obtain, 3(3) –5y = –16
( y = 5.
Now, (3, 5) a is solution to the given system because (1) and (2) are true when x = 3
and y = 5 as from (1) and (2) we get, 3(3) – 5(5) = –16 and 2(3) +5(5) = 31.
Note
Obtaining equation (3) in only one variable is an important step in finding the
solution. We obtained equation (3) in one variable x by eliminating the variable y.
So this method of solving a system by eliminating one of the variables first, is called
“method of elimination”.

Example 3.2
The cost of 11 pencils and 3 erasers is ` 50 and the cost of 8 pencils and 3 erasers is
` 38. Find the cost of each pencil and each eraser.
Solution Let x denote the cost of a pencil in rupees and y denote the cost of an eraser in rupees.
Then according to the given information we have
11x + 3y = 50 (1)
8x + 3y = 38 (2)
Subtracting (2) from (1) we get, 3x = 12 which gives x = 4 .
Now substitute x = 4 in (1) to find the value of y . We get,
11 (4) + 3y = 50 i.e., y = 2 .
Therefore, x = 4 and y = 2 is the solution of the given pair of equations.
Thus, the cost of a pencil is ` 4 and that of an eraser is ` 2.
Note
It is always better to check that the obtained values satisfy the both equations.
Example 3.3
Solve by elimination method 3x + 4y = –25, 2x - 3y = 6
Solution The given system is
3x + 4y = –25 (1)
2x - 3y = 6 (2)
To eliminate the variable x, let us multiply (1) by 2 and (2) by –3 to obtain
(1) # 2 ( 6x + 8y = –50 (3)
(2) # –3 ( - 6x + 9y = –18 (4)
Now, adding (3) and (4) we get, 17y = – 68 which gives y = – 4
Next, substitute y = – 4 in (1) to obtain
3x + 4 (- 4) = – 25
That is, x =–3
Hence, the solution is ( –3, –4 ).
Remarks
In Example 3.3, it is not possible to eliminate one of the variables by simply
adding or subtracting the given equations as we did in Example 3.1. Thus, first we
shall do some manipulations so that coefficients of either x or y are equal except
for sign. Then we do the elimination.

Example 3.4
Using elimination method, solve 101x + 99y = 499, 99x + 101y = 501
Solution The given system of equations is
101x + 99y = 499 (1)
99x + 101y = 501 (2)
Here, of course we could multiply equations by appropriate numbers to eliminate one
of the variables.
However, note that the coefficient of x in one equation is equal to the coefficient of
y in the other equation. In such a case, we add and subtract the two equations to get a new
system of very simple equations having the same solution.
Adding (1) and (2), we get 200x + 200y = 1000.
Dividing by 200 we get, x + y = 5 (3)
Subtracting (2) from (1), we get 2x - 2y = –2 which is same as
x - y = –1 (4)
Solving (3) and (4), we get x = 2, y = 3.
Thus, the required solution is ( 2, 3 ).
Example 3.5
Solve 3^2x + yh = 7xy ; 3^ x + 3yh = 11xy using elimination method
3^2x + yh = 7xy (1)
3^ x + 3yh = 11xy (2)
Observe that the given system is not linear because of the occurrence of xy term.
Also, note that if x = 0, then y = 0 and vice versa. So, (0, 0) is a solution for the
system and any other solution would have both x ! 0 and y ! 0 .
Thus, we consider the case where x ! 0 , y ! 0 .
Dividing both sides of each equation by xy, we get
6 + 3 = 7, i.e., 3 + 6 = 7 (3)
y x x y
and
9 + 3 = 11 (4)
x y
Let a = 1 and b = 1 .
x y
Equations (3) and (4) become
3a + 6b = 7 (5)
9a + 3b = 11 (6)
which is a linear system in a and b.

To eliminate b, we have (6) # 2 ( 18a + 6b = 22 (7)
Subtracting (7) from (5) we get, - 15a = –15. That is, a = 1.
Substituting a = 1 in (5) we get, b = 2 . Thus, a = 1 and b = 2 .
3 3
When a = 1, we have 1 = 1. Thus, x = 1 .
x
When b = 2 , we have 1 = 2 . Thus, y = 3 .
3 y 3 2
Thus, the system has two solutions ( 1, 3 ) and ( 0, 0 ).
2
Aliter
The given system of equations can also be solved in the following way.
Now, 3^2x + yh = 7xy (1)
3^ x + 3yh = 11xy (2)
Now, (2) × 2 – (1) ( 15y = 15xy
( 15y(1–x) = 0. Thus, x = 1 and y = 0
When x = 1, we have y = 3 and when y = 0, we have x = 0

2
Hence, the two solutions are ( 1, 3 ) and ( 0, 0 ).
2
Exercise 3.1
Solve each of the following system of equations by elimination method.
1. x + 2y = 7 , x - 2y = 1 2. 3x + y = 8 , 5x + y = 10
y
3. x + = 4 , x + 2y = 5 4. 11x - 7y = xy , 9x - 4y = 6xy
2 3
5. 3 + 5 = 20 , 2 + 5 = 15 , x ! 0, y ! 0 6. 8x - 3y = 5xy , 6x - 5y =- 2xy
x y xy x y xy
7. 13x + 11y = 70 , 11x + 13y = 74 8. 65x - 33y = 97 , 33x - 65y = 1
9. 15 + 2 = 17 , 1 + 1 = 36 , x ! 0, y ! 0 10. 2 + 2 = 1 , 3 + 2 = 0, x ! 0, y ! 0
x y x y 5 x 3y 6 x y
Cardinality of the set of solutions of the system of linear equations

Let us consider the system of two equations
a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 (1)
a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 (2)
2 2 2 2
where the coefficients are real numbers such that a1 + b1 ! 0 , a2 + b2 ! 0.

Let us apply the elimination method for equating the coefficients of y.
Now, multiply equation (1) by b2 and equation (2) by b1 , we get,
b2 a1 x + b2 b1 y + b2 c1 = 0 (3)
b1 a2 x + b1 b2 y + b1 c2 = 0 (4)
Subtracting equation (4) from (3), we get

b1 c2 - b2 c1
^b2 a1 - b1 a2h x = b1 c2 - b2 c1 ( x = provided a1 b2 - a2 b1 ! 0
a1 b2 - a2 b1
Substituting the value of x in either (1) or (2) and solving for y, we get
c1 a2 - c2 a1
y= , provided a1 b2 - a2 b1 ! 0 .
a1 b2 - a2 b1
Thus, we have
b1 c2 - b2 c1 c a - c2 a1
x= and y = 1 2 , a b - a2 b1 ! 0 . (5)
a1 b2 - a2 b1 a1 b2 - a2 b1 1 2
Here, we have to consider two cases.

a1 b
Case (i) a1 b2 - a2 b1 ! 0 . That is, ! 1.
a2 b2
In this case, the pair of linear equations has a unique solution.
a1 b
Case (ii) a1 b2 - a2 b1 = 0 . That is, = 1 if a2 ! 0 and b2 ! 0 .
a2 b2
In this case, let a1 = b1 = m . Then a1 = ma2 , b1 = mb2
a2 b2
Now, substituting the values of a1 and b1 in equation (1) we get,
mâ2 x + b2 yh + c1 = 0 (6)
It is easily observed that both the equations (6) and (2) can be satisfied only if
c
c1 = mc2 ( 1 = m
c2
If c1 = mc2 , any solution of equation (2) will also satisfy the equation (1) and vice versa.
a1 b c
So, if = 1 = 1 = m ; then there are infinitely many solutions to the pair of
a2 b2 c2
linear equations given by (1) and (2).
If c1 ! mc2 , then any solution of equation (1) will not satisfy equation (2) and vice versa.
a1 b c
Hence, if = 1 ! 1 , then the pair of linear equations given by (1) and (2)
a2 b2 c2
has no solution.

Note
Now, we summarise the above discussion.
For the system of equations
a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0
2 2 2 2
a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 , where a1 + b1 ! 0 , a2 + b2 ! 0.
a b
(i) If a1 b2 - b1 a2 ! 0 or 1 ! 1 , then the system of equations has a unique solution.
a2 b2
a1 b1 c1
(ii) If = = , then the system of equations has infinitely many solutions.
a2 b2 c2
a1 b c
(iii) If = 1 ! 1 , then the system of equations has no solution.
a2 b2 c2
3.2.2 Cross multiplication method

While solving a pair of linear equations in two unknowns x and y using elimination
method, we utilised the coefficients effectively to get the solution. There is another method
called the cross multiplication method, which simplifies the procedure. Now, let us describe
this method and see how it works.
Let us consider the system
a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 (1)
a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 with a1 b2 - b1 a2 ! 0 (2)
We have already established that the system has the solution

b c - b2 c1 c a - c2 a1
x = 1 2 , y= 1 2
a1 b2 - a2 b1 a1 b2 - a2 b1
x 1 y 1
Thus, we can write = , =
b1 c2 - b2 c1 a1 b2 - a2 b1 c1 a2 - c2 a1 a1 b2 - a2 b1
Let us write the above in the following form

x y 1
= = .
b1 c2 - b2 c1 c1 a2 - c2 a1 a1 b2 - a2 b1
The following arrow diagram may be very useful in remembering the above relation.
x y 1
b1 c1 a1 b1
b2 c2 a2 b2
The arrows between the two numbers indicate that they are multiplied, the second
product (upward arrow) is to be subtracted from the first product (downward arrow).

Method of solving a linear system of equations by the above form is called the
cross multiplication method.
x y 1
Note that in the representation = = ,
b1 c2 - b2 c1 c1 a2 - c2 a1 a1 b2 - a2 b1
b1 c2 - b2 c1 or c1 a2 - c2 a1 may be equal to 0 and a1 b2 - a2 b1 ! 0 .
Hence, for the system of equations a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0

a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0
(i) if b1 c2 - b2 c1 = 0 and a1 b2 - a2 b1 ! 0 , then x = 0
(ii) if c1 a2 - c2 a1 = 0 and a1 b2 - a2 b1 ! 0 , then y = 0
Hereafter, we shall mostly restrict ourselves to the system of linear equations having
unique solution and find the solution by the method of cross multiplication.
Example 3.6
Solve
2x + 7y – 5 = 0
–3x + 8y = –11
2x + 7y – 5 = 0
–3x + 8y +11 = 0
For the cross multiplication method, we write the coefficients as
x y 1
7 –5 2 7
8 11 –3 8
x y 1
Hence, we get = = .
(7) (11) - (8) (- 5) (- 5) (- 3) - (2)(11) (2)(8) - (- 3)(7)
Thatis, x = y = 1 . i.e., x = 117 , y =- 7 .
117 -7 37 37 37
Hence, the solution is ` 117 , - 7 j .
37 37
Example 3.7
Using cross multiplication method, solve 3x + 5y = 25
7x + 6y = 30
Solution The given system of equations is 3x + 5y –25 = 0
7x + 6y–30 = 0
Now, writing the coefficients for cross multiplication, we get
x y 1
5 –25 3 5
6 –30 7 6

x y y
( = = 1 . i.e., x = = 1 .
- 150 + 150 - 175 + 90 18 - 35 0 - 85 - 17
Thus, we have x = 0, y = 5. Hence, the solution is (0, 5).
Note
Here, x = - 1 is to mean x = 0 = 0. Thus x is only a notation and it is
0 17 - 17 0
not division by zero. Division by zero is not defined.
Example 3.8
In a two digit number, the digit in the unit place is twice of the digit in the tenth
place. If the digits are reversed, the new number is 27 more than the given number. Find the
number.
Solution Let x denote the digit in the tenth place and y denote the digit in unit place.. So,
the number may be written as 10x + y in the expanded form. (just like 35= 10(3) +5)
When the digits are reversed, x becomes the digit in unit place and y becomes the digit
in the tenth place. The changed number, in the expanded form is 10y + x.
According to the first condition, we have y = 2x which is written as
2x - y = 0 (1)
Also, by second condition, we have
(10y + x) - (10x + y) = 27
That is, - 9x + 9y = 27 ( - x + y = 3 (2)
Adding equations (1) and (2), we get x = 3.

Substituting x = 3 in the equation (2), we get y = 6.
Thus, the given number is (3 # 10) + 6 = 36.
Example 3.9
A fraction is such that if the numerator is multiplied by 3 and the denominator is
reduced by 3, we get 18 , but if the numerator is increased by 8 and the denominator is

11
2
doubled, we get . Find the fraction.
5
Solution Let the fraction be x . According to the given conditions, we have
y
3x = 18 and x+8 = 2
y - 3 11 2y 5
( 11x = 6y - 18 and 5x + 40 = 4y

So, we have 11x - 6y + 18 = 0 (1)
5x - 4y + 40 = 0 (2)
On comparing the coefficients of (1) and (2) with a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 , a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 ,
we have a1 = 11, b1 = – 6, c1 = 18 ; a2 = 5, b2 = –4, c2 = 40.
Thus, a1 b2 - a2 b1 = (11) (- 4) - (5) (- 6) = - 14 ! 0.
Hence, the system has a unique solution.
Now, writing the coefficients for the cross multiplication, we have
x y 1
–6 18 11 –6
–4 40 5 –4
x y 1
( = =
- 240 + 72 90 - 440 - + 30
44
x = y
( = 1
- 168 - 350 - 14
Thus, x = 168 = 12 ; y = 350 = 25. Hence, the fraction is 12 .
14 14 25
Example 3.10
Eight men and twelve boys can finish a piece of work in 10 days while six men and
eight boys can finish the same work in 14 days. Find the number of days taken by one man
alone to complete the work and also one boy alone to complete the work.
Solution Let x denote the number of days needed for one man to finish the work and y
denote the number of days needed for one boy to finish the work. Clearly, x ! 0 and y ! 0.
So, one man can complete 1 part of the work in one day and one boy can complete
x
1 part of the work in one day.

y
The amount of work done by 8 men and 12 boys in one day is 1 .
10
Thus, we have 8 + 12 = 1 (1)
x y 10
The amount of work done by 6 men and 8 boys in one day is 1 .
14
6
Thus, we have + = 8 1 (2)
x y 14
Let a = 1 and b = 1 . Then (1) and (2) give, respectively,

x y
8a + 12b = 1 ( 4a + 6b - 1 = 0. (3)
10 20
6a + 8b = 1 ( 3a + 4b - 1 = 0. (4)
14 28

Writing the coefficients of (3) and (4) for the cross multiplication, we have
a b 1
6 - 1 4 6
20
4 - 1 3 4
28
Thus, we have a = b = 1 . i.e., a = b = 1 .

- 3 +1 - 3 +1 16 - 18 - 1 - 1 -2
14 5 20 7 70 140
That is, a= 1 , b = 1
140 280
Thus, we have x = 1 = 140 , y = 1 = 280.

a b
Hence, one man can finish the work individually in 140 days and one boy can
finish the work individually in 280 days.
Exercise 3.2
1. Solve the following systems of equations using cross multiplication method.
(i) 3x + 4y = 24 , 20x - 11y = 47 (ii) 0.5x + 0.8y = 0.44 , 0.8x + 0.6y = 0.5
5y y
(iii) 3x - =- 2, x + = 13 (iv) 5 - 4 =- 2, 2 + 3 = 13
2 3 3 2 6 x y x y
2. Formulate the following problems as a pair of equations, and hence find their solution:
(i) One number is greater than thrice the other number by 2. If 4 times the smaller
number exceeds the greater by 5, find the numbers.
(ii) The ratio of income of two persons is 9 : 7 and the ratio of their expenditure is 4 : 3.
If each of them manages to save ` 2000 per month, find their monthly income.
(iii) A two digit number is seven times the sum of its digits. The number formed by
reversing the digits is 18 less than the given number. Find the given number.
(iv) Three chairs and two tables cost ` 700 and five chairs and three tables cost ` 1100.
What is the total cost of 2 chairs and 3 tables?
(v) In a rectangle, if the length is increased and the breadth is reduced each by 2
2
cm then the area is reduced by 28 cm . If the length is reduced by 1 cm and the
2
breadth increased by 2 cm , then the area increases by 33 cm . Find the area of the
rectangle.
(vi) A train travelled a certain distance at a uniform speed. If the train had been
6 km/hr faster, it would have taken 4 hours less than the scheduled time. If the
train were slower by 6 km/hr, then it would have taken 6 hours more than the
scheduled time. Find the distance covered by the train.

3.3 Quadratic polynomials
n n-1 n-2
A polynomial of degree n in the variable x is a0 x + a1 x + a2 x + g + an - 1 x + an
where a0 ! 0 and a1, a2, a3, ..., an are real constants.
A polynomial of degree two is called a quadratic polynomial and is normally written as
2
p (x) = ax + bx + c , where a ! 0 , b and c are real constants. Real constants are polynomials
of degree zero.
For example, x + x + 1 , 3x - 1 , - 3 x + 2x - 7 are quadratic polynomials.
2 2 2

2 3
2
The value of a quadratic polynomial p (x) = ax + bx + c at x = k is obtained by
2
replacing x by k in p (x) . Thus, the value of p (x) at x = k is p (k) = ak + bk + c .
3.3.1 Zeros of a polynomial
Consider a polynomial p(x). If k is a real number such that p(k) = 0, then k is called a
zero of the polynomial p(x).
For example,
2
the zeros of the polynomial q(x) = x - 5x + 6 are 2 and 3 because q(2) = 0 and q(3) = 0.
Remarks
A polynomial may not have any zero in real numbers at all. For example,
2
p (x) = x + 1 has no zeros in real numbers. That is, there is no real k such that
p^ k h = 0 . Geometrically a zero of any polynomial is nothing but the x-coordinate of
the point of intersection of the graph of the polynomial and the x-axis if they intersect.
(see Fig. 3.1 and Fig. 3.2)
y
2
y
y = x +1
2
y= x - 5x + 6
(0, 1) (2, 0)
x x
(3, 0)

Fig. 3.1 Fig. 3.2
3.3.2 Relationship between zeros and coefficients of a quadratic polynomial

2
In general, if a and b are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial p (x) = ax + bx + c ,
a ! 0 , then by factor theorem we get, x - a and x - b are the factors of p(x).
2
Therefore, ax + bx + c = k^ x - ah^ x - b h , where k is a non zero constant.
= k 6 x - â + b h x + ab @
2

2
Comparing the coefficients of x , x and the constant term on both sides, we obtain
a = k, b = - k (a + b) and c = kab
2
The basic relationships between the zeros and the coefficients of p (x) = ax + bx + c are
sum of zeros : a + b = - b = - coefficient of x2
a coefficient of x
product of zeros : ab = c = constant term 2

a coefficient of x
Example 3.11
2
Find the zeros of the quadratic polynomial x + 9x + 20 , and verify the basic
relationships between the zeros and the coefficients. Remarks
2
Solution Let p (x) = x + 9x + 20 = ^ x + 4h^ x + 5h
To factorize
So, p^ xh = 0 ( ^ x + 4h^ x + 5h = 0 ` x =- 4 or x =- 5 x + 9x + 20 , one
2
Thus, p(–4) = (–4+4)(–4+5) = 0 and p(–5) = (–5+4)(–5+5) = 0 can proceed as

Hence, the zeros of p (x) are –4 and –5 follows
Thus, sum of zeros = –9 and the product of zeros = 20 (1) 20

From the basic relationships, we get 4 5 a 4+5=9, 4×5=20
constant term
the sum of the zeros = - coefficient of x2 = - 9 =- 9 (2) 4 5
coefficient of x 1 1 1 coefficient of x2
product of the zeros = constant term 2 = 20 = 20 (3) ( x + 4 ) ( x + 5 ).

coefficient of x 1
Thus, the basic relationships are verified.
Note
2
A quadratic polynomial p (x) = ax + bx + c may have atmost two zeros.
2
Now, for any a ! 0 , a^ x - â + b h x + ab h is a polynomial with zeros a and b . Since
we can choose any non zero a, there are infinitely many quadratic polynomials with
zeros a and b .
Example 3.12
Find a quadratic polynomial if the sum and product of zeros of it are –4 and 3
respectively.
Solution Let a and b be the zeros of a quadratic polynomial.
Given that a + b = – 4 and ab = 3.
2
One of the such polynomials is p (x) = x - (a + b) x + ab
2 2
= x - (- 4) x + 3 = x + 4x + 3

Example 3.13
Find a quadratic polynomial with zeros at x = 1 and x = –1.
4
Solution
Let a and b be the zeros of p(x) Aliter The required polynomial is obtained
Using the relationship between zeros and directly as follows:
coefficients, we have p(x) = ` x - 1 j^ x + 1h
2 4
p (x) = x - (a + b) x + ab
= x2 + 3 x - 1 .
= x - ` 1 - 1j x + ` 1 j^- 1h
2
4 4
4 4
Any other polynomial with the desired property
= x + 3 x - 1
2
4 4 is obtained by multiplying p(x) by any non-
It is a polynomial with zeros 1 and –1. zero real number
4
Note
4x2 + 3x - 1 is also a polynomial with zeros 1 and –1.
4
Exercise 3.3
1. Find the zeros of the following quadratic polynomials and verify the basic relationships
between the zeros and the coefficients.
2 2 2 2
(i) x - 2x - 8 (ii) 4x - 4x + 1 (iii) 6x - 3 - 7x (iv) 4x + 8x
2 2 2 2
(v) x - 15 (vi) 3x - 5x + 2 (vii) 2x - 2 2 x + 1 (viii) x + 2x - 143
2. Find a quadratic polynomial each with the given numbers as the sum and product of
its zeros respectively.
(i) 3, 1 (ii) 2, 4 (iii) 0, 4 (iv) 2, 1
5
1
(v) , 1 1
(vi) , - 4 1 1
(vii) , - (viii) 3 , 2
3 2 3 3
3.4 Synthetic division
We know that when 29 is divided by 7 we get, 4 as the quotient and 1 as the remainder.
Thus, 29 = 4(7) + 1. Similarly one can divide a polynomial p (x) by another polynomial q (x)
which results in getting the quotient and remainder such that
p (x) = (quotient) q (x) + remainder
That is, p (x) = s^ xh q^ xh + r^ xh , where deg r^ xh < degq^ xh .
This is called the Division Algorithm.
If q (x) = x + a , then deg r^ xh = 0. Thus, r^ xh is a constant.
Hence, p (x) = s^ xh^ x + ah + r , where r is a constant.
Now if we put x = –a in the above, we have p^- ah = s^- ah^- a + ah + r ( r = p^- ah .
Thus, if q^ xh = x + a , then the remainder can be calculated by simply evaluating
p (x) at x =- a .

Division algorithm :
If p (x) is the dividend and q^ xh is the divisor, then by division
algorithm we write, p (x) = s^ xh q^ xh + r^ xh .
Now, we have the following results.
(i) If q(x) is linear , then r^ xh = r is a constant.
(ii) If deg q (x) = 1 (i.e., q(x) is linear), then deg p (x) = 1 + deg s (x)
(iii) If p (x) is divided by x + a , then the remainder is p (- a) .
(iv) If r = 0, we say q(x) divides p(x) or equivalently q(x) is a factor of p(x).
Remarks
An elegant way of dividing a polynomial by a linear

polynomial was introduced by Paolo Ruffin in 1809. His method is
known as synthetic division. It facilitates the division of a polynomial
by a linear polynomial with the help of the coefficients involved. Paolo Ruffin
(1765-1822, Italy)
Let us explain the method of synthetic division with an example.

3 2
Let p (x) = x + 2x - x - 4 be the dividend and q (x) = x + 2 be the divisor. We
shall find the quotient s (x) and the remainder r, by proceeding as follows.
3 2
Step 1 Arrange the dividend and the divisor according to the x + 2x - x - 4
descending powers of x and then write the coefficients of
dividend in the first row (see figure). Insert 0 for missing 1 2 –1 –4
terms.
Step 2 Find out the zero of the divisor.
Step 3 Put 0 for the first entry in the 2nd row.

Complete the entries of the 2nd row and 3rd row as shown below.
–2 1 2 –1 –4
1 # (–2) 0 # (–2) –1 # (–2)

0 –2 0 2
1+0 2+(–2) –1+0 –4+2

= 1 = 0 = –1 = –2
# remainder
Step 4 Write down the quotient and the remainder accordingly. All the entries except the last
one in the third row constitute the coefficients of the quotient.
2
Thus, the quotient is x - 1 and the remainder is –2.
Example 3.14
3 2
Find the quotient and remainder when x + x - 7x - 3 is divided by x - 3 .
3 2
Solution Let p (x) = x + x - 7x - 3 . The zero of the divisor is 3. So we consider,
3 1 1 –7 –3
0 3 12 15
1 4 5 12 $ Remainder.
2
` When p (x) is divided by x - 3 , the quotient is x + 4x + 5 and the remainder is 12.
Example 3.15
4 3 2 3 2
If the quotient on dividing 2x + x - 14x - 19x + 6 by 2x + 1 is x + ax - bx - 6 .
Find the values of a and b, also the remainder.
4 3 2
Solution Let p (x) = 2x + x - 14x - 19x + 6 .
Given that the divisor is 2x + 1 . Write 2x + 1 = 0. Then x = - 1
2
` The zero of the divisor is - . 1
2
- 1 2 1 –14 –19 6
2
0 –1 0 7 6
2 0 –14 –12 12 $ Remainder
So, 2x + x - 14x - 19x + 6 = ` x + 1 j"2x - 14x - 12 , + 12

4 3 2 3

2
= ^2x + 1h 1 ^2x - 14x - 12h + 12
3

2
1 3 3
Thus, the quotient is ^2x - 14x - 12h = x - 7x - 6 and the remainder is 12.
2
3 2
But, given quotient is x + ax - bx - 6 . Comparing this with the quotient obtained
we get, a = 0 and b = 7 . Thus, a = 0 , b = 7 and the remainder is 12.
Exercise 3.4
1. Find the quotient and remainder using synthetic division.
3 2 3 2
(i) ( x + x - 3x + 5 ) ' ( x - 1 ) (ii) (3x - 2x + 7x - 5 ) ' ( x + 3 )
3 2 3 2
(iii) (3x + 4x - 10x + 6 ) ' ( 3x - 2 ) (iv) (3x - 4x - 5 ) ' ( 3x + 1 )
4 2 4 3 2
(v) (8x - 2x + 6x - 5 ) ' ( 4x + 1 ) (vi) (2x - 7x - 13x + 63x - 48 )' (2x - 1 )
4 3 2 3 2
2. If the quotient on dividing x + 10x + 35x + 50x + 29 by x + 4 is x - ax + bx + 6 ,
then find a, b and also the remainder.
4 2 3 2
3. If the quotient on dividing, 8x - 2x + 6x - 7 by 2x + 1 is 4x + px - qx + 3 ,
then find p , q and also the remainder.

3.4.1 Factorization using synthetic division
We have already learnt in class IX, how to factorize quadratic polynomials. In this
section, let us learn, how to factorize the cubic polynomial using synthetic division.
If we identify one linear factor of cubic polynomial p (x) , then using synthetic division
we get the quadratic factor of p (x) . Further if possible one can factorize the quadratic factor
into two linear factors. Hence the method of synthetic division helps us to factorize a cubic
polynomial into linear factors if it can be factorized.
Note
(i) For any polynomial p^ xh , x = a is zero if and only if pâh = 0 .
(ii) x - a is a factor for p^ xh if and only if pâh = 0 . ( Factor theorem )
(iii) x - 1 is a factor of p^ xh if and only if the sum of coefficients of p^ xh is 0.
(iv) x + 1 is a factor of p^ xh if and only if sum of the coefficients of even powers of x,
including constant is equal to sum of the coefficients of odd powers of x.
Example 3.16
3 2
(i) Prove that x - 1 is a factor of x - 6x + 11x - 6 .
3 2
(ii) Prove that x + 1 is a factor of x + 6x + 11x + 6 .
Solution
3 2
(i) Let p (x) = x - 6x + 11x - 6 .
p^1 h = 1 – 6 + 11 – 6 = 0. (note that sum of the coefficients is 0)
Thus, (x - 1) is a factor of p (x) .
3 2
(ii) Let q (x) = x + 6x + 11x + 6 .
q^- 1h = –1 + 6 – 11 + 6 = 0. Hence, x + 1 is a factor of q (x)
Example 3.17 Remarks

3 2
Factorize 2x - 3x - 3x + 2 into linear factors.
3 2
Solution Let p (x) = 2x - 3x - 3x + 2 To factorize
Now, p^1 h =- 2 ! 0 (note that sum of the coefficients is not zero) 2x - 5x + 2 , one
2
` ( x - 1 ) is not a factor of p (x) . can proceed as

However, p^- 1h = 2^- 1h3 - 3^- 1h2 - 3^- 1h + 2 = 0. follows
So, x + 1 is a factor of p (x) .
We shall use synthetic division to find the other factors. 4
–4 –1 a –4+(–1)=–5, –4×(–1)=4
–1 2 –3 –3 2
-4 = -2 -1 constant term
0 –2 5 –2 2 1 2
coefficient of x2
2 –5 2 0 $ Remainder
2 ( x - 2 ) ( 2x - 1 ).
Thus, p(x) = (x + 1) (2x - 5x + 2)
2 2
Now, 2x - 5x + 2 = 2x - 4x - x + 2 = (x - 2)(2x - 1) .
3 2
Hence, 2x - 3x - 3x + 2 = (x + 1)(x - 2)(2x - 1) .
Example 3.18
3 2
Factorize x - 3x - 10x + 24
3 2
Solution Let p (x) = x - 3x - 10x + 24 .
Since p^1 h ! 0 and p^- 1h ! 0 , neither x + 1 nor x - 1 is a factor of p (x) .
Therefore, we have to search for different values of x by trial and error method.
When x = 2 , p^2h = 0 . Thus, x - 2 is a factor of p (x) .
To find the other factors, let us use the synthetic division.
2 1 –3 –10 24
0 2 –2 –24
1 –1 –12 0 $ Remainder.
2
` The other factor is x - x - 12 .
2 2
Now, x - x - 12 = x - 4x + 3x - 12 = (x - 4) (x + 3)
3 2
Hence, x - 3x - 10x + 24 = ^ x - 2h^ x + 3h^ x - 4h
Exercise 3.5
1. Factorize each of the following polynomials.
3 2 3 2
(i) x - 2x - 5x + 6 (ii) 4x3 - 7x + 3 (iii) x - 23x + 142x - 120
3 2 3 3 2
(iv) 4x - 5x + 7x - 6 (v) x - 7x + 6 (vi) x + 13x + 32x + 20
3 2 3 3 2
(vii) 2x - 9x + 7x + 6 (viii) x - 5x + 4 (ix) x - 10x - x + 10
3 2 3 2
(x) 2x3 + 11x2 - 7x - 6 (xi) x + x + x - 14 (xii) x - 5x - 2x + 24
3.5 Greatest Common Divisor (GCD) and Least Common Multiple (LCM)
3.5.1 Greatest common divisor (GCD)
The Highest Common Factor (HCF) or Greatest Common Divisor (GCD) of two or
more algebraic expressions is the expression of highest degree which divides each of them
without remainder.
Consider the simple expressions
4 3 5 6 3 4 5 2 2 7
(i) a ,a ,a ,a (ii) a b , ab c , a b c
2 3 3
In (i), note that a, a , a are the divisors of all these expressions. Out of them, a is
3 4 3 5 6
the divisor with highest power. Therefore a is the GCD of the expressions a , a , a , a .
4 3 4 5 2 2 7
In (ii), similarly, one can easily see that ab is the GCD of a b , ab c , a b c .
If the expressions have numerical coefficients, find their greatest common divisor, and
prefix it as a coefficient to the greatest common divisor of the algebraic expressions.
Let us consider a few more examples to understand the greatest common divisor.

Examples 3.19
4 3 5 2 7 2
Find the GCD of the following : (i) 90, 150, 225 (ii) 15x y z , 12x y z
2 2 2
(iii) 6^2x - 3x - 2h , 8^4x + 4x + 1h , 12^2x + 7x + 3h
Solution
(i) Let us write the numbers 90, 150 and 225 in the product of their prime factors as
90 = 2 # 3 # 3 # 5 , 150 = 2 # 3 # 5 # 5 and 225 = 3 # 3 # 5 # 5
From the above 3 and 5 are common prime factors of all the given numbers.
Hence the GCD = 3 # 5 = 15
(ii) We shall use similar technique to find the GCD of algebraic expressions.
4 3 5 2 7 2
Now let us take the given expressions 15x y z and 12x y z .
2 3 2
Here the common divisors of the given expressions are 3, x , y and z .
2 3 2 2 3 2
Therefore, GCD = 3 # x # y # z = 3x y z
2 2 2
(iii) Given expressions are 6^2x - 3x - 2h , 8^4x + 4x + 1h , 12^2x + 7x + 3h
Now, GCD of 6, 8, 12 is 2
Next let us find the factors of quadratic expressions.
2
2x - 3x - 2 = ^2x + 1h^ x - 2h
2
4x + 4x + 1 = ^2x + 1h^2x + 1h
2
2x + 7x + 3 = ^2x + 1h^ x + 3h
Common factor of the above quadratic expressions is ^2x + 1h .
Therefore, GCD = 2^2x + 1h .
3.5.2 Greatest common divisor of polynomials using division algorithm

First let us consider the simple case of finding GCD of 924 and 105.
924 = 8 × 105 + 84 8 1 4
105 = 1 × 84 + 21, (or) 105 924 84 105 21 84
840 84 84
84 = 4 × 21 + 0,
84 21 0
21 is the GCD of 924 and 105
Similar technique works with polynomials when they have GCD.
Let f^ xh and g^ xh be two non constant polynomials with deg( f^ xh) $ deg(g^ xh). We want
to find GCD of f(x) and g(x). If f^ xh and g^ xh can be factored into linear irreducible quadratic
polynomials, then we can easily find the GCD by the method which we have learnt above. If
the polynomials f^ xh and g^ xh are not easily factorable, then it will be a difficult problem.

However, the following method gives a systematic way of finding GCD.
Step 1 First, divide f^ xh by g^ xh to obtain f^ xh = g^ xh q^ xh + r^ xh where q^ xh is the
quotient and r^ xh is remainder, so deg(g^ xh ) > deg(r^ xh )
If the remainder r(x) is 0, then g(x) is the GCD of f(x) and g(x).
Step 2 If the remainder r (x) is non-zero, divide g^ xh by r^ xh to obtain

g^ xh = r^ xh q^ xh + r1 ^ xh where r1 ^ xh is the remainder. So deg r^ xh > deg r1 ^ xh .
If the remainder r1 (x) is 0 , then r(x) is the required GCD.
Step 3 If r1 (x) is non-zero, then continue the process until we get zero as remainder.
The remainder in the last but one step is the GCD of f^ xh and g^ xh .
We write GCD( f^ xh , g^ xh ) to denote the GCD of the polynomials f^ xh and g^ xh
Remarks
Euclid’s division algorithm is based on the principle that GCD of two numbers
does not change if the small number is subtracted from the larger number. Thus,
GCD (252,105) = GCD (147,105) = GCD(42,105) = GCD(63,42) = GCD(21,42) = 21.
Example 3.20
4 3 3 2
Find the GCD of the polynomials x + 3x - x - 3 and x + x - 5x + 3 .
4 3 3 2
Solution Let f^ xh = x + 3x - x - 3 and g^ xh = x + x - 5x + 3
3 2
Here degree of f^ xh > degree of g^ xh . ` Divisor is x + x - 5x + 3
x + 2 x–1
x + 2x - 3 x + x2 - 5x + 3
3 2
x + x - 5x + 3 x + 3x + 0x - x - 3
4 3 2 2 3
4 3 2
x + x - 5x + 3x
3 2
x + 2x - 3x
3 2
2x + 5x - 4x - 3

2
3 2 - x - 2x + 3
2x + 2x - 10x + 6

2

2
3x + 6x - 9 - x - 2x + 3
(
x2 + 2x - 3 $ remainder (! 0) 0 $ remainder
2
Therefore, GCD ( f^ xh , g^ xh ) = x + 2x - 3 .
Remarks
The two original expressions have no simple factors (constants). Thus their GCD
can have none. Hence, in the above example we removed the simple factor 3 from
2
3x + 6x - 9 and took x2 + 2x - 3 as the new divisor.
Example 3.21
Find the GCD of the following polynomials
4 3 2 4 3 2
3x + 6x - 12x - 24x and 4x + 14x + 8x - 8x .

4 3 2 3 2
Solution Let f^ xh = 3x + 6x - 12x - 24x = 3x^ x + 2x - 4x - 8h .
4 3 2 3 2
Let g^ xh = 4x + 14x + 8x - 8x = 2x^2x + 7x + 4x - 4h
3 2 3 2
Let us find the GCD for the polynomials x + 2x - 4x - 8 and 2x + 7x + 4x - 4
3 2
We choose the divisor to be x + 2x - 4x - 8 .
2 x–2
x 2 + 4x + 4 x + 2x - 4x - 8
3 2 3 2 3 2
x + 2x - 4x - 8 2x + 7x + 4x - 4

3 2

3 2
2x + 4x - 8x - 16 x + 4x + 4x

2 2
3x + 12x + 12 - 2x - 8x - 8
(x2 + 4x + 4)
2
- 2x - 8x - 8
remainder (! 0) 0 $ remainder
Common factor of 3x and 2x is x.
2
Thus, GCD ( f^ xh , g^ xh ) = x^ x + 4x + 4h .
Exercise 3.6
1. Find the greatest common divisor of
2 4 2 5 3 2 3 2 2
(i) 7x yz , 21x y z (ii) x y , x y , x y
4 3 2 5 3 5 3 4 2 3 2 2
(iii) 25bc d , 35b c , 45c d (iv) 35x y z , 49x yz , 14xy z
2. Find the GCD of the following
2 2 4 3
(i) c - d , c^c - d h (ii) x - 27a x , ^ x - 3ah2
2 2 2 3 2
(iii) m - 3m - 18 , m + 5m + 6 (iv) x + 14x + 33 , x + 10x - 11x
2 2 2 2 2 2
(v) x + 3xy + 2y , x + 5xy + 6y (vi) 2x - x - 1 , 4x + 8x + 3
2 2 2 3 2 4
(vii) x - x - 2 , x + x - 6 , 3x - 13x + 14 (viii) x - x + x - 1 , x - 1
4 3 2 6 5 4
(ix) 24^6x - x - 2x h , 20^2x + 3x + x h
(x) â - 1h5 â + 3h2 , â - 2h2 â - 1h3 â + 3h4
3. Find the GCD of the following pairs of polynomials using division algorithm.
3 2 2
(i) x - 9x + 23x - 15 , 4x - 16x + 12
3 2 2
(ii) 3x + 18x + 33x + 18 , 3x + 13x + 10
3 2 3 2
(iii) 2x + 2x + 2x + 2 , 6x + 12x + 6x + 12
3 2 4 3 2
(iv) x - 3x + 4x - 12 , x + x + 4x + 4x
3.5.3 Least common multiple (LCM)

The least common multiple of two or more algebraic expressions is the expression of
lowest degree which is divisible by each of them without remainder. For example, consider the
4 3 6
simple expressions a , a , a .

6 7 8 3 4 6
Now, a , a , a , g are common multiples of a , a and a .
6
Of all the common multiples, the least common multiple is a
4 3 6 6 3 7 3 4 5 2 7
Hence LCM of a , a , a is a . Similarly, a b is the LCM of a b , ab , a b .
We shall consider some more examples of finding LCM.
Example 3.22
Find the LCM of the following.
2 3 3 2 2 3
(i) 90, 150, 225 (ii) 35a c b , 42a cb , 30ac b
(iii) â - 1h5 â + 3h2 , â - 2h2 â - 1h3 â + 3h4
3 3 3 3 4 2 2 4
(iv) x + y , x - y , x + x y + y
Solution
1 2 1
(i) Now, 90 = 2 # 3 # 3 # 5 = 2 # 3 # 5
1 1 2
150 = 2 # 3 # 5 # 5 = 2 # 3 # 5
2 2
225 = 3 # 3 # 5 # 5 = 3 # 5
1 2 2
The product 2 # 3 # 5 = 450 is the required LCM.
(ii) Now, LCM of 35, 42 and 30 is 5 # 7 # 6 = 210
3 3 3 3 3 3
Hence, the required LCM = 210 # a # c # b = 210a c b .
(iii) Now, LCM of â - 1h5 â + 3h2 , â - 2h2 â - 1h3 â + 3h4 is â - 1h5 â + 3h4 â - 2h2 .
(iv) Let us first find the factors for each of the given expressions.
3 3 2 2
x + y = ^ x + yh^ x - xy + y h
3 3 2 2
x - y = ^ x - yh^ x + xy + y h
4 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
x + x y + y = (x + y ) - x y = ^ x + xy + y h^ x - xy + y h
2 2 2 2
Thus, LCM = ^ x + yh^ x - xy + y h ^ x - yh^ x + xy + y h
3 3 3 3 6 6
= ^ x + y h^ x - y h = x - y .
Exercise 3.7
Find the LCM of the following.
3 2 2 3 3
1. x y , xyz 2. 3x yz , 4x y
2 2 2 4 2 3 3 4 2 2 3 4
3. a bc , b ca , c ab 4. 66a b c , 44a b c , 24a b c
m+1 m+2 m+3 2 2 2
5. a , a , a 6. x y + xy , x + xy
2 2 2 2 2 3 3
7. 3â - 1h , 2â - 1h2 , â - 1h 8. 2x - 18y , 5x y + 15xy , x + 27y
9. ^ x + 4h2 ^ x - 3h3 , ^ x - 1h^ x + 4h^ x - 3h2
2 2 2 2 4 3
10. 10^9x + 6xy + y h , 12^3x - 5xy - 2y h , 14^6x + 2x h .

3.5.4 Relation between LCM and GCD
We know that the product of two positive integers is equal to the product of their LCM
and GCD. For example, 21 # 35 = 105 # 7, where LCM (21,35) =105 and GCD (21,35) = 7.
In the same way, we have the following result:
The product of any two polynomials is equal to the product of their LCM and GCD.
That is, f^ xh # g^ xh = LCM (f(x) , g(x)) # GCD (f(x) , g(x)).
Let us justify this result with an example.
4 3 4 3 2
Let f^ xh = 12^ x - x h and g^ xh = 8^ x - 3x + 2x h be two polynomials.
4 3 2 3
Now, f^ xh = 12^ x - x h = 2 # 3 # x # ^ x - 1h (1)
4 3 2 3 2
Also, g^ xh = 8^ x - 3x + 2x h = 2 # x # ^ x - 1h # ^ x - 2h (2)
From (1) and (2) we get,
3 1 3 3
LCM (f(x) , g(x)) = 2 # 3 # x # ^ x - 1h # ^ x - 2h = 24x ^ x - 1h^ x - 2h
2
GCD (f(x) , g(x)) = 4x ^ x - 1h
3 2
Therefore, LCM # GCD = 24x ^ x - 1h^ x - 2h # 4x ^ x - 1h
5
= 96x ^ x - 1h2 ^ x - 2h (3)
3 2
Also, f^ xh # g^ xh = 12x ^ x - 1h # 8x ^ x - 1h^ x - 2h
5
= 96x ^ x - 1h2 ^ x - 2h (4)
From (3) and (4) we obtain, LCM # GCD = f^ xh # g^ xh .
Thus, the product of LCM and GCD of two polynomials is equal to the product of the
two polynomials. Further, if f^ xh , g^ xh and one of LCM and GCD are given, then the other
can be found without ambiguity because LCM and GCD are unique, except for a factor of –1.
Example 3.23
4 3 2 4 3 2 2
The GCD of x + 3x + 5x + 26x + 56 and x + 2x - 4x - x + 28 is x + 5x + 7 .
Find their LCM.
4 3 2 4 3 2
Solution Let f^ xh = x + 3x + 5x + 26x + 56 and g^ xh = x + 2x - 4x - x + 28
2
Given that GCD = x + 5x + 7 . Also, we have GCD # LCM = f^ xh # g^ xh .
f^ x h # g^ x h
Thus, LCM = (1)
GCD
Now, GCD divides both f^ xh and g^ xh .
Let us divide f^ xh by the GCD.
1 –2 8
1 5 7 1 3 5 26 56
1 5 7
-2 -2 26
- 2 - 10 - 14
8 40 56
8 40 56
0
2
When f^ xh is divided by GCD, we get the quotient as x - 2x + 8 .
2
Now, (1) ( LCM = ^ x - 2x + 8h # g^ xh
2 4 3 2
Thus, LCM = ^ x - 2x + 8h^ x + 2x - 4x - x + 28h .
Note
In the above problem, we can also divide g^ xh by GCD and multiply the quotient by
f^ xh to get the required LCM.
Example 3.24
6
The GCD and LCM of two polynomials are x + 1 and x - 1 respectively. If one of the
3
polynomials is x + 1 , find the other.
Solution Given GCD = x + 1 and LCM = x - 1
6
Let f^ xh = x + 1 .
3
We know that L
CM # GCD = f^ xh # g^ xh
^ x6 - 1h^ x + 1h
( g^ xh = LCM # GCD = 3
f^ x h x +1
^ x3 + 1h^ x3 - 1h^ x + 1h
= = ^ x - 1h^ x + 1h
3
3
x +1
Hence, g^ xh = ^ x - 1h^ x + 1h.
3
Exercise 3.8
1. Find the LCM of each pair of the following polynomials.
2 2
(i) x - 5x + 6 , x + 4x - 12 whose GCD is x - 2 .
4 3 2 4 2 2
(ii) x + 3x + 6x + 5x + 3 , x + 2x + x + 2 whose GCD is x + x + 1 .
3 2 3 2
(iii) 2x + 15x + 2x - 35 , x + 8x + 4x - 21 whose GCD is x + 7 .
3 2 4 3 2
(iv) 2x - 3x - 9x + 5 , 2x - x - 10x - 11x + 8 whose GCD is 2x - 1 .
2. Find the other polynomial q^ xh of each of the following, given that LCM and GCD
and one polynomial p^ xh respectively.
(i) ^ x + 1h2 ^ x + 2h2 , ^ x + 1h^ x + 2h , ^ x + 1h2 ^ x + 2h .
(ii) ^4x + 5h3 ^3x - 7h3 , ^4x + 5h^3x - 7h2 , ^4x + 5h3 ^3x - 7h2 .
4 4 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 4
(iii) ^ x - y h^ x + x y + y h , x - y , x - y .
3 2 3 2
(iv) ^ x - 4xh^5x + 1h , ^5x + xh , ^5x - 9x - 2xh .
2 3 2
(v) ^ x - 1h^ x - 2h^ x - 3x + 3h , ^ x - 1h , ^ x - 4x + 6x - 3h .
2
(vi) 2^ x + 1h^ x - 4h , ^ x + 1h , ^ x + 1h^ x - 2h .

3.6 Rational expressions
A rational number is defined as a quotient m , of two integers m and n ! 0. Similarly
n
p^ x h
a rational expression is a quotient of two polynomials p^ xh and q^ xh , where q^ xh is a
q^ x h
non zero polynomial.
p^ x h
Every polynomial p^ xh is a rational expression, since p^ xh can be written as
1
where 1 is the constant polynomial.
However, a rational expression need not be a polynomial, for example 2 x
x +1
is a rational expression but not a polynomial. Some examples of rational expressions are
3
2x + 7 , 23x + 2 , x 2+ 2 x + 5 .
x +x+1 x +x- 3
3.6.1 Rational expressions in lowest form
If the two polynomials p^ xh and q^ xh have the integer coefficients such that GCD of
p^ x h
p^ xh and q^ xh is 1, then we say that is a rational expression in its lowest terms.
q^ x h
If a rational expression is not in its lowest terms, then it can be reduced to its lowest
terms by dividing both numerator p^ xh and denominator q^ xh by the GCD of p^ xh and q^ xh .
Let us consider some examples.
Example 3.25
Simplify the rational expressions into lowest forms.
3 2
(i) 5x + 20 (ii) x 3- 5x 4
7x + 28 3x + 2x
2
6 x
2
- 5 x + 1 ^ x - 3h^ x - 5x + 4h
(iii) 2 (iv) 2
9x + 12x - 5 ^ x - 1h^ x - 2x - 3h
Solution
(i) Now, 5x + 20 = 5^ x + 4h = 5
7x + 28 7^ x + 4h 7
3 2 2
x ^ x - 5h
(ii) Now, x
3
- 5 x
4
= 3 = x - 5
3x + 2x x ^2x + 3h x^2x + 3h
2
(iii) Let p^ xh = 6x - 5x + 1 = ^2x - 1h^3x - 1h and
2
q^ xh = 9x + 12x - 5 = ^3x + 5h^3x - 1h
p^ x h ^2x - 1h^3x - 1h
Therefore, = = 2x - 1
q^ x h ^3x + 5h^3x - 1h 3x + 5
2
(iv) Let f^ xh = ^ x - 3h^ x - 5x + 4h = ^ x - 3h^ x - 1h^ x - 4h and
2
g^ xh = ^ x - 1h^ x - 2x - 3h = ^ x - 1h^ x - 3h^ x + 1h
f^ x h ^ x - 3h^ x - 1h^ x - 4h x - 4
Therefore, = =
g^ x h ^ x - 1h^ x - 3h^ x + 1h x + 1

Exercise 3.9
Simplify the following.
2 2 3
(i) 6x + 9x (ii) x4 + 1 (iii) x -1
2 2
3x - 12x x -1 x +x+1
3 4 2
(iv) x 2- 27 (v) x 2+ x + 1 (Hint: x + x + 1 = ^ x + 1h - x )
4 2 2 2 2
x -9 x +x+1
3 2 4
(vi) 4
x +8
2
(vii) 2x2 + x - 3 (viii) 2 2x - 162
x + 4x + 16 2x + 5x + 3 ^ x + 9h^2x - 6h
2 2
^ x - 3h^ x - 5x + 4h ^ x - 8h^ x + 5x - 50h 2
4x + 9x + 5
(ix) 2
(x) 2
(xi) 2
^ x - 4h^ x - 2x - 3h ^ x + 10h^ x - 13x + 40h 8x + 6x - 5
2
^ x - 1h^ x - 2h^ x - 9x + 14h
(xii) 2
^ x - 7h^ x - 3x + 2h
3.6.2 Multiplication and division of rational expressions

p^ x h g^ x h
If ; q^ xh ! 0 and ; h^ xh ! 0 are two rational expressions, then
q^ x h h^ x h
p^ x h g^ x h p^ x h # g^ x h
(i) their product # is defined as
q^ x h h^ x h q^ x h # h^ x h
p^ x h g^ x h p^ x h h^ x h
(ii) their division ' is defined as # .
q^ x h h^ x h q^ x h g^ x h
p^ x h g^ x h p^ x h # h^ x h
Thus, ' =
q^ x h h^ x h q^ x h # g^ x h
Example 3.26
3 2 5 3 3 2 2 3 2
x y 27z (ii) a +b a - b (iii) x - 8 by x + 6x + 8
Multiply (i) by by
9z
4 4 2
x y
2
a + 2ab + b
2 a-b 2
x -4
2
x + 2x + 4
Solution
3 2 5 3 2 5
x y 27z = (x y ) (27z ) = 3z .
(i) Now, #
9z
4 4 2
x y
4 4 2
(9z ) (x y ) x
2 2
a
3
+ b
3
a
2
- b
2
â + bhâ - ab + b h â + bhâ - bh 2 2
(ii) 2 # a-b
= # = a - ab + b .
2
a + 2ab + b ^ a + b h^ a + b h (a - b )
3 2 3 3
^ x + 4h^ x + 2h
Now, x2 - 8 # x2 + 6x + 8 = x2 - 22 # 2
(iii)
x -4 x + 2x + 4 x - 2 x + 2x + 4
2
^ x - 2h^ x + 2x + 4h ^ x + 4h^ x + 2h
= # 2 = x + 4.
^ x + 2h^ x - 2h x + 2x + 4
Example 3.27
3 2 2 2
Divide (i) 4x2 - 4 by x - 1 (ii) x - 1 by x + x + 1 (iii) x2 - 1 by x2 - 4x - 5
x -1 x+1 x+3 3x + 9 x - 25 x + 4x - 5

Solution
4x - 4 ' x - 1 = 4 (x - 1) ^ x + 1h
(i) # = 4 .
2
x -1 x + 1 ^ x + 1 h^ x - 1 h (x - 1) x-1
3 2 2
(ii) x - 1 ' x + x + 1 = (x - 1)(x + x + 1) # 3 (x + 3) = 3(x–1).
x+3 3x + 9 x+3 2
x +x+1
2 2
x - 1 ' x - 4x - 5 = ^ x + 1h^ x - 1h # ^ x + 5h^ x - 1h
(iii)
2 2 ^ x + 5h^ x - 5h ^ x - 5h^ x + 1h
x - 25 x + 4x - 5
2
^ x - 1h^ x - 1h
= = 2x - 2x + 1 .
^ x - 5h^ x - 5h x - 10x + 25
Exercise 3.10
1. Multiply the following and write your answer in lowest terms.
2 2 2
(i) x - 2x # 3x + 6 (ii) x - 81 # x + 6x + 8
x+2 x-2 2
x -4
2
x - 5x - 36
2 2
(iii) x 2- 3x - 10 # x -3 2x + 4 (iv) x2 - 16 # x2 - 4 # x2 - 4x + 16
x - x - 20 x +8 x2 - 3x + 2 x3 + 64 x 2 - 2x - 8
2 2 4
(v) 3x 2 + 2x - 1 # 2x2 - 3x - 2 (vi) 2
2x - 1 # x - 8x # x + 3
2 2
x -x-2 3x + 5x - 2 x + 2x + 4 2x + 5x - 3 x - 2x
2. Divide the following and write your answer in lowest terms.
2 2
(i) x ' x (ii) x2 - 36 ' x + 6
x + 1 x2 - 1 x - 49 x + 7
2 2 2 2
(iii) x -2
4x - 5 ' x - 3x - 10
2
(iv) x 2+ 11x + 28 ' x2 + 7x + 12
x - 25 x + 7x + 10 x - 4x - 77 x - 2x - 15
2 2 2 2
(v) 2x2 + 13x + 15 ' 22x - x - 6 (vi) 3x -
2
x - 4 ' 4x - 4
2
x + 3x - 10 x - 4x + 4 9x - 16 3x - 2x - 1
2 2
(vii) 2x2 + 5x - 3 ' 2x2 + x - 1
2x + 9x + 9 2x + x - 3
3.6.3 Addition and subtraction of rational expressions

p^ x h r^ x h
If and are any two rational expressions with q^ xh ! 0 and s^ xh ! 0 , then
q^ x h s^ x h
we define the sum and the difference (subtraction) as
p^ x h r^ x h p^ xh .s^ xh ! q^ xh r^ xh
! =
q^ x h s^ x h q^ xh .s^ xh
Example 3.28
2 2
Simplify (i) x + 2 + x - 1 (ii) x+1 + 1 (iii) x - x - 6 + x + 2x - 24
x+3 x-2 ^ x - 1h2 x+1 2
x -9
2
x - x - 12

Solution
2
x+2 + x-1 ^ x + 2h^ x - 2h + ^ x - 1h^ x + 3h
(i) = = 2x 2 + 2x - 7
x+3 x-2 ^ x + 3h^ x - 2h x +x-6
2 2 2
(ii) x + 1 + 1 = ^ x + 1h + ^ x - 1h = 2x + 2
^ x - 1h2 x+1 ^ x - 1h2 ^ x + 1h ^ x - 1h2 ^ x + 1h
2
= 2x + 2
3 2
x -x -x+1
2 2
(iii) x - x - 6 + x + 2x - 24 = ^ x - 3h^ x + 2h + ^ x + 6h^ x - 4h
2 2 ^ x + 3h^ x - 3h ^ x + 3h^ x - 4h
x -9 x - x - 12
= x + 2 + x + 6 = x + 2 + x + 6 = 2x + 8
x+3 x+3 x+3 x+3
Example 3.29
3 3 2
What rational expression should be added to x2 - 1 to get 2x - 2
x +3 ?
x +2 x +2
Solution Let p^ xh be the required rational expression.
3 3 2
Given that x2 - 1 + p^ xh = 2x -2
x +3
x +2 x +2
3 2 3
p^ xh = 2x -2
x +3 - x -1
2
x +2 x +2
3 2 3 3 2
= 2x - x + 2
3-x +1 = x -x +4
2
x +2 x +2
Example 3.30
Simplify c 2x - 1 - x + 1 m + x + 2 as a quotient of two polynomials in the simplest form.
x-1 2x + 1 x+1
Solution Now, c 2x - 1 - x + 1 m + x + 2
x-1 2x + 1 x+1
= ; E+ x + 2
^2x - 1h^2x + 1h - ^ x + 1h^ x - 1h
^ x - 1h^2x + 1h x+1
2 2 2
^ h ^ h
= 4x - 1 - x - 1 + x + 2 = 3x + x+2
^ x - 1h^2x + 1h x+1 ^ x - 1h^2x + 1h x+1
2
3x ^ x + 1h + ^ x + 2h^ x - 1h^2x + 1h 5x3 + 6x2 - 3x - 2
= =
^ x2 - 1h^2x + 1h 3 2
2x + x - 2x - 1
Exercise 3.11
1. Simplify the following as a quotient of two polynomials in the simplest form.
3
(i) x + 8 (ii) x+2 + 2 x-3
x-2 2-x 2
x + 3x + 2 x - 2x - 3
2 2
(iii) x -2
x - 6 + x + 2x - 24
2
(iv) 2
x-2 + 2 x+3
x -9 x - x - 12 x - 7x + 10 x - 2x - 15

2 2 2 2
(v) 2x2 - 5x + 3 - 2x2 - 7x - 4 (vi) 2
x - 4 - x - 11x + 30
2
x - 3x + 2 2x - 3x - 2 x + 6x + 8 x - x - 20
(vii) = 2x + 5 + x2 + 1 G - ` 3x - 2 j (viii) 2 1
2
+ 2 1 - 2 2 .
x+1 x -1 x-1 x + 3x + 2 x + 5x + 6 x + 4x + 3
3 3 2
2. Which rational expression should be added to x2 - 1 to get 3x +2 2x + 4 ?
x +2 x +2
3. Which rational expression should be subtracted from
3 2
4x - 7x + 5 to get 2x2 - 5x + 1 ?
2x - 1
y 2Q
4. If P = x , Q = , then find 1 - 2 .
x+y x+y P - Q P - Q2
3.7 Square root

Let a ! R be a non negative real number. A square root of a, is a real number b such
2
that b = a . The positive square root of a is denoted by 2 a or a . Even though both
(- 3) 2 = 9 and (+ 3) 2 = 9 are true, the radical sign is used to indicate the positive square
root of the number under it. Hence 9 = 3 . Similarly, we have 121 = 11, 10000 = 100.
In the same way, the square root of any expression or a polynomial is an expression
whose square is equal to the given expression. In the case of polynomials, we take
p (x) if p (x) $ 0
^ p^ xhh2 = p^ xh , where p (x) = ) . For example,
- p (x) if p (x) 1 0
^ x - ah2 = ^ x - ah , â - bh2 = â - bh .
In general, the following two methods are very familiar to find the square root of a
given polynomial (i) factorization method (ii) division method.
In this section, let us learn the factorization method through some examples for both
the expressions and polynomials when they are factorable.
3.7.1 Square root by factorization method
Example 3.31
Find the square root of 4 6 8
81x y z 2
(i) 121^ x - ah4 ^ x - bh6 ^ x - ch12 (ii) 12 14
(iii) (2x + 3y) - 24xy
64w s
Solution
(i) 121^ x - ah4 ^ x - bh6 ^ x - ch12 = 11 ^ x - ah2 ^ x - bh3 ^ x - ch6
4 6 8 2 3 4
81x y z 9x y z
(ii) 12 14
= 6 7
64w s 8w s
2 2
(iii) ^2x + 3yh2 - 24xy = 4x + 12xy + 9y - 24xy = ^2x - 3yh2
= ^2x - 3yh

Example 3.32
(ii) x + 16 - 2
2 2 6
Find the square root of (i) 4x + 20xy + 25y
2 2
x
2
(iii) ^6x - x - 2h^3x - 5x + 2h^2x - x - 1h
Solution
2 2
(i) 4x + 20xy + 25y = ^2x + 5yh2 = ^2x + 5yh
2
x + 16 - 2 = c x - 13 m = c x - 13 m
6 3 3
(ii)
x x x
(iii) First, let us factorize the polynomials
2 2
6x - x - 2 = ^2x + 1h^3x - 2h ; 3x - 5x + 2 = ^3x - 2h^ x - 1h and
2
2x - x - 1 = ^ x - 1h^2x + 1h
Now, ^6x2 - x - 2h^3x2 - 5x + 2h^2x2 - x - 1h
= ^2x + 1h^3x - 2h # ^3x - 2h^ x - 1h # ^ x - 1h^2x + 1h
= ^2x + 1h2 ^3x - 2h2 ^ x - 1h2 = ^2x + 1h^3x - 2h^ x - 1h
Exercise 3.12
1. Find the square root of the following
6 8 10
(i) 196a b c (ii) 289â - bh4 ^b - ch6 (iii) ^ x + 11h2 - 44x
8 6 4 8 64â + bh4 ^ x - yh8 ^b - ch6
(iv) ^ x - yh2 + 4xy (v) 121x y ' 81x y (vi)
25^ x + yh4 â - bh6 ^b + ch10
2. Find the square root of the following:
2
(i) 16x - 24x + 9
2 2 2
(ii) ^ x - 25h^ x + 8x + 15h^ x - 2x - 15h
2 2 2
(iii) 4x + 9y + 25z - 12xy + 30yz - 20zx
(iv) x + 14 + 2
4

x
2 2 2
(v) ^6x + 5x - 6h^6x - x - 2h^4x + 8x + 3h
2 2 2
(vi) ^2x - 5x + 2h^3x - 5x - 2h^6x - x - 1h
3.7.2 Finding the square root of a polynomial by division method

In this method, we find the square root of a polynomial which cannot easily be reduced
into product of factors. Also division method is a convenient one when the polynomials are
of higher degrees.
One can find the square root of a polynomial the same way of finding the square root
of a positive integer. Let us explain this method with the following examples.

4 3 2
To find (i) 66564 (ii) 9x + 12x + 10x + 4x + 1
2 5 8 4
Let p (x) = 9x + 12x + 10x + 4x + 1
3 2
2 6 65 64 3x + 2x + 1
2
4
2 4
3x 9x + 12x + 10x + 4x + 1
3 2
45 2 65 9x
4
2 25 2
6x + 2x
3
12x + 10x
2
508 40 64 12x + 4x
3 2
40 64 2 2
6x + 4x + 1 6x + 4x + 1
0 2
6x + 4x + 1
0
4 3 2 2
Therefore, 66564 = 258 and 9x + 12x + 10x + 4x + 1 = 3x + 2x + 1
Remarks
(i) While writing the polynomial in ascending or descending powers of x insert zeros
for missing terms.
(ii) The above method can be compared with the following procedure.
4 3 2
9x + 12x + 10x + 4x + 1 = â + b + ch2
Therefore, it is a matter of finding the suitable a, b and c.
2 2 2 2
Now, (a + b + c) = a + b + c + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca
2 2 2
= a + b + 2ab + 2ac + 2bc + c
2
= a + ^2a + bh b + ^2a + 2b + ch c
2 2 2 2
= ^3x h + ^6x + 2xh^2xh + ^6x + 4x + 1h^1 h
4 3 2 2 2
Thus, 9x + 12x + 10x + 4x + 1 = 3x + 2x + 1 , where a = 3x , b = 2x and c = 1
(iii) It is also quite interesting to note the following :

4 3 2 4 3 2 2
25x - 30x + 29x - 12x + 4 = 25x - 30x + 9x + 20x - 12x + 4
= ^5x h + 610x + (- 3x) @ (- 3x) + ^10x - 6x + 2h 2
2 2 2 2

= ^5x h + 62 (5x ) + (- 3x) @ (- 3x) + 62 (5x ) + 2 (- 3x) + 2 @ 2
2 2 2 2

= a + 62a + (- b) @ (- b) + 62a + 2 (- b) + c @ c
2

2 2 2
= a + (- b) + c + 2a (- b) + 2 (- b) c + 2ac
2 2
= (a - b + c) , where a = 5x , b = 3x, c = 2
4 3 2 2
` 25x - 30x + 29x - 12x + 4 = 5x - 3x + 2 .

Example 3.33
4 3 2
Find the square root of x - 10x + 37x - 60x + 36 .
Solution Given polynomial is already in descending powers of x.

2
x - 5x + 6
2 4 3 2
x x - 10x + 37x - 60x + 36
4
x
2 3 2
2x - 5x - 10x + 37x
3 2
- 10x + 25x
2 2
2x - 10x + 6 12x - 60x + 36
2
12x - 60x + 36
0
4 3 2 2
Thus, x - 10x + 37x - 60x + 36 = ^ x - 5x + 6h
Example 3.34
4 3 2
Find the square root of x - 6x + 19x - 30x + 25
Solution Let us write the polynomial in ascending powers of x and find the square root.
2
5 - 3x + x
2 3 4
5 25 - 30x + 19x - 6x + x
25
2
10–3x - 30x + 19x
2
- 30x + 9x
2 2 3 4
10 - 6x + x 10x - 6x + x
2 3 4
10x - 6x + x
0
2
Hence, the square root of the given polynomial is x - 3x + 5
Example 3.35
2 3 4
If m - nx + 28x + 12x + 9x is a perfect square, then
find the values of m and n.
Solution Arrange the polynomial in descending power of x.

4 3 2
9x + 12x + 28x - nx + m .

2
Now, 3x + 2x + 4
2 4 3 2
3 x 9x + 12x + 28x - nx + m
4
9x
2 3 2
6x + 2x 12x + 28x
3 2
12x + 4x
2 2
6x + 4x + 4 24x - nx + m
2
24x + 16x + 16
0
Since the given polynomial is a perfect square, we must have n = –16 and m = 16.
Exercise 3.13
1. Find the square root of the following polynomials by division method.
4 3 2 4 3 2
(i) x - 4x + 10x - 12x + 9 (ii) 4x + 8x + 8x + 4x + 1
4 3 2 2 3 4
(iii) 9x - 6x + 7x - 2x + 1 (iv) 4 + 25x - 12x - 24x + 16x
2. Find the values of a and b if the following polynomials are perfect squares.
4 3 2 4 3 2
(i) 4x - 12x + 37x + ax + b (ii) x - 4x + 10x - ax + b
4 3 2 4 3 2
(iii) ax + bx + 109x - 60x + 36 (iv) ax - bx + 40x + 24x + 36
3.8 Quadratic equations

Greek mathematician Euclid developed a geometrical approach for finding out lengths
which in our present day terminology, are solutions of quadratic equations. Solving quadratic
equations in general form is often credited to ancient Indian Mathematicians. In fact,
Brahma Gupta (A.D 598 - 665) gave an explicit formula to solve a quadratic equation of the
2
form ax + bx = c . Later Sridhar Acharya (1025 A.D) derived a formula, now known as the
quadratic formula, (as quoted by Bhaskara II) for solving a quadratic equation by the method
of completing the square.
In this section, we will learn solving quadratic equations, by various methods. We
shall also see some applications of quadratic equations.
Definition
2
A quadratic equation in the variable x is an equation of the form ax + bx + c = 0 ,
where a , b , c are real numbers and a ! 0 .
In fact, any equation of the form p^ xh = 0 , where p^ xh is a polynomial of degree 2,

2
is a quadratic equation, whose standard form is ax + bx + c = 0 , a ! 0 .
2 2
For example, 2x - 3x + 4 = 0 , 1 - x + x = 0 are some quadratic equations.

3.8.1 Solution of a quadratic equation by factorization method
Factorization method can be used when the quadratic equation can be factorized
into linear factors. Given a product, if any factor is zero, then the whole product is zero.
Conversely, if a product is equal to zero, then some factor of that product must be zero, and
any factor which contains an unknown may be equal to zero. Thus, in solving a quadratic
equation, we find the values of x which make each of the factors zero. That is, we may equate
each factor to zero and solve for the unknown.
Example 3.36
2
Solve 6x - 5x - 25 = 0
2
Solution Given 6x - 5x - 25 = 0.
First, let us find a and b such that a + b = –5 and ab = 6 ×(–25) = –150,
where –5 is the coefficient of x. Thus, we get a = –15 and b = 10.
2 2
Next, 6x - 5x - 25 = 6x - 15x + 10x - 25 = 3x^2x - 5h + 5^2x - 5h
= ^2x - 5h^3x + 5h .
Therefore, the solution set is obtained from 2x - 5 = 0 and 3x + 5 = 0
Thus, x = 5 , x = - 5 .
2 3
Hence, solution set is $- 5 , 5 . .
3 2
Example 3.37
Solve 6 - 2 1 + 21 =0
7x - 21 x - 6x + 9 x -9
Solution Given equation appears to be a non-quadratic equation. But when we simplify the
equation, it will reduce to a quadratic equation.
Now, 6 - 1 + 1 = 0
7^ x - 3h ^ x - 3h2 ^ x + 3h^ x - 3h
2
6 ^ x - 9h - 7 ^ x + 3h + 7 ^ x - 3h
( = 0
7^ x - 3h2 ^ x + 3h
2 2
( 6x - 54 - 42 = 0 ( x - 16 = 0
2
The equation x = 16 is quadratic and hence we have two values x = 4 and x= –4.
` Solution set is "- 4, 4 ,
Example 3.38
Solve 24 - 10x = 3 - 4x , 3 - 4x > 0
Solution Given 24 - 10x = 3 - 4x

Squaring on both sides, we get, 24 - 10x = ^3 - 4xh2
2 2
( 16x - 14x - 15 = 0 ( 16x - 24x + 10x - 15 = 0

( (8x + 5) (2x - 3) = 0 which gives x = 3 or - 5
2 8
When x = 3 , 3 - 4x = 3 - 4` 3 j 1 0 and hence, x = 3 is not a solution of the equation.
2 2 2
When x =- , 3 - 4x 2 0 and hence, the solution set is $- 5 . .
5
8 8
Remarks
To solve radical equation like the above, we rely on the squaring property :
a = b ( a2 = b2 . Unfortunately, this squaring property does not guarantee that all
solutions of the new equation are solutions of the original equation. For example, on squaring
the equation x = 5 we get x2 = 25 , which in turn gives x = 5 and x = –5. But x = –5 is not a
solution of the original equation. Such a solution is called an extraneous solution.
Thus, the above example shows that when squaring on both sides of a radical
equation, the solution of the final equation must be checked to determine whether they
are solutions of the original equation or not. This is necessary because no solution of the
original equation will be lost by squaring but certain values may be introduced which
are roots of the new equation but not of the original equation.
Exercise 3.14
Solve the following quadratic equations by factorization method.
2 2
(i) ^2x + 3h2 - 81 = 0 (ii) 3x - 5x - 12 = 0 (iii) 5 x + 2x - 3 5 = 0
(v) 3x - 8 = 2 (vi) x + 1 = 26
2
(iv) 3^ x - 6h = x^ x + 7h - 3
x x 5
(vii) x + x + 1 = 34
2 2 2 2 2
(viii) a b x - â + b h x + 1 = 0
x+1 x 15
(ix) 2^ x + 1h2 - 5^ x + 1h = 12 (x) 3^ x - 4h2 - 5^ x - 4h = 12
3.8.2 Solution of a quadratic equation by completing square

2 2 2
From ` x + b j = x2 + bx + ` b j , note that the last term ` b j is the square of half
2 2 2
2
the coefficient of x. Hence, the x + bx lacks only the term ` b j of being the square
2
2
b
of x + .Thus, if the square of half the coefficient of x be added to an expression of the form
2
x2 + bx , the result is the square of a binomial. Such an addition is usually known as
completing the square. In this section, we shall find the solution of a quadratic equation by
the method of completing the square through the following steps.
Step 1 If the coefficient of x2 is 1, go to step 2. If not, divide both sides of the equation
by the coefficient of x2 . Get all the terms with variable on one side of equation.
Step 2 Find half the coefficient of x and square it. Add this number to both sides of the
equation. To solve the equation, use the square root property:
x2 = t ( x = t or x =- t where t is non-negative.

Example 3.39
2
Solve the quadratic equation 5x - 6x - 2 = 0 by completing the square.
2
Solution Given quadratic equation is 5x - 6x - 2 = 0
x - 6 x - 2 = 0
2
( (Divide on both sides by 5)
5 5
x - 2` 3 j x = 2 ( 3 is the half of the coefficient of x )
2
(
5 5 5
( x - 2` 3 j x + 9 = 9 + 2 ( add ` 3 j = 9 on both sides )
2 2

5 25 25 5 5 25
2
( 3 19
` x - 5 j = 25
( x - 3 = ! 19 (take square root on both sides)

5 25
Thus, we have x = 3 ! 19 = 3 ! 19 .
5 5 5
Hence, the solution set is ' 3 + 19 , 3 - 19 1 .
5 5
Example 3.40
2 2 2
Solve the equation a x - 3abx + 2b = 0 by completing the square
Solution There is nothing to prove if a = 0. For a ! 0 , we have
2 2 2
a x - 3abx + 2b = 0
2 2
x - 3b x + 2b2 = 0 ( x - 2` 3b j x = - 22b
2 2
(
a a 2a a
2 2 2
( x - 2` 3b j x + 9b2 = 9b2 - 2b2
2

2a 4a 4a a
2 2 2
( 3b 2 9b - 8b 2
( ` x - 3b j = b
` x - 2a j = 2 2a 2
4a 4a
( x - 3b = ! b ( x = 3b ! b
2a 2a 2a
Therefore, the solution set is $ b , 2b . .
a a
3.8.3 Solution of quadratic equation by formula method
In this section, we shall derive the quadratic formula, which is useful for finding
2
the roots of a quadratic equation. Consider a quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 , a ! 0 .
We rewrite the given equation as
x + b x + c = 0
2

a a

2 b
( x + 2` j x + c = 0 ( x + 2` b j x = - c
2
2a a 2a a
2 2 2 2
Adding ` b j = b 2 both sides we get, x + 2` b j x + ` b j = b 2 - c
2

2a 4a 2a 2a 4a a

2
That is, b 2 b - 4ac
` x + 2a j = 2
4a
2
( x+ b = ! b - 4ac = ! b2 - 4ac
2a 4a
2 2a
2
So, we have x = - b ! b - 4ac (1)
2a
2 2
The solution set is ' - b + b - 4ac , - b - b - 4ac 1 .
2a 2a
The formula given in equation (1) is known as quadratic formula.
Now, let us solve some quadratic equations using quadratic formula.
Example 3.41
Solve the equation 1 + 2 = 4 , where x + 1 ! 0 , x + 2 ! 0 and
x+1 x+2 x+4
x + 4 ! 0 using quadratic formula.
Solution Note that the given equation is not a quadratic equation.

Consider 1 + 2 = 4
x+1 x+2 x+4
That is, 1 = 2 ; 2 - 1 E = 2 ; 2x + 4 - x - 4 E
x+1 x+4 x+2 ^ x + 4h^ x + 2h
8 ^ x + 2h^ x + 4h B
1 = 2 x
x+1
2 2
x + 6x + 8 = 2x + 2x
2
Thus, we have x - 4x - 8 = 0, which is a quadratic equation.
(The above equation can also be obtained by taking LCM )
Using the quadratic formula (1) we get,
4 ! 16 - 4^1 h^- 8h
x = = 4 ! 48
2^1 h 2
Thus, x = 2 + 2 3 or 2 - 2 3
Hence, the solution set is "2 - 2 3 , 2 + 2 3 ,
Exercise 3.15
1 Solve the following quadratic equations by completing the square .
2 2
(i) x + 6x - 7 = 0 (ii) x + 3x + 1 = 0
2 2 2 2
(iii) 2x + 5x - 3 = 0 (iv) 4x + 4bx - â - b h = 0
(vi) 5x + 7 = 3x + 2
2
(v) x - ^ 3 + 1h x + 3 = 0
x-1

2. Solve the following quadratic equations using quadratic formula.
2 2
(i) x - 7x + 12 = 0 (ii) 15x - 11x + 2 = 0
(iii) x + 1 = 2 1
2 2 2
(iv) 3a x - abx - 2b = 0
x 2
2 2 2 2 2
(v) a^ x + 1h = xâ + 1h (vi) 36x - 12ax + â - b h = 0
(vii) x - 1 + x - 3 = 10
2 2 2 2 2
(viii) a x + â - b h x - b = 0
x+1 x-4 3
3.8.4 Solution of problems involving quadratic equations
In this section, we will solve some simple problems expressed in words and some
problems describing day-to-day life situations involving quadratic equation. First we shall
form an equation translating the given statement and then solve it. Finally, we choose the
solution that is relevant to the given problem.
Example 3.42
The sum of a number and its reciprocal is 5 1 . Find the number.
5
Solution Let x denote the required number. Then its reciprocal is 1
x
2
1
By the given condition, x + = 5 1 ( x 1
+ = 26
x 5 x 5
2
So, 5x - 26x + 5 = 0
2
( 5x - 25x - x + 5 = 0
That is, ^5x - 1h^ x - 5h = 0 ( x = 5 or 1
5
Thus, the required numbers are 5, 1 .
5
Example 3.43
The base of a triangle is 4 cm longer than its altitude. If the area of the triangle is
48 sq. cm, then find its base and altitude.
Solution Let the altitude of the triangle be x cm.

By the given condition, the base of the triangle is ( x + 4 ) cm.
Now, the area of the triangle = 1 ^ baseh # height
2
1
By the given condition ^ x + 4h^ xh = 48
2
2
( x + 4x - 96 = 0 ( ^ x + 12h^ x - 8h = 0
( x = - 12 or 8
But x = -
12 is not possible (since the length should be positive)
Therefore, x = 8 and hence, x + 4 = 12.
Thus, the altitude of the triangle is 8 cm and the base of the triangle is 12 cm.

Example 3.44
A car left 30 minutes later than the scheduled time. In order to reach its destination
150 km away in time, it has to increase its speed by 25 km/hr from its usual speed. Find its
usual speed.
Solution Let the usual speed of the car be x km/hr.
Thus, the increased speed of the car is ^ x + 25h km/hr
Time taken = Distance .
Total distance = 150 km;
Speed
Let T1 and T2 be the time taken in hours by the car to cover the given distance in
scheduled time and decreased time (as the speed is increased) respectively.
By the given information T1 - T2 = 1 ( 30 minutes = 1 hr)
2 2
( 150 - 150 = 1 ( 150 ; x + 25 - x E = 1
x x + 25 2 x^ x + 25h 2
( x2 + 25x - 7500 = 0 ( ^ x + 100h^ x - 75h = 0

Thus, x = 75 or - 100 , but x = - 100 is not an admissible value.
Therefore, the usual speed of the car is 75 km/hr.
Exercise 3.16
1. The sum of a number and its reciprocal is 65 . Find the number.

8
2. The difference of the squares of two positive numbers is 45. The square of the smaller
number is four times the larger number. Find the numbers.
3. A farmer wishes to start a 100 sq.m rectangular vegetable garden. Since he has only
30 m barbed wire, he fences the sides of the rectangular garden letting his house
compound wall act as the fourth side fence. Find the dimension of the garden.
4. A rectangular field is 20 m long and 14 m wide. There is a path of equal width all
around it having an area of 111 sq. metres. Find the width of the path on the outside.
5. A train covers a distance of 90 km at a uniform speed. Had the speed been 15 km/hr
more, it would have taken 30 minutes less for the journey. Find the original speed of
the train.
6. The speed of a boat in still water is 15 km/hr. It goes 30 km upstream and return
downstream to the original point in 4 hrs 30 minutes. Find the speed of the stream.
7. One year ago, a man was 8 times as old as his son. Now his age is equal to the square
of his son’s age. Find their present ages.
2
8. A chess board contains 64 equal squares and the area of each square is 6.25 cm .
A border round the board is 2 cm wide. Find the length of the side of the chess board.

9. A takes 6 days less than the time taken by B to finish a piece of work. If both A and B
together can finish it in 4 days, find the time that B would take to finish this work by
himself.
10. Two trains leave a railway station at the same time. The first train travels due west and
the second train due north. The first train travels 5 km/hr faster than the second train.
If after two hours, they are 50 km apart, find the average speed of each train.
3.8.5 Nature of roots of a quadratic equation
2
The roots of the equation ax + bx + c = 0 are given by x = - b ! b - 4ac .
2

2a
2
If b - 4ac > 0 , we get two distinct real roots
2 2
x = -b + b - 4ac and x = - b - b - 4ac .
2a 2a
If b - 4ac = 0 , then the equation has two equal roots x = - b .
2

2a
2 2
If b - 4ac < 0 , then b - 4ac is not a real number. Therefore there is no real
root for the given quadratic equation.
2
So, evidently the nature of roots depends on the values of b - 4ac . The value of the
2 2
expression b - 4ac discriminates the nature of the roots of ax + bx + c = 0 and so it is
called the discriminant of the quadratic equation and denoted by the symbol 3 .
Discriminant 3 Nature of roots
3 >0 Real and unequal
3 =0 Real and equal.
3 <0 No real roots. (It has imaginary roots)
Example 3.45
Determine the nature of roots of the following quadratic equations
2 2 2
(i) x - 11x - 10 = 0 (ii) 4x - 28x + 49 = 0 (iii) 2x + 5x + 5 = 0
2 2
Solution For ax + bx + c = 0 , the discriminant, 3 = b - 4ac .
(i) Here, a = 1; b = –11 and c = –10.
2
Now, the discriminant is 3 = b - 4ac
= ^- 11h2 - 4^1 h^- 10h = 121 + 40 = 161
Thus, 3 > 0 . Therefore, the roots are real and unequal.
(ii) Here, a = 4, b = –28 and c = 49.
2
= ^- 28h2 - 4^4h^49h = 0
Since 3 = 0 , the roots of the given equation are real and equal.

(iii) Here, a = 2, b = 5 and c = 5.
2
Now, the discriminant 3 = b - 4ac
= ^5h2 - 4^2h^5h
= 25 – 40 = –15
Since 3 < 0 , the equation has no real roots.
Example 3.46
2
Prove that the roots of the equation â - b + ch x + 2â - bh x + â - b - ch = 0 are
rational numbers for all real numbers a and b and for all rational c.
2
Solution Let the given equation be of the form Ax + Bx + C = 0 . Then,
A = a - b + c , B = 2â - bh and C = a - b - c .
2
Now, the discriminant of Ax + Bx + c = 0 is
B - 4AC = 62â - bh@2 - 4â - b + châ - b - ch
2

= 4â - bh2 - 4 6â - bh + c @6â - bh - c @
= 4â - bh2 - 4 6â - bh2 - c @
2

2 2
3 = 4â - bh2 - 4â - bh2 + 4c = 4c , a perfect square.
Therefore, 3 > 0 and it is a perfect square.
Hence, the roots of the given equation are rational numbers.
Example 3.47
2
Find the values of k so that the equation x - 2x^1 + 3kh + 7^3 + 2kh = 0 has real
and equal roots.
2
Solution The given equation is x - 2x^1 + 3kh + 7^3 + 2kh = 0 . (1)
2
Let the equation (1) be in the form ax + bx + c = 0
Here, a = 1 , b =- 2^3k + 1h , c = 7^3 + 2kh .

2
= ^- 2^3k + 1hh2 - 4^1 h^7h^3 + 2kh
2 2
= 4^9k + 6k + 1h - 28^3 + 2kh = 4^9k - 8k - 20h
Given that the equation has equal roots. Thus, 3 = 0
2
( 9k - 8k - 20 = 0
( ^k - 2h^9k + 10h = 0
Thus, k = 2, - 10 .
9
Exercise 3.17
1. Determine the nature of the roots of the equation.
2 2
(i) x - 8x + 12 = 0 (ii) 2x - 3x + 4 = 0
2 2
(iii) 9x + 12x + 4 = 0 (iv) 3x - 2 6 x + 2 = 0
(v) 3 x - 2 x + 1 = 0
2
(vi) ^ x - 2ah^ x - 2bh = 4ab
5 3
2. Find the values of k for which the roots are real and equal in each of the following
equations.
2 2
(i) 2x - 10x + k = 0 (ii) 12x + 4kx + 3 = 0
2 2
(iii) x + 2k^ x - 2h + 5 = 0 (iv) ^k + 1h x - 2^k - 1h x + 1 = 0
2 2 2
3. Show that the roots of the equation x + 2â + bh x + 2â + b h = 0 are unreal.
2 2 2
4. Show that the roots of the equation 3p x - 2pqx + q = 0 are not real.
2 2 2 2 2
5. If the roots of the equation â + b h x - 2âc + bd h x + c + d = 0 ,
where ad - bc ! 0 , are equal, prove that a = c .
b d
6. Show that the roots of the equation
^ x - ah^ x - bh + ^ x - bh^ x - ch + ^ x - ch^ x - ah = 0 are always real and they
cannot be equal unless a = b = c .
2 2 2 2
7. If the equation ^1 + m h x + 2mcx + c - a = 0 has equal roots, then prove that
2 2 2
c = a ^1 + m h .
3.8.6 Relations between roots and coefficients of a quadratic equation
2
Consider a quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 , where a , b , c are real numbers
and a ! 0 . The roots of the given equation are a and b , where

2 2
a = -b + b - 4ac and b = - b - b - 4ac .
2a 2a
2 2
Then, the sum of the roots, a + b = - b +b - 4ac + - b - b - 4ac
2a 2a
= - b = - coefficient of x2
a coefficient of x
2 2
and the product of roots, ab = - b + b - 4ac # - b - b - 4ac
2a 2a
2 2
^ 4ach = 4ac
= b - b - 2 2
4a 4a
= c = constant term 2
a coefficient of x

2
Therefore, if a, b are the roots of ax + bx + c = 0 , then
(i) the sum of the roots, a + b = - b
a
(ii) the product of roots, ab = c
a
Formation of quadratic equation when roots are given
Let a and b be the roots of a quadratic equation.
Then ^ x - ah and ( x - b ) are factors.
` ^ x - ah ( x - b ) = 0
( x2 - â + b h x + ab = 0
2
That is, x - ^sum of rootsh x + product of roots = 0
Note
There are infinitely many quadratic equations with the same roots.
Example 3.48
If one of the roots of the equation 3x - 10x + k = 0 is 1 , then find the other root
2

3
and also the value of k.
2
Solution The given equation is 3x - 10x + k = 0 .
Let the two roots be a and b .
-^- 10h 10
` a + b = = (1)
3 3
Substituting a = 1 in (1) we get b = 3
3
Also, ab = k , ( k=3
3
Thus, the other root b = 3 and the value of k = 3.
Example 3.49
2
If the sum and product of the roots of the quadratic equation ax - 5x + c = 0 are
both equal to 10, then find the values of a and c.
2
Solution The given equation is ax - 5x + c = 0 .
Sum of the roots, 5 = 10, ( a = 1
a 2
Product of the roots, c = 10
a
( c = 10a = 10 # 1 = 5
2
Hence, a = 1 and c = 5
2

Note
2
If a and b are the roots of ax + bx + c = 0 , then many expressions in a and b like
2 2 2 2 2 2
a + b , a b , a - b etc., can be evaluated using the values of a + b and ab .
Let us write some results involving a and b .

2
(i) a-b = (a + b) - 4ab
a + b = 6â + b h2 - 2ab @
2 2
(ii)
a - b = â + b hâ - b h = â + b h6 â + b h2 - 4ab @ only if a $ b
2 2
(iii)
3 3
(iv) a + b = â + b h3 - 3abâ + b h
3 3
(v) a - b = â - b h3 + 3abâ - b h
a + b = â + b h - 2a b = 6â + b h2 - 2ab @ - 2âb h2
4 4 2 2 2
2 2
(vi)
2
4 4
(vii) a - b = â + b hâ - b hâ2 + b 2h
Example 3.50
2
If a and b are the roots of the equation 2x - 3x - 1 = 0 , find the values of
b
(ii) a +
2 2
(i) a + b
b a
2 2
(iii) a - b if a > b (iv) ea + b o
b a
3 3
(v) ca + 1 m` 1 + b j (vi)
4
a +b
4
(vii) a +b
b a b a
Solution Given equation is 2x2 - 3x - 1 = 0
2
Let the given equation be written as ax + bx + c = 0
Then, a = 2 , b =- 3 , c =- 1 . Given a and b are the roots of the equation.

-^- 3h 3
` a + b = -b =
= and ab =- 1
a 2 2 2
2
(i) a + b = â + b h2 - 2ab = ` 3 j - 2`- 1 j = 9 + 1 = 13
2 2
2 2 4 4
3 2 1
a + b = a + b =
2 2
â + b h2 - 2ab ` 2 j - 2`- 2 j 13
(ii) = = # ^- 2h = - 13
b a ab ab - 1 4 2
2
(iii) a - b = â + b h2 - 4ab
1
= ;` 3 j - 4 # `- 1 jE 2 = ` 9 + 2j2 =
2 1
17
2 2 4 2

2 3 3
27 + 9
a
2
b a +b â + b h3 - 3abâ + b h 4 = - 45
(iv) + = = = 8
b a ab ab -1 4
2
âb + 1h^1 + ab h
(v) ca + 1 m` 1 + b j =
b a ab
1 2
^1 + ab h2 `1 - 2 j
= = = -1
ab - 1 2
2
4 4 2 2 2 2 2
(vi) a + b = â + b h - 2a b
2 2
= ` 13 j - 2`- 1 j = ` 169 - 1 j = 161 .
4 2 16 2 16
3 3 4 4
(vii) a + b = a + b = 161 - 2 = - 161 .
b a ab
` 16 j` 1 j 8
Example 3.51
Form the quadratic equation whose roots are 7 + 3 and 7 - 3 .
Solution Given roots are 7 + 3 and 7 - 3 .

` Sum of the roots = 7 + 3 + 7 - 3 = 14.
2
Product of roots = ^7 + 3 h^7 - 3 h = ^7h2 - ^ 3 h = 49 –3 = 46.
2
The required equation is x - ^sum of the rootsh x + ^ product of the rootsh = 0
2
Thus, the required equation is x - 14x + 46 = 0
Example 3.52
If a and b are the roots of the equation
2 2
b
3x - 4x + 1 = 0, form a quadratic equation whose roots are a and
2
.
b a
2
Solution Since a, b are the roots of the equation 3x - 4x + 1 = 0,
we have a + b = 4 , ab = 1
3 3
2 2 3 3
b a +b
Now, for the required equation, the sum of the roots = e a + o =
b a ab
4 3 1 4
â + b h3 - 3abâ + b h `3j - 3 # 3 # 3
= = = 28
ab 1 9
2
3
2
b
Also, product of the roots = c a mc m = ab = 1
b a 3
The required equation is x - 28 x + 1 = 0 or 9x - 28x + 3 = 0

2 2
`
9 3
Exercise 3.18
1. Find the sum and the product of the roots of the following equations.
2 2
(i) x - 6x + 5 = 0 (ii) kx + rx + pk = 0
2 2
(iii) 3x - 5x = 0 (iv) 8x - 25 = 0
2. Form a quadratic equation whose roots are
(i) 3 , 4 (ii) 3 + 7 , 3 - 7 4+ 7,4- 7
(iii)
2 2
2
3. If a and b are the roots of the equation 3x - 5x + 2 = 0 , then find the values of
2 2
b b
(i) a + (ii) a - b (iii) a +
b a b a
2 2 2
4. If a and b are the roots of the equation 3x - 6x + 4 = 0, find the value of a + b .
2 2 2
5. If a , b are the roots of 2x - 3x - 5 = 0, form a equation whose roots are a and b .
2
6. If a , b are the roots of x - 3x + 2 = 0, form a quadratic equation whose roots are
- a and - b .
2
7. If a and b are the roots of x - 3x - 1 = 0, then form a quadratic equation
whose roots are 12 and 12 .
a b 2
8. If a and b are the roots of the equation 3x - 6x + 1 = 0, form an equation whose
(i) 1 , 1
2 2
roots are (ii) a b, b a (iii) 2a + b, 2b + a
a b
9. Find a quadratic equation whose roots are the reciprocal of the roots of the equation
2
4x - 3x - 1 = 0.
2
10. If one root of the equation 3x + kx - 81 = 0 is the square of the other, find k.
2
11. If one root of the equation 2x - ax + 64 = 0 is twice the other, then find the value of a
2
12. If a and b are the roots of 5x - px + 1 = 0 and a - b = 1, then find p.
Exercise 3.19
1. If the system 6x – 2y = 3, kx – y = 2 has a unique solution, then
(A) k = 3 (B) k ! 3 (C) k = 4 (D) k ! 4
2. A system of two linear equations in two variables is inconsistent, if their graphs
(A) coincide (B) intersect only at a point
(C) do not intersect at any point (D) cut the x-axis
3. The system of equations x –4y = 8 , 3x –12y =24
(A) has infinitely many solutions (B) has no solution
(C) has a unique solution (D) may or may not have a solution

2
4. If one zero of the polynomial p^ xh = (k +4) x +13x+3k is reciprocal of the other, then
k is equal to
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
2
5. The sum of two zeros of the polynomial f^ xh = 2x + (p + 3) x + 5 is zero, then the
value of p is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) –3 (D) –4
2
6. The remainder when x - 2x + 7 is divided by x+4 is
(A) 28 (B) 29 (C) 30 (D) 31
3 2
7. The quotient when x - 5x + 7x - 4 is divided by x–1 is
2 2 2 2
(A) x + 4x + 3 (B) x - 4x + 3 (C) x - 4x - 3 (D) x + 4x - 3
3 4
8. The GCD of ^ x + 1h and x - 1 is
3 3
(A) x - 1 (B) x + 1 (C) x +1 (D) x - 1
2 2 4 4
9. The GCD of x - 2xy + y and x - y is
2 2
(A) 1 (B) x+y (C) x–y (D) x - y
3 3
10. The LCM of x - a and (x – a) 2 is
3 3 3 3
(A) (x - a ) ^ x + ah (B) (x - a ) ^ x - ah2
2 2 2 2
(C) ^ x - ah2 ^ x + ax + a h (D) ^ x + ah2 ^ x + ax + a h
k k+3 k+5
11. The LCM of a , a ,a where keN is
k+9 k k+6 k+5
(A) a (B) a (C) a (D) a
2
12. The lowest form of the rational expression x 2+ 5x + 6 is
x -x-6
(A) x - 3 (B) x + 3 (C) x + 2 (D) x - 3
x+3 3 3
x - 3 x - 3 x+2
13. If a + b a
and 3 - b
a-b 3 are the two rational expressions, then their product is
a +b
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(A) a2 + ab + b2 (B) a2 - ab + b2 (C) a2 - ab - b2 (D) a2 + ab + b2
a - ab + b a + ab + b a + ab + b a - ab - b
2
14. On dividing x - 25 by x2+ 5 is equal to
x+3 x -9
(A) (x –5)(x–3) (B) (x –5)(x+3) (C) (x +5)(x–3) (D) (x +5)(x+3)
3 3
15. If a is added with b , then the new expression is
a-b b-a
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
(A) a + ab + b (B) a - ab + b (C) a + b (D) a - b
2 2 2
16. The square root of 49 (x - 2xy + y ) is
2 2
(A) 7 x - y (B) 7^ x + yh^ x - yh (C) 7 (x + y) (D) 7 (x - y)
2 2 2
17. The square root of x + y + z - 2xy + 2yz - 2zx
(A) x + y - z (B) x - y + z (C) x + y + z (D) x - y - z

4 8 6 2
18. The square root of 121 x y z (l - m) is
2 4 4 4 4
(A) 11x y z l - m (B) 11x y z (l - m)
3
2 4 6 2 4
(C) 11x y z l - m (D) 11x y z (l - m)
3
2
19. If ax + bx + c = 0 has equal roots, then c is equal
2 2 2 2
(A) b (B) b (C) - b (D) - b
2a 4a 2a 4a
2
20. If x + 5kx + 16 = 0 has no real roots, then
(A) k 2 8 (B) k 2 - 8 (C) - 8 1 k 1 8 (D) 0 1 k 1 8
5 5 5 5 5
21. A quadratic equation whose one root is 3 is
2 2
(A) x - 6x - 5 = 0 (B) x + 6x - 5 = 0
2 2
(C) x - 5x - 6 = 0 (D) x - 5x + 6 = 0
2 2
22. The common root of the equations x - bx + c = 0 and x + bx - a = 0 is
(A) c + a (B) c - a (C) c + b (D) a + b
2b 2b 2a 2c
2
23. If a, b are the roots of ax + bx + c = 0 a =Y 0, then the wrong statement is
2
(A) a + b = b -22ac (B) ab = c
2 2

a a 2
(C) a + b = b (D) a - b = b - 4ac
a a
24. If a and b are the roots of ax + bx + c = 0 , then one of the quadratic equations whose
2
roots are 1 and 1 , is

a b
(A) ax2 + bx + c = 0 (B) bx2 + ax + c = 0
(C) cx2 + bx + a = 0 (D) cx2 + ax + b = 0
2
25. If b = a + c , then the equation ax + bx + c = 0 has
(A) real roots (B) no roots (C) equal roots (D) no real roots
q A set of finite number of linear equations in two variables x and y is called a system
of linear equations in x and y . Such a system is also called simultaneous equations.
q Eliminating one of the variables first and then solving a system is called method of
elimination.
q The following arrow diagram helps us very much to apply the method of cross

multiplication in solving a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 , a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0.
x y 1
b1 c1 a1 b1
b2 c2 a2 b2
q A real number k is said to be a zero of a polynomial p(x), if p(k) = 0.


The basic relationship between zeros and coefficients of a quadratic polynomial
q
ax2 + bx + c = 0 are,
Sum of zeros = - b = - coefficient of x2
a coefficient of x
Product of zeros = c = constant term 2
a coefficient of x
q (i) For any polynomial p^ xh , x = a is zero if and only if pâh = 0 .
(ii) x - a is a factor for p^ xh if and only if pâh = 0 .
q GCD of two or more algebraic expressions is the expression of highest degree which

divides each of them without remainder.
q LCM of two or more algebraic expressions is the expression of lowest degree which is

divisible by each of them without remainder.
q The product of LCM and GCD of any two polynomials is equal to the product of the

two polynomials.
q Let a ! R be a non negative real number. A square root of a, is a real number b such
2
that b = a . The square root of a is denoted by 2 a or a .
2
q A quadratic equation in the variable x is of the form ax + bx + c = 0 , where a,b,c are
real numbers and a ! 0 .
q A quadratic equation can be solved by (i) the method of factorization (ii) the method
of completing square (iii) using a quadratic formula.
2
The roots of a quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 are given by - b ! b - 4ac ,
2
q
2 2a
provided b - 4ac $ 0 .
2
q A quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 has
2
(i) two distinct real roots if b - 4ac 2 0
2
(ii) two equal roots if b - 4ac = 0 , and
2
(iii) no real roots if b - 4ac 1 0
Do you know?
Fermat’s last theorem: The equation x n + y n = z n has no integer solution when n > 2.
Fermat wrote, “ I have discovered a truely remarkable proof which this margin is
too small to contain ”. No one was able to solve this for over 300 years until British
mathematician Andrew Wiles solved it in 1994. Interestingly he came to know about this
problem in his city library when he was a high school student.`

4 MATRICES
Number, place, and combination - the three intersecting but distinct spheres of
thought to which all mathematical ideas admit of being referred - Sylvester
 Introduction
4.1 Introduction
 Formation of Matrices
In this chapter we are going to discuss an important
 Types of Matrices
mathematical object called “MATRIX”. Here, we shall
 Addition, Subtraction and
Multiplication of matrices introduce matrices and study the basics of matrix algebra.
 Matrix equations Matrices were formulated and developed as a concept
during 18th and 19th centuries. In the beginning, their
development was due to transformation of geometric objects
and solution of linear equations. However matrices are now
one of the most powerful tools in mathematics. Matrices are
useful because they enable us to consider an array of many
numbers as a single object and perform calculations with
these symbols in a very compact form. The “ mathematical
shorthand” thus obtained is very elegant and powerful and is
James Joseph Sylvester
suitable for various practical problems.
(1814-1897)
England The term “Matrix” for arrangement of numbers, was
He made fundamental introduced in 1850 by James Joseph Sylvester. “Matrix” is the
contributions to matrix theory, Latin word for womb, and it retains that sense in English. It
invariant theory, number theory can also mean more generally any place in which something
and combinatorics. He determined is formed or produced.
all matrices that commute with
Now let us consider the following system of linear
a given matrix. He introduced
many mathematical terms including equations in x and y :
“discriminant”. 3x - 2y = 4 (1)
In 1880, the Royal Society of 2x + 5y = 9 (2)
London awarded Sylvester the Copley We already know how to get the solution (2, 1) of this
Medal, a highest award for scientific
system by the method of elimination (also known as Gaussian
achievement. In 1901, Royal Society
Elimination method), where only the coefficients are used and
of London instituted the Sylvester
medal in his memory, to encourage
not the variables. The same method can easily be executed
mathematical research. and the solution can thus be obtained using matrix algebra.

4.2 Formation of matrices
Let us consider some examples of the ways that matrices can arise.
Kumar has 10 pens. We may express it as (10), with the understanding that the number
inside ( ) is the number of pens that Kumar has.
Now, if Kumar has 10 pens and 7 pencils, we may express it as (10 7) with the
understanding that the first number inside ( ) is the number of pens while the other one is the
number of pencils.
Look at the following information :
Pens and Pencils owned by Kumar and his friends Raju and Gopu are as given below.
Kumar has 10 pens and 7 pencils
Raju has 8 pens and 4 pencils
Gopu has 6 pens and 5 pencils
This can be arranged in tabular form as follows:
Pens Pencils
Kumar 10 7
Raju 8 4
Gopu 6 5
This can be expressed in a rectangular array where the entries denote the number of
respective items.
10 7 ! first row
(i) f 8 4 p ! second row
6 5 ! third row
- -
first second
column column
The same information can also be arranged in tabular form as :
Kumar Raju Gopu
Pens 10 8 6
Pencils 7 4 5
This can be expressed in a rectangular array.
10 8 6 ! first row
(ii) c m
7 4 5 ! second row
- - -
first second third
column column column

In arrangement (i), the entries in the first column represent the number of pens of
Kumar, Raju and Gopu respectively and the second column represents the number of pencils
owned by Kumar, Raju and Gopu respectively.
Similarly, in arrangement (ii), the entries in the first row represent the number of pens
of Kumar, Raju and Gopu respectively. The entries in the second row represent the number
of pencils owned by Kumar, Raju and Gopu respectively.
An arrangement or display of numbers of the above kind is called a MATRIX.
Definition
A matrix is a rectangular array of numbers in rows and columns enclosed within
square brackets or parenthesis.
A matrix is usually denoted by a single capital letter like A, B, X, Y,g . The

numbers that make up a matrix are called entries or elements of the matrix. Each horizontal
arrangement in a matrix is called a row of that matrix. Each vertical arrangement in a
matrix is called a column of that matrix.
Some examples of matrices are
2 0 -1 1
m , B = >3 - 8 9 H and C = f 0
1 2 3
A=c p
4 5 6
1 5 -1 1
4.2.1 General form of a matrix
A matrix A with m rows and n columns, is of the form
J a a ... a ... a N
K 11 12 1j 1n O
K a a ... a ... a2n O
A = K 21 22 2j
h h h h ... h O
K O
K a a ... a ... a O
L m1 m2 mj mn P
where a11, a12, a13, ... . are the elements of the matrix. The above matrix can also be written as
A = 6 aij @ or A = âijh , where i = 1, 2, 3, ... , m. and j = 1, 2, 3, ... , n.
m#n m#n
th th
Here, aij is the element of the matrix lying on the intersection of the i row and j column of A.
4 5 3
For example, if A = f6 2 1 p, then a23 = 1, the element which occurs in the second
7 8 9
row and third column.
Similarly, a11 = 4 , a12 = 5 , a13 = 3 , a21 = 6 , a22 = 2 , a31 = 7 , a32 = 8 and a33 = 9 .
4.2.2 Order or dimension of a matrix

If a matrix A has m rows and n columns, then we say that the order of A is m # n
(Read as m by n).

The matrix
1 2 3
A=c m has 2 rows and 3 columns. So, the order of A is 2 # 3 .
4 5 6
Note
In a m # n matrix, the first letter m always denotes the number of rows and the
second letter n always denotes the number of columns.
4.3 Types of matrices

Let us learn certain types of matrices.
(i) Row matrix
A matrix is said to be a row matrix if it has only one row. A row matrix is also
called as a row vector.
For example, A = ^5 3 4 1h and B = ( –3 0 5 ) are row matrices of orders 1 # 4 and 1 # 3
respectively.
In general, A = âijh is a row matrix of order 1 # n .
1#n
(ii) Column matrix
A matrix is said to be a column matrix if it has only one column. It is also called as
a column vector. 1
0
For example, A = c m and B = f 2 p are column matrices of orders 2 # 1 and 3 # 1
2
respectively. 5
In general, A = 6 aij @ is a column matrix of order m # 1 .
m#1
(iii) Square matrix
A matrix in which the number of rows and the number of columns are equal is said to
be a square matrix. For example,
3 0 2
1 2
A=c m and B = f 1 5 - 7 p are square matrices of orders 2 and 3 respectively.
3 4
7 6 1
In general, A = 6 aij @ is a square matrix of order m. The elements a11, a22 , a33, g, amm
m#m
are called principal or leading diagonal elements of the square matrix A.
(iv) Diagonal matrix
A square matrix in which all the elements above and below the leading diagonal are
equal to zero, is called a diagonal matrix. For example,
3 0 0
5 0
A=c m and B = f 0 0 0 p are diagonal matrices of orders 2 and 3
0 2
0 0 1
respectively. In general, A = 6 aij @ is said to be a diagonal matrix if aij = 0 for all i ! j .
m#m

Note
Some of the leading diagonal elements of a diagonal matrix may be zero.
(v) Scalar matrix

A diagonal matrix in which all the elements along the leading diagonal are equal to a
non-zero constant is called a scalar matrix. For example,
7 0 0
5 0
A=c m and B = f 0 7 0 p are scalar matrices of orders 2 and 3 respectively.
0 5
0 0 7
0, when i ! j
In general, A = 6 aij @ is said to be a scalar matrix if aij = )
m#m k, when i = j
where k is a scalar.
(vi) Unit matrix
A diagonal matrix in which all the leading diagonal entries are 1 is called a
unit matrix. A unit matrix of order n is denoted by In. For example,
1 0 0
1 0
I2 = c m and I3 = f 0 1 0 p are unit matrices of orders 2 and 3 respectively.
0 1
0 0 1
1 if i = j
In general, a square matrix A = âijh is a unit matrix if aij = )
n#n 0 if i ! j
Note
A unit matrix is also called an identity matrix with respect to multiplication.
Every unit matrix is clearly a scalar matrix. However a scalar matrix need not be a unit matrix.
(vii) Null matrix or Zero-matrix

A matrix is said to be a null matrix or zero-matrix if all its elements are zero. It is
denoted by O. For example,
0 0 0 0 0
O=c m and O = c m are null matrices of order 2 # 3 and 2 # 2 .
0 0 0 0 0
Note
(i) A zero-matrix need not be a square matrix. (ii) Zero-matrix plays the role of the
zero in numbers. (iii) A matrix does not change if the zero-matrix of same order is
added to it or subtracted from it.
(viii) Transpose of a matrix

Definition : The transpose of a matrix A is obtained by interchanging rows and
T
columns of the matrix A and it is denoted by A (read as A transpose). For example,
1 3
1 2 5 T
if A = c m , then A = f 2 4 p
3 4 6
5 6
In general, if A = 6 aij @ then
m#n
A = 8 b B , where bij = a ji, for i = 1, 2, g, n and j = 1, 2, g, m .

T

ij n # m

Example 4.1
The table shows a five-day forecast
indicating high (H) and low (L) temperatures
in Fahrenheit. Organise the temperatures in a
matrix where the first and second rows represent
the High and Low temperatures respectively and
identify which day will be the warmest?
Solution The above information can be represented in matrix form as
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri
88 90 86 84 85
H 88 90 86 84 85 . That is , A = e o
A= c m 54 56 53 52 52
L 54 56 53 52 52
By reading through the first row (High), the warmest day is Tuesday.
Example 4.2
The amount of fat, carbohydrate and protein in grams present in each food item
respectively are as follows:
Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4
Fat 5 0 1 10
Carbohydrate 0 15 6 9
Protein 7 1 2 8
Use the information to write 3 # 4 and 4 # 3 matrices.
Solution The above information can be represented in the form of 3 # 4 matrix as
5 0 1 10
A = f 0 15 6 9 p where the columns correspond to food items. We write
7 1 2 8
J 5 0 7N
K O
K 0 15 1 O
a 4 # 3 matrix as B = K where the rows correspond to food items.
1 6 2O
K O
L10 9 8 P
Example 4.3 J1 4 8 N
K O
6 2 5O
Let A = 6 aij @ = K
K . Find
3 7 0O
K O
L 9 - 2 - 1 P
(i) the order of the matrix (ii) the elements a13 and a42 (iii) the position of the element 2.
Solution (i) Since the matrix A has 4 rows and 3 columns, A is of order 4 # 3 .
(ii) The element a13 is in the first row and third column. ` a13 = 8.
Similarly, a42 =- 2 , the element in 4th row and 2nd column.
(iii) The element 2 occurs in 2nd row and 2nd column ` a22 = 2.

Example 4.4
Construct a 2 # 3 matrix A = 6 aij @ whose elements are given by aij = 2i - 3j
Solution In general a 2 # 3 matrix is given by
a a a
A = e a11 a12 a13 o
21 22 23
Now aij = 2i - 3j where i = 1, 2 and j = 1, 2, 3
a11 = 2 (1) - 3 (1) = - 1 = 1 , a12 = 2 (1) - 3 (2) = 4 , a13 = 2 (1) - 3 (3) = 7
a21 = 62 (2) - 3 @ = 1 , a22 = 2 (2) - 3 (2) = 2 , a23 = 2 (2) - 9 = 5
1 4 7
Hence the required matrix A = c m
1 2 5
Example 4.5
8 5 2 T T T
If A = e o , then find A and (A )
1 -3 4
Solution
8 5 2
A=e o
1 -3 4
T
The transpose A of a matrix A, is obtained by interchanging rows and columns of the
matrix A.
8 1
T
Thus, A = f 5 - 3 p
2 4
T T T
Similarly (A ) is obtained by interchanging rows and columns of the matrix A .
T T 8 5 2
Hence (A ) = e o
1 -3 4
Note
T T T T
From the above example, we see that (A ) = A . In fact, it is true that (B ) = B
T T
for any matrix B. Also, (kA) = kA for any scalar k.
Exercise 4.1
1. The rates for the entrance tickets at a water theme park are listed below:
Week Days Week End
rates(`) rates(`)
Adult 400 500
Children 200 250
Senior Citizen 300 400
Write down the matrices for the rates of entrance tickets for adults, children and senior
citizens. Also find the dimensions of the matrices.

2. There are 6 Higher Secondary Schools, 8 High Schools and 13 Primary Schools in a
town. Represent these data in the form of 3 # 1 and 1 # 3 matrices.
3. Find the order of the following matrices. J 1 N
2
7 3 -2 6 K O
1 -1 5 -2 3
(i) e
-2 3 4
o (ii) f 8 p (iii) f 6 -1 p (iv) ^3 4 5h (v) KK 9
1
7
O
O
9 2 4 5 K O
L 6 4 P
4. A matrix has 8 elements. What are the possible orders it can have?
5. A matrix consists of 30 elements. What are the possible orders it can have?.
6. Construct a 2 # 2 matrix A = 6 aij @ whose elements are given by
i-j
(i) aij = ij (ii) aij = 2i - j (iii) aij =
i+j
7. Construct a 3 # 2 matrix A = 6 aij @ whose elements are given by
2
(i - 2j) 2i - 3j
(i) aij = i (ii) aij = (iii) aij =
j 2 2
1 -1 3 2
8. If A = f 5 - 4 7 4 p, (i) find the order of the matrix (ii) write down the elements
6 0 9 8
a24 and a32 (iii) in which row and column does the element 7 occur?
2 3
9. If A = f 4 1 p, then find the transpose of A.
5 0
1 2 3
T T
10. If A = f 2 4 - 5 p, then verify that (A ) = A .
3 -5 6
4.4 Operation on matrices
In this section, we shall discuss the equality of matrices, multiplication of a matrix by
a scalar, addition, subtraction and multiplication of matrices.
Equality of matrices
Two matrices A = 6 aij @ and B = 6 bij @ are said to be equal if
m#n m#n
(i) they are of the same order and

(ii) each element of A is equal to the corresponding element of B, that is aij = bij for
all i and j.
6 3
6 0 1
For example, the matrices f 0 9 p and c m are not equal as the orders of the
3 9 5
matrices are different. 1 5
1 2 1 8
Also c m!c m , since some of the corresponding elements are not equal.
8 5 2 5

Example 4.6
x 5 4 3 5 z
Find the values of x, y and z if c m=c m
5 9 1 5 y 1
Solution As the given matrices are equal, their corresponding elements must be equal.
Comparing the corresponding elements, we get x = 3, y = 9 and z = 4 .
Example 4.7
y 6 - 2x
Solve : c m = e o
3x 31 + 4y
Solution Since the matrices are equal, the corresponding elements are equal.
Comparing the corresponding elements, we get y = 6 - 2x and 3x = 31 + 4y .
Using y = 6 –2x in the other equation, we get 3x = 31 + 4 (6 - 2x)
3x = 31 + 24 - 8x
` x = 5 and hence y = 6 - 2 (5) = - 4 .
Thus, x = 5 and y =- 4 .
Multiplication of a matrix by a scalar
Definition
For a given matrix A = 6 aij @ and a scalar (real number) k, we define a new matrix
m#n
B = 6 bij @ where bij = kaij for all i and j
m#n
Thus, the matrix B is obtained by multiplying each entry of A by the scalar k and
written as B = kA. This multiplication is called scalar multiplication.
a b c a b c ka kb kc
For example, if A = c m then kA = k c m=c m
d e f d e f kd ke kf
Example 4.8
-1 2 4
If A = e o then find 3A
3 6 -5
Solution The matrix 3A is obtained by multiplying every element of A by 3.
-1 2 4 3 (- 1) 3 (2) 3 (4) -3 6 12
3A = 3 e o = e o=e o
3 6 -5 3 (3) 3 (6) 3 (- 5) 9 18 - 15
Addition of matrices
Matrices A and B given below show the marks obtained by 3 boys and 3 girls in the
subjects Mathematics and Science respectively.
Mathematics Science
45 72 81 Boys 51 80 90 Boys
A=c m B =c m
30 90 65 Girls 42 85 70 Girls

To find the total marks obtained by each student, we shall add the corresponding
entries of A and B. We write
45 72 81 51 80 90
A+B =c m+c m
30 90 65 42 85 70
45 + 51 72 + 80
81 + 90 96 152 171
=e o =c m
30 + 42 90 + 85
65 + 70 72 175 135
The final matrix shows that the first boy scores a total of 96 marks in Mathematics and
Science. Similarly, the last girl scores a total of 135 marks in Mathematics and Science.
Hence, we observe that the sum of two matrices of same order is a matrix obtained by
adding the corresponding entries of the given matrices.
Definition
If A = 6 aij @ and B = 6 bij @ are two matrices of the same order, then the addition
m#n m#n
of A and B is a matrix C = 6 cij @ where cij = aij + bij for all i and j.
mxn
Note that the operation of addition on matrices is defined as for numbers. The addition of
two matrices A and B is denoted by A+B. Addition is not defined for matrices of different orders.
Example 4.9
8 3 2 1 -1
Let A = c m and B = c m . Find A+B if it exists.
5 9 1 3 0
Solution Since A is order of 2 # 3 and B is of order 2 # 2 , addition of matrices A and B is
not possible.
Example 4.10
5 6 -2 3 3 -1 4 7
If A = c m and B = c m , then find A + B
1 0 4 2 2 8 2 3
Solution Since A and B are of the same order 2 # 4 , addition of A and B is defined.
5 6 -2 3 3 -1 4 7
So, A + B = c m+c m
1 0 4 2 2 8 2 3
5+3 6-1 -2+4 3+7
=e o
1+2 0+8 4+2 2+3
8 5 2 10
Thus, A + B = c m
3 8 6 5
Negative of a matrix
The negative of a matrix A = 6 aij @ is denoted by - A and is defined as - A = (- 1) A .
mxn
That is, - A = 6 bij @ where bij =- aij for all i and j.
mxn
Subtraction of matrices
If A = 6 aij @ and B = 6 bij @ are two matrices of the same order, then the
m#n m#n
subtraction A - B is defined as A - B = A + (- 1) B. That is, A - B = 6 cij @ where cij = aij - bij
for all i and j.

Example 4.11
Matrix A shows the weight of four boys and four girls in kg at the beginning of a
diet programme to lose weight. Matrix B shows the corresponding weights after the diet
programme.
35 40 28 45 Boys 32 35 27 41 Boys
A=c m , B=c m
42 38 41 30 Girls 40 30 34 27 Girls
Find the weight loss of the Boys and Girls.
35 40 28 45 32 35 27 41
Solution Weight loss matrix A - B = c m-c m
42 38 41 30 40 30 34 27
3 5 1 4
=c m.
2 8 7 3
4.5 Properties of matrix addition
(i) Matrix addition is commutative
If A and B are any two matrices of same order, then A+B = B+A
(ii) Matrix addition is associative

If A, B and C are any three matrices of same order, then A + (B + C) = (A + B) + C
(iii) Existence of additive identity

Null or zero matrix is the additive identity for matrix addition. If A is a matrix of order
m # n, then A + O = O + A = A, where O is the null matrix of order m # n,
(iv) Existence of additive inverse

For a matrix A, B is called the additive inverse of A if B + A = A + B = O .
Since A + (- A) = (- A) + A = O, - A is the additive inverse of A.
Note
The additive inverse of a matrix is its negative matrix and it is unique (only one).
Exercise 4.2
Find the values of x, y and z from the matrix equation
1.
5x + 2 y-4 12 - 8
e o=c m
0 4z + 6 0 2
2x + y 5
2. Solve for x and y if e o=c m
x - 3y 13
2 3 1 5
3. If A = e o-e o , then find the additive inverse of A.
-9 5 7 -1
3 2 8 -1
4. Let A = c m and B = c m . Find the matrix C if C = 2A + B .
5 1 4 3

4 -2 8 2
5. If A = e o and B = e o find 6A - 3B .
5 -9 -1 -3
2 -1 10
6. Find a and b if a c m+ b c m=c m.
3 1 5
2 3 2 -2
7. Find X and Y if 2X + 3Y = c m and 3X + 2Y = e o.
4 0 -1 5
2
2x -9
8. Solve for x and y if e x2 o + 3 e o=c m.
y - y 4
3 2 1 -2 0 0
9. If A = c m, B = c m and O = c m then
5 1 2 3 0 0
verify (i) A + B = B + A (ii) A + (- A) = O = (- A) + A .
4 1 2 2 0 4 1 2 -3
10. If A = f 1 - 2 3 p, B = f 6 2 8 p and C = f 5 0 2 p, then
0 3 2 2 4 6 1 -1 1
verify that A + (B + C) = (A + B) + C .
11. An electronic company records each type of entertainment device sold at three of their
branch stores so that they can monitor their purchases of supplies. The sales in two
weeks are shown in the following spreadsheets.
T.V. DVD Videogames CD Players
Store I 30 15 12 10
Week I Store II 40 20 15 15
Store III 25 18 10 12
Store I 25 12 8 6
Week II Store II 32 10 10 12
Store III 22 15 8 10
Find the sum of the items sold out in two weeks using matrix addition.
12. The fees structure for one-day admission to a swimming pool is as follows:
Daily Admission Fees in `
Membership Children Adult
Before 2.00 p.m. 20 30
After 2.00 p.m. 30 40
Non-Membership
Before 2.00 p.m. 25 35
After 2.00 p.m. 40 50
Write the matrix that represents the additional cost for non-membership.

4.6 Multiplication of matrices
Suppose that Selvi wants to buy 3 pens and 2 pencils, while Meena needs 4 pens and
5 pencils. Each pen and pencil cost `10 and `5 respectively. How much money does each
need to spend?
Clearly, Since 3 # 10 + 2 # 5 = 40 , Selvi needs ` 40.
Since 4 # 10 + 5 # 5 = 65 , Meena needs ` 65.
We can also do this using matrix multiplication.
Let us write the above information as follows:
Requirements Price (in `) Money Needed (in `)
Selvi 3 2 10 3 # 10 + 2 # 5 40
c m c m e o=c m
Meena 4 5 5 4 # 10 + 5 # 5 65
Suppose the cost of each pen and pencil in another shop are `8 and `4
respectively. The money required by Selvi and Meena will be 3 # 8 + 2 # 4 = `32 and
4 # 8 + 5 # 4 = ` 52 . The above information can be represented as
Requirements Price (in `) Money Needed (in `)
Selvi 3 2 8 3#8+2#4 32
c m c m e o=c m
Meena 4 5 4 4 8
# + #5 4 52
Now, the above information in both the cases can be combined in matrix form as
shown below.
Requirements Price (in `) Money needed (in `)
Selvi 3 2 10 8 3 # 10 + 2 # 5 3#8+2#4 40 32
c m c m e o=c m
Meena 4 5 5 4 4 # 10 + 5 # 5 4#8+5#4 65 52
From the above example, we observe that multiplication of two matrices is possible if
the number of columns in the first matrix is equal to the number of rows in the second matrix.
Further, for getting the elements of the product matrix, we take rows of the first matrix and
columns of the second matrix, multiply them element-wise and sum it.
The following simple example illustrates how to get the elements of the product matrix
when the product is defined.
2 -1 3 -9
Let A = c m and B = c m . Then the product of AB is defined and is
3 4 5 7
given by
2 -1 3 -9
AB = c mc m
3 4 5 7
Step 1 : Multiply the numbers in the first row of A by the numbers in the first column of
B, add the products, and put the result in the first row and first column of AB.
2 -1 3 -9 2 (3) + (- 1) 5
c m c m=e o
3 4 5 7

Step 2: Follow the same procedure as in step 1, using the first row of A and second column
of B. Write the result in the first row and second column of AB.
2 -1 3 -9 2 (3) + (- 1) 5 2 (- 9) + (- 1) 7
c m c m=e o
3 4 5 7
Step 3: Follow the same procedure with the second row of A and first column of B. Write
the result in the second row and first column of AB.
2 -1 3 -9 2 (3) + (- 1) 5 2 (- 9) + (- 1) 7
c m c m=e o
3 4 5 7 3 (3) + 4 (5)
Step 4: The procedure is the same for the numbers in the second row of A and second
column of B.
2 -1 3 - 9 2 (3) + (- 1) 5 2 (- 9) + (- 1) 7
c m c m=e o
3 4 5 7 3 (3) + 4 (5) 3 (- 9) + 4 (7)
Step 5: Simplify to get the product matrix AB
2 (3) + (- 1) 5 2 (- 9) + (- 1) 7 1 - 25
e o=c m
3 (3) + 4 (5) 3 (- 9) + 4 (7) 29 1
Definition
If A = 6 aij @ and B = 6 bij @ then the product matrix AB is defined and is of

m#n n#p
order m # p .This fact is explained in the following diagram.

Am # n B
n# p
same
product matrix AB is of order m # p
Example 4.12
Determine whether each matrix product is defined or not. If the product is defined,
state the dimension of the product matrix.
(i) A2 # 5 and B5 # 4 (ii) A1 # 3 and B4 # 3
Solution
(i) Now, the number of columns in A and the number of rows in B are equal.
So, the product AB is defined.
Also, the product matrix AB is of order 2 # 4 .
(ii) Given that A is of order 1 # 3 and B is of order 4 # 3

Now, the number of columns in A and the number of rows in B are not equal.
So, the matrix product AB is not defined.

Example 4.13
3 2 x 8
Solve c m c m=c m
4 5 y 13
3 2 x 8
Solution Given that c m c m=c m
4 5 y 13
3x + 2y 8
( e o=c m
4x + 5y 13
Equating the corresponding elements, we get
3x + 2y = 8 and 4x + 5y = 13
( 3x + 2y - 8 = 0 and 4x + 5y - 13 = 0.
Solving the equations by the method of cross multiplication, we get
x y 1
2 –8 3 2
5 –13 4 5
x y 1 x = y = 1
( = = (
- 26 + 40 - 32 + 39 15 - 8 14 7 7
Thus, x = 2, y = 1
Example 4.14
a b 1 0 2
If A = c m and I2 = c m , then show that A - (a + d) A = (bc - ad) I2
c d 0 1
2
Solution Consider A = A#A
2
a b a b a + bc ab + bd
=c mc m=e 2o (1)
c d c d ac + cd bc + d
a b
Now, (a + d) A = (a + d) c m
c d
2
a + ad ab + bd
=e 2 o (2)
ac + cd ad + d
2 2
2 a + bc ab + bd a + ad ab + bd
A - (a + d) A = e 2 o-e 2 o
ac + cd bc + d ac + cd ad + d
bc - ad 0 1 0
=e o = (bc - ad) c m
0 bc - ad 0 1
2
Thus, A - (a + d) A = (bc - ad) I2
4.7 Properties of matrix multiplication

The matrix multiplication does not retain some important properties enjoyed by
multiplication of numbers. Some of such properties are (i) AB ! BA (in general) (ii) AB = 0
does not imply that either A or B is a zero-matrix and (iii) AB = AC, A is a non-zero matrix,
does not imply always that B = C.

0 0 1 2 5 6 1 0
For example, let A = cm, B = c m,C = c m and D = c m . Then,
0 1 3 4 3 4 0 0
(i) AB ! BA (ii) AD = 0, however, A and D are not zero-matrices and (iii) AB = AC,
but B ! C. Let us see some properties of matrix multiplication through examples.
(i) Matrix multiplication is not commutative in general
If A and B are two matrices and if AB and BA both are defined, it is not necessary
that AB = BA.
Example 4.15
8 -7
9 -3 2
If A = f - 2 4 p and B = e o , then find AB and BA if they exist.
6 -1 -5
0 3
Solution The matrix A is of order 3 # 2 and B is of order 2 # 3 . Thus, both the products
AB and BA are defined.
8 -7
9 -3 2
Now, AB = f - 2 4 pe o
6 -1 -5
0 3
72 - 42 - 24 + 7 16 + 35 30 - 17 51
= f - 18 + 24 6-4 - 4 - 20 p = f 6 2 - 24 p
0 + 18 0-3 0 - 15 18 - 3 - 15
Similarly,
8 -7
9 -3 2 78 - 69
BA = e o f -2 4 p = e o. (Note that AB ! BA )
6 -1 -5 50 - 61
0 3
Remarks
Product of diagonal matrices of same order is commutative.

Also, unit matrix commutes with any square matrix of same order.
(ii) Matrix multiplication is always associative

For any three matrices A, B and C, we have (AB)C = A(BC), whenever both sides of
the equality are defined.
(iii) Matrix multiplication is distributive over addition
For any three matrices A, B and C, we have (i) A (B + C) = AB + AC
(ii) (A + B) C = AC + BC , whenever both sides of equality are defined.
Example 4.16
3 2 -2 5 1 1
If A = e o, B = c m and C = e o verify that A (B + C) = AB + AC
- 1 4 6 7 -5 3
-2 5 1 1 -1 6
Solution Now, B+C =c m+e o =c m
6 7 -5 3 1 10
3 2 -1 6 - 1 38
Thus, A (B + C) = e oc m =c m (1)
-1 4 1 10 5 34

3 2 -2 5 3 2 1 1
Now, AB + AC = e oc m+e oe o
-1 4 6 7 -1 4 -5 3
- 6 + 12 15 + 14 3 - 10 3+6
=e o+e o
2 + 24 - 5 + 28 - 1 - 20 - 1 + 12
6 29 -7 9
=c m+e o
26 23 - 21 11
- 1 38
=c m (2)
5 34
From (1) and (2), we have A (B + C) = AB + AC
(iv) Existence of multiplicative identity

In ordinary algebra we have the number 1, which has the property that its product
with any number is the number itself. We now introduce an analogous concept in matrix
algebra.
For any square matrix A of order n, we have AI = IA = A , where I is the unit matrix
of order n. Hence, I is known as the identity matrix under multiplication.
Example 4.17
1 3
If A = e o , then verify AI = IA = A , where I is the unit matrix of order 2.
9 -6
Solution
1 3 1 0 1+0 0+3 1 3
Now, AI = e oc m=e o= e o=A
9 -6 0 1 9+0 0-6 9 -6
1 0 1 3 1+0 3+0 1 3
Also, IA = c me o=e o= e o=A
0 1 9 -6 0+9 0-6 9 -6
Hence AI = IA = A .
(v) Existence of multiplicative inverse
If A is a square matrix of order n, and if there exists a square matrix B of the same
order n, such that AB = BA = I, where I is the unit matrix of order n, then B is called the
-1
multiplicative inverse matrix of A and it is denoted by A
Note
2 3
(i) Some of the square matrices like c m do not have multiplicative inverses.
4 6
(ii) If B is the multiplicative inverse of A, then is the multiplicative inverse of B.
(iii) If multiplicative inverse of a square matrix exists, then it is unique.
Example 4.18
3 5 2 -5
Prove that c m and e o are multiplicative inverses to each other.
1 2 -1 3

3 5 2 -5 6-5 - 15 + 15 1 0
Solution Now, c me o=e o=c m=I
1 2 -1 3 2-2 -5 + 6 0 1
2 -5 3 5 6-5 10 - 10 1 0
Also, e oc m=e o=c m=I
-1 3 1 2 -3 + 3 -5 + 6 0 1
` The given matrices are inverses to each other under matrix multiplication.
(vi) Reversal law for transpose of matrices
T T T
If A and B are two matrices and if AB is defined , then (AB) = B A
Example 4.19
-2
T T T
If A = f 4 p and B = ^ 1 3 - 6 h , then verify that (AB) = B A
5
-2 -2 - 6 12
Solution Now, AB = f 4 p ^1 3 - 6h = f 4 12 - 24 p
5 5 15 - 30
-2 4 5
Thus, ^ ABh = f- 6
T
12 15 p (1)
12 - 24 - 30
1
Now, B A = f 3 p ^- 2 4 5 h
T T
-6
-2 4 5
= f- 6 12 15 p (2)
12 - 24 - 30
T T T
From (1) and (2), we get (AB) = B A .
Exercise 4.3
1. Determine whether the product of the matrices is defined in each case. If so, state the
order of the product.
(i) AB, where A = 6 aij @ , B = 6 bij @ (ii) PQ, where P = 6 pij @ , Q = 6 qij @
4x 3 3x 2 4x 3 4x 3
(iii) MN, where M = 6 mij @ , N = 6 nij @ (iv) RS, where R = 6 rij @ , S = 6 sij @
3x 1 1 x5 2x2 2x2
2. Find the product of the matrices, if exists,

5 3 -2 4 1
(i) ^ 2 - 1h c
m (ii) c m c m
4 5 1 2 7
4 2
2 9 -3 6
(iii) e o f- 6 7 p (iv) e o^ 2 - 7 h
4 -1 0 -3
-2 1

3. A fruit vendor sells fruits from his shop. Selling prices of Apple, Mango and Orange
are ` 20, ` 10 and ` 5 each respectively. The sales in three days are given below
Day Apples Mangoes Oranges

1 50 60 30
2 40 70 20
3 60 40 10
Write the matrix indicating the total amount collected on each day and hence find the
total amount collected from selling of all three fruits combined.
1 2 x 0 x 0
4. Find the values of x and y if c mc m=c m.
3 3 0 y 9 0
5 3 x -5
5. If A = c m , X = c m and C = e o and if AX = C , then find the values
7 5 y - 11
of x and y.
1 -1 2
6. If A = c m then show that A - 4A + 5I2 = O .
2 3
3 2 3 0
7. If A = c m and B = c m then find AB and BA. Are they equal?
4 0 3 2
0
-1 2 1
8. If A = c m, B = f 1 p and C = ^2 1h verify (AB) C = A (BC) .
1 2 3
2
5 2 2 -1 T T T
9. If A = c m and B = e o verify that (AB) = B A .
7 3 - 1 1
5 2 3 -2
10. Prove that A = c m and B = e o are inverses to each other under matrix
7 3 - 7 5
multiplication.
1 0 x
11. Solve ^ x 1h e o c m = ^ 0 h.
-2 -3 5
1 -4 -1 6 2 2 2
12. If A = e o and B = e o , then prove that (A + B) ! A + 2AB + B .
-2 3 3 -2
3 3 8 7 2 -3
13. If A = c m, B = c m and C = c m , find (A + B) C and AC + BC .
7 6 0 9 4 6
Is (A + B) C = AC + BC ?

Exercise 4.4
1. Which one of the following statements is not true?
(A) A scalar matrix is a square matrix
(B) A diagonal matrix is a square matrix
(C) A scalar matrix is a diagonal matrix
(D) A diagonal matrix is a scalar matrix.
2. Matrix A = 6 aij @ is a square matrix if
m#n
(A) m 1 n (B) m 2 n (C) m = 1 (D) m = n
3x + 7 5 1 y-2
3. If e o=e o then the values of x and y respectively are
y+1 2 - 3x 8 8
(A) –2 , 7 (B) - 1 , 7 (C) - 1 , - 2 (D) 2 , –7
3 3 3
-1
4. If A = ^ 1 - 2 3 h and B = f 2 p then A + B
-3 0
(a) ^0 0 0h (b) f 0 p
0
(c) ^ - 14 h (d) not defined
5. If a matrix is of order 2 # 3, then the number of elements in the matrix is
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 2 (d) 3
8 4 2 1
6. If c m = 4c m then the value of x is
x 8 1 2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 4
4
7. If A is of order 3 # 4 and B is of order 4 # 3 , then the order of BA is
(a) 3 # 3 (b) 4 # 4 (c) 4 # 3 (d) not defined
1 1
8. If A # c m=^1 2 h then the order of A is
0 2
(a) 2 # 1 (b) 2 # 2 (c) 1 # 2 (d) 3 # 2
9. If A and B are square matrices such that AB = I and BA = I , then B is
(A) Unit matrix (B) Null matrix
(C) Multiplicative inverse matrix of A (D) - A
1 2 x 2
10. If c m c m = c m , then the values of x and y respectively, are
2 1 y 4
(a) 2 , 0 (b) 0 , 2 (c) 0 , - 2 (d) 1 , 1

1 -2
11. If A = e o and A + B = O , then B is
-3 4
1 -2 -1 2 -1 -2 1 0
(a) e o (b) e o (c) e o (d) c m
-3 4 3 -4 -3 -4 0 1
4 -2
12. If A = e o , then A2 is
6 -3
16 4 8 -4 -4 2 4 -2
(a) c m (b) e o (c) e o (d) e o
36 9 12 - 6 -6 3 6 -3
13. A is of order m # n and B is of order p # q , addition of A and B is possible only if

(A) m = p (B) n = q (C) n = p (D) m = p, n = q
a 3 2 5
14. If c m e o = c m, then the value of a is
1 2 -1 0
(A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 11
a b
15. If A = e o is such that A2 = I , then
c -a
2 2
(A) 1 + a + bc = 0 (B) 1 - a + bc = 0
2 2
(C) 1 - a - bc = 0 (D) 1 + a - bc = 0
16. If A = 6 aij @ and aij = i + j, then A =
2#2
1 2 2 3 2 3 4 5
(A) c m (B) c m (C) c m (D) c m
3 4 3 4 4 5 6 7
-1 0 a b 1 0
17. c mc m=e o , then the values of a, b, c and d respectively are
0 1 c d 0 -1
(A) - 1, 0, 0, - 1 (B) 1, 0, 0, 1 (C) - 1, 0, 1, 0 (d) 1, 0, 0, 0
7 2 -1 0
18. If A = c m and A + B = e o then the matrix B =
1 3 2 -4
1 0 6 2 -8 - 2 8 2
(A) c m (B) e o (C) e o (D) e o
0 1 3 -1 1 -7 -1 7
2
19. If ^ 5 x 1 h f - 1 p = ^ 20 h , then the value of x is
(A) 7 3 (C) 1
(B) - 7 (D) 0
7
20. Which one of the following is true for any two square matrices A and B of same
order?.
T T T T T T T T T T
(a) (AB) = A B (b) (A B) = A B (c) (AB) T = BA (d) (AB) = B A

q A matrix is a rectangular array of numbers.
q A matrix having m rows and n columns, is of the order m # n .
q A = 6 aij @ is a row matrix if m = 1.
m#n
q A = 6 aij @ is a column matrix if n = 1.
m#n
q A = 6 aij @ is a square matrix if m = n .
m#n
q A = 6 aij @ is diagonal matrix if aij = 0 when i ! j .
n#n
q A = 6 aij @ is a scalar matrix if aij = 0 when i ! j and aij = k, when i = j .
n#n
(k is a non-zero constant ).
q A = 6 aij @ is unit matrix if aij = 1, when i = j and aij = 0, when i ! j .
q A matrix is said to be a zero matrix if all its elements are zero.
q Two matrices A and B are equal if
A and B are of same order and their corresponding entries are equal.
q Addition or subtraction of two matrices are possible only when they are of same order.
q Matrix addition is commutative
That is, A + B = B + A , if A and B are matrices of same order.
q Matrix addition is Associative
That is, (A + B) + C = A + (B + C), if A, B and C are matrices of same order.
q If A is a matrix of order m # n and B is a matrix of order n # p, then the product matrix
AB is defined and is of order m # p.
q Matrix multiplication is not commutative in general. i.e., AB ! BA .
q Matrix multiplication is associative. i.e., (AB)C = A(BC), if both sides are defined.
T T T T T T T T
q (A ) = A, (A + B) = A + B and (AB) = B A
q Matrices A and B are multiplicative inverses to each other if AB = BA = I.

q If AB = O, it is not necessary that A = O or B = O.
That is, product of two non-zero matrices may be a zero matrix.
Do you know?
The Abel Prize , which was awarded for the first time in 2003, amounts to One Million
US dollar. It is an International Prize awarded by Norwegian Academy of Science and
presented annually by the King of Norway to one or more outstanding Mathematicians.
S.R. Srinivasa Varadhan, an Indian-American Mathematician born in Chennai, was
awarded the Abel Prize in 2007 for his fundamental contributions to Probability Theory
and in particular for creating a unified theory of large deviations.

5 COORDINATE
GEOMETRY
No human investigation can be called real science if it cannot be
demonstrated mathematically - Leonardo de Vinci
5.1 Introduction
 Introduction
Coordinate geometry, also known as analytical
 Section Formula geometry is the study of geometry using a coordinate
 Area of Triangle and system and the principles of algebra and analysis. It helps
Quadrilateral us to interpret algebraic results geometrically and serves as
a bridge between algebra and geometry. A systematic study
 Straight Lines
of geometry using algebra was carried out by a French
philosopher and a mathematician Rene Descartes. The
use of coordinates was Descartes’s great contribution to
mathematics, which revolutionized the study of geometry.
He published his book “La Geometry” in 1637. In this book,
he converted a geometric problem into an algebraic equation,
simplified and then solved the equation geometrically.
French mathematician Pierre De Fermat also formulated
the coordinate geometry at the same period and made great
Pierre de Fermat contribution to this field. In 1692, a German mathematician
(1601-1665) Gottfried Wilhelm Von Leibnitz introduced the modern terms
France like abscissa and ordinate in coordinate geometry . According
Together with Rene Descartes, to Nicholas Murray Butler, “The analytical geometry of
Fermat was one of the two leading Descartes and the calculus of Newton and Leibntiz have
mathematicians of the first half of expanded into the marvelous mathematical method”.
the 17th century. He discovered the In class IX, we have studied the basic concepts of
fundamental principles of analytical the coordinate geometry namely, the coordinate axes, plane,
geometry. He discovered an original plotting of points in a plane and the distance between two
method of finding the greatest and points. In this chapter, we shall study about section formula,
the smallest ordinates of curved lines. area of a triangle, slope and equation of a straight line.
He made notable contributions
to coordinate geometry. Fermat’s
5.2 Section formula
pioneering work in analytic geometry Let us look at the following problem.
was circulated in manuscript form in Let A and B be two towns. Assume that one can reach town B
1636, predating the publication of from A by moving 60 km towards east and then 30 km towards
Descarte’s famous “La geometrie”. north . A telephone company wants to raise a relay tower at

P which divides the line joining A and B in the ratio 1 : 2 internally. Now, it wants to find the
position of P where the relay tower is to be set up.
Choose the point A as the origin. Let P^ x, yh be y
the point. Draw the perpendiculars from P and B to the

,30)
x-axis, meeting it in C and D respectively. Also draw a B(60
perpendicular from P to BD, intersecting at E.
30 km
,y)
P(x 60–x
Since T PAC and TBPE are similar, we have E
y y
x 60–x
AC = PC = AP = 1 A C D x
PE BE PB 2 60 km
AC = 1 Fig. 5.1
Now
PE 2
( x = 1 PC = 1
Also,
60 - x 2 BE 2
y
2x = 60 - x ( = 1
30 - y 2
Thus, x = 20. Thus, 2y = 30 - y ( y = 10.
` The position of the relay tower is at P^20, 10h .

Taking the above problem as a model, we shall derive the general section formula.
Let A (x1, y1) and B^ x2, y2h be two distinct points such that a point P^ x, yh divides AB
internally in the ratio l : m . That is, AP = l B(x2,y2)
PB m y
From the Fig. 5.2, we get
AF = CD = OD - OC = x - x1 x ,y
)
P(
PG = DE = OE - OD = x2 - x G
y1 )
x1 ,
Also, PF = PD - FD = y - y1
A(
F
BG = BE - GE = y2 - y
x
O C D E
Now, T AFP and TPGB are similar.
Fig. 5.2
Thus, AF = PF = AP = l
PG BG PB m
` AF = l and PF = l
PG m BG m
x - x1 y - y1
( = l ( = l
x2 - x m y2 - y m
( mx - mx1 = lx2 - lx ( my - my1 = ly2 - ly
lx + mx = lx2 + mx1 ly + my = ly2 + my1
lx2 + mx1 ly2 + my1
( x = ( y =
l+m l+m

Thus, the point P which divides the line segment joining the two points
A^ x1 , y1h and B^ x2 , y2h internally in the ratio l : m is
lx2 + mx1 ly2 + my1
Pc , m
l+m l+m
This formula is known as section formula.
It is clear that the section formula can be used only when the related three points are collinear.
Results
(i) If P divides a line segment AB joining the two points A^ x1 , y1h and B^ x2 , y2h externally
in the ratio l : m , then the point P is c lx2 - mx1 , ly2 - my1 m . In this case l is negative.
l-m l-m m
(ii) Midpoint of AB
If M is the midpoint of AB, then M divides the line segment AB internally in the ratio 1:1.
By substituting l = 1 and m = 1 in the section formula, we obtain
x + x1 y2 + y1
the midpoint of AB as M c 2 , m.
2 2
The midpoint of the line segment joining the points
x + x2 y1 + y2
A^ x1, y1h and B^ x2 , y2 h is c 1 , m.
2 2
(iii) Centroid of a triangle

Consider a TABC whose vertices are A^ x1, y1h , B^ x2, y2h and C^ x3, y3h . Let AD,
BE and CF be the medians of the TABC . A
We know that the medians of a triangle are concurrent and

the point of concurrency is the centroid.
2
Let G(x , y) be the centroid of TABC . F E
x2 + x3 y2 + y3 G
Now the midpoint of BC is D c , m
2 2 1
By the property of triangle, the centroid G divides the B D C
median AD internally in the ratio 2 : 1 Fig. 5.3
` By section formula, the centroid

^ x + x3h ^ y + y3h
f 2 2 + 1^ x1h 2 2 + 1^ y1h p
G(x , y) = G 2 , 2
2+1 2+1
x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3
= G c , m
3 3

The centroid of the triangle whose vertices are
x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3
^ x1 , y1h , ^ x2 , y2h and ^ x3 , y3h , is c 3
,
3
m.
Example 5.1
Find the midpoint of the line segment joining the points ^3, 0h and ^- 1 , 4h .
Solution Midpoint M(x , y) of the line segment joining the points ^ x1, y1h and ^ x2, y2h is
x + x2 y1 + y2
M(x , y) = M c 1 , m
2 2
A(3, 0) M(x,
P (x, y)
y) B(–1,4)
` Midpoint of the line segment joining the
Fig. 5.4
points ^3, 0h and ^- 1 , 4h is
M(x , y ) = M` 3 - 1 , 0 + 4 j = M^1, 2h .
2 2
Example 5.2
Find the point which divides the line segment joining the points (3 , 5) and (8 , 10)
internally in the ratio 2 : 3.
Solution Let A^3 , 5h and B^8 , 10h be the given points.
2l 3m
Let the point P(x,y) divide the line AB
A(3, 5) P (x, y) B(8,10)
internally in the ratio 2 :3.
Fig. 5.5
lx + mx1 ly2 + my1
By section formula, P(x , y) = P c 2 , m
l+m l+m
Here x1 = 3, y1 = 5, x2 = 8 , y2 = 10 and l = 2, m = 3
2^8 h + 3^3 h 2^10h + 3^5h
` P(x , y) = P c , m = P(5 , 7)
2+3 2+3
Example 5.3
In what ratio does the point P(- 2 , 3) divide the line segment joining the points
A(- 3, 5) and B ( 4, - 9) internally?
Solution Given points are A^- 3 , 5h and B^4 , - 9h .

Let P (- 2 , 3) divide AB internally in the ratio l : m
l m
By the section formula, B(4,-9)
A(-3,5) P (-2,3)
lx2 + mx1 ly2 + my1 Fig. 5.6
Pc , m = P(- 2, 3) (1)
l+m l+m
Here x1 =- 3, y1 = 5, x2 = 4, y2 =- 9 .

l^4h + m^- 3h l^- 9h + m^5h
(1) ( c , m = (- 2, 3)
l+m l+m
Equating the x-coordinates, we get
4l - 3m = - 2
l+m
( 6l = m
l = 1
m 6
i.e., l : m = 1 : 6
Hence P divides AB internally in the ratio 1 : 6
Note
(i) In the above example, one may get the ratio by equating y-coordinates also.
(ii) The ratios obtained by equating x-coordinates and by equating y-coordinates are
same only when the three points are collinear.
(ii) If a point divides the line segment internally in the ratio l : m, then l is positive.
m
(iii) If a point divides the line segment externally in the ratio l : m, then l is
m
negative.
Example 5.4
Find the points of trisection of the line segment joining ^4, - 1h and ^- 2, - 3h .
Solution Let A(4,- 1) and B(- 2,- 3) be the given points.
Let P(x,y) and Q(a,b) be the points of

A(4, –1)
A(4,-1) P Q B(-2,-3)
trisection of AB so that AP = PQ = QB Fig. 5.7
Hence P divides AB internally in the 1 2

ratio 1 : 2 and Q divides AB internally A(4,
A –1) P B(-2,-3)
in the ratio 2 : 1 Fig. 5.8
` By the section formula, the required points are

2 1
1^- 2h + 2^4h 1^- 3h + 2^- 1h
Pc , m and A(4, –1)
A(4,-1) Q B(-2,-3)
1+2 1+2 Fig. 5.9
2^- 2h + 1^4h 2^- 3h + 1^- 1h

Qc , m
2+1 2+1
( P (x, y) = P` - 2 + 8 , - 3 - 2 j and Q (a, b) = Q` - 4 + 4 , - 6 - 1 j

3 3 3 3
5
= P`2 , - j 7
= Q`0, - j .
3 3
Note that Q is the midpoint of PB and P is the midpoint of AQ.

Example 5.5
Find the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are A(4, - 6), B(3,- 2) and C(5, 2).
Solution The centroid G(x , y) of a triangle whose vertices are
^ x1, y1h , ^ x2, y2h and ^ x3, y3h is given by A(4,-6)

x1 + x2 + x3 y1 + y2 + y3
G(x , y) = G c , m.
3 3
We have (x1 , y1) = (4, - 6) , (x2 , y2) = (3, - 2), (x3, y3) = (5 , 2)
F E
` The centroid of the triangle whose vertices are
G
^4, - 6h, ^3 , - 2h and (5, 2) is
G(x , y) = G` 4 + 3 + 5 , - 6 - 2 + 2 j
3 3 B(3,-2) D C(5,2)
= G^4, - 2h . Fig. 5.10
Example 5.6
If ^7, 3h,^6, 1h, ^8, 2h and ^ p, 4h are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order, then
find the value of p.
Solution Let the vertices of the parallelogram be A^7, 3h , B^6, 1h , C^8, 2h and D^ p, 4h .
We know that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
` The midpoints of the diagonal AC D(p,4)
D(P,4) C(8,2)
and the diagonal BD coincide.
6+p 1+4
Hence ` 7 + 8 , 3 + 2 j = c , m
2 2 2 2
6+p 5
( c , m = ` 15 , 5 j A(7,3) B(6,1)
2 2 2 2 Fig. 5.11
Equating the x-coordinates, we get,
6+p
= 15
2 2
` p = 9
Example 5.7
If C is the midpoint of the line segment joining A(4 , 0) and B(0 , 6) and if O is the
origin, then show that C is equidistant from all the vertices of 3 OAB.
Solution The midpoint of AB is C` 4 + 0 , 0 + 6 j = C^2, 3h
2 2
We know that the distance between P (x1, y1) and Q (x2, y2) is (x1 - x2) + (y1 - y2) .
2 2
Distance between O^0, 0h and C ^2, 3h is

OC = ^2 - 0h2 + ^3 - 0h2 = 13 .

Distance between A^4, 0h and C^2, 3h ,
y
B (0,6)
AC = ^2 - 4h2 + ^3 - 0h2 = 4 + 9 = 13
C
Distance between B ^0, 6h and C^2, 3h ,
BC = ^2 - 0h2 + ^3 - 6h2 = 4 + 9 = 13 x
O A(4,0)
` OC = AC = BC Fig. 5.12
` The point C is equidistant from all the vertices of the 3 O A B .

Note
The midpoint C of the hypotenuse, is the circumcentre of the right angle 3OAB.
Exercise 5.1
1. Find the midpoint of the line segment joining the points
(i) ^1, - 1h and ^- 5, 3h (ii) ^0, 0h and ^0, 4h
2. Find the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are
(i) ^1, 3h,^2, 7h and ^12 , - 16h (ii) ^3, - 5h,^- 7, 4h and ^10, - 2h
3. The centre of a circle is at (- 6, 4). If one end of a diameter of the circle is at the origin,
then find the other end.
4. If the centroid of a triangle is at (1, 3) and two of its vertices are (- 7, 6) and (8, 5) then
find the third vertex of the triangle .
5. Using the section formula, show that the points A(1,0), B(5,3), C(2,7) and
D(- 2, 4) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order.
6. Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line segment joining (3, 4) and
(–6, 2) in the ratio 3 : 2 externally.
7. Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line segment joining (- 3, 5) and
(4, - 9) in the ratio 1 : 6 internally.
8. Let A (- 6,- 5) and B (- 6, 4) be two points such that a point P on the line AB satisfies
AP = 2 AB. Find the point P.
9
9. Find the points of trisection of the line segment joining the points A(2, - 2) and
B(- 7, 4).
10. Find the points which divide the line segment joining A(- 4 ,0) and B (0,6) into four
equal parts.
11. Find the ratio in which the x-axis divides the line segment joining the points (6, 4) and (1,- 7).
12. In what ratio is the line joining the points (- 5, 1) and (2 , 3) divided by the y-axis?
Also, find the point of intersection .
13. Find the length of the medians of the triangle whose vertices are (1, - 1) , (0, 4)
and (- 5, 3).

5.3 Area of a triangle
We have already learnt how to calculate the area of a triangle, when some measurements
of the triangle are given. Now, if the coordinates of the vertices of a triangle are given, can we
find its area ?
Let ABC be a triangle whose vertices are A^ x1, y1h, B^ x2, y2h, and C^ x3, y3h .
Draw the lines AD, BE and CF perpendicular to x-axis. y
A(x1,y1)
C(x3,y3)
From the figure, ED = x1 - x2 , DF = x3 - x1 and
EF = x3 - x2 .
Area of the triangle ABC y2 y1 y3
x2
= Area of the trapezium ABED O x
E D F
+ Area of the trapezium ADFC x1
- Area of the trapezium BEFC x 3
Fig. 5.13
= 1 ^ BE + ADh ED + 1 ^ AD + CF h DF - 1 ^ BE + CF h EF
2 2 2
= 1 ^ y2 + y1h^ x1 - x2h + 1 ^ y1 + y3h^ x3 - x1h - 1 ^ y2 + y3h^ x3 - x2h
2 2 2
= 1 " x1 y2 - x2 y2 + x1y1 - x2 y1 + x3 y1 - x1 y1 + x3 y3 - x1 y3 - x3 y2 + x2 y2 - x3 y3 + x2 y3}
2
` Area of the TABC is 1 " x1 ^ y2 - y3h + x2 ^ y3 - y1h + x3 ^ y1 - y2h, .sq.units.
2
If A^ x1, y1h , B^ x2, y2h, and C^ x3, y3h are the vertices of a TABC ,
then the area of the TABC is 1 " x1 ^ y2 - y3h + x2 ^ y3 - y1h + x3 ^ y1 - y2h, .sq.units.
2
Note
The area of the triangle can also be written as
1 x y - x y + x y - x y + x y - x y sq.units.
2" 1 2 1 3 2 3 2 1 3 1 3 2,
(or) 1 $(x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1) - ^ x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3h. sq.units

2
The following pictorial representation helps us to write the above formula very easily.
Take the vertices A^ x1 , y1h , B^ x2, y2 h and C^ x3, y3h of TABC in counter clockwise
direction and write them column-wise as shown below.
x x2 x3 x1
1 ) 1
2 y1 y2 y3 y1 3
Add the diagonal products x1 y2, x2 y3 and x3 y1 as shown in the dark arrows.

Also add the products x2 y1, x3 y2 and x1 y3 as shown in the dotted arrows and then subtract
the latter from the former to get the expression 1 $(x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1) - ^ x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3h.
2
Note
To find the area of a triangle, the following steps may be useful.

(i) Plot the points in a rough diagram.
(ii) Take the vertices in counter clock-wise direction. Otherwise the formula gives a
negative value.
(iii) Use the formula, area of the TABC = 1 $(x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1) - ^ x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3h.
2
5.4 Collinearity of three points

Three or more points in a plane are said to be collinear, if they lie on the same straight line.
In other words, three points A^ x1, y1h, B^ x2, y2h and C^ x3 , y3h are collinear if any one of
these points lies on the straight line joining the other two points.
Suppose that the three points A^ x1, y1h, B^ x2, y2h and C^ x3, y3h are collinear. Then they
cannot form a triangle. Hence the area of the 3ABC is zero.
i.e., 1 "^ x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1h - ^ x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3h, = 0
2
( x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1 = x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3
One can prove that the converse is also true.
Hence the area of 3 ABC is zero if and only if the points A, B and C are collinear.
5.5 Area of the Quadrilateral

Let A^ x1, y1h , B^ x2 , y2h, C^ x3, y3h and D^ x4 , y4h be the vertices of a quadrilateral ABCD.
Now the area of the quadrilateral ABCD = area of the TABD +area of the TBCD
= 1 "^ x1 y2 + x2 y4 + x4 y1h - ^ x2 y1 + x4 y2 + x1 y4h,
2
+ 1 "(x2 y3 + x3 y4 + x4 y2) - ^ x3 y2 + x4 y3 + x2 y4h,
2
` Area of the quadrilateral ABCD y
A(x1,y1)
= 1 "^ x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y4 + x4 y1h - ^ x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x4 y3 + x1 y4h,
2
or
1 x - x y - y - x - x y - y sq.units
2 "^ 1 3h^ 2 4h ^ 2 4h^ 1 3h, C(x3,y3)
The following pictorial representation helps us to

x
O L M N P
write the above formula very easily.
Fig. 5.14

Take the vertices A^ x1 , y1h , B^ x2, y2 h, C^ x3, y3h and D^ x4 , y4h in counter clockwise
direction and write them column-wise as shown below. Follow the same technique as we did
in the case of finding the area of a triangle.
1 ) x1 x2 x3 x4 x1
.
2 y1 y2 y3 y4 y1 3
This helps us to get the required expression
1 x y +x y +x y +x y - x y +x y +x y +x y .
2 "^ 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 1h ^ 2 1 3 2 4 3 1 4h,
y
Example 5.8
B(–3, 4)
Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are
(1, 2), (- 3 , 4), and (- 5 ,- 6). A(1, 2)
x
Solution Plot the points in a rough diagram and take them O
in order.
Let the vertices be A(1 , 2), B(- 3 , 4) and C (–5, –6).
Now the area of 3 ABC is C(–5, –6)
Fig. 5.15
= 1 $(x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1) - ^ x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3h.
2
1 -3 -5 1
= 1 "^4 + 18 - 10h - ^- 6 - 20 - 6h, use : 1 ) 3
2 2 2 4 -6 2
1
= "12 + 32 , = 22. sq. units
2
Example 5.9
If the area of the TABC is 68 sq.units and the vertices are A(6 ,7), B(- 4 , 1) and
C(a , –9) taken in order, then find the value of a.
Solution Area of 3 ABC is
6 -4 a 6
1 "^6 + 36 + 7ah - ^- 28 + a - 54h, = 68 use : 1 ) 3
2 2 7 1 -9 7
( ^42 + 7ah - â - 82h = 136
( 6a = 12 ` a=2
Example 5.10
Show that the points A(2 , 3), B(4 , 0) and C(6, - 3) are collinear.
Solution Area of the DABC is
2 4 6 2
= 1 "^0 - 12 + 18h - ^12 + 0 - 6h, use : 1 ) 3
2 2 3 0 -3 3
1
= "6 - 6 , = 0.
2
` The given points are collinear.

Example 5.11
If P^ x , yh is any point on the line segment joining the points â , 0h and ^0, bh , then ,
y
prove that x + = 1 , where a, b ! 0 .
a b
Solution Now the points ^ x , yh , â , 0h and ^0, bh are collinear.
` The area of the triangle formed by them is zero.

a 0 x a
( ab – bx – ay = 0 use: 1 ' 1
2 0 b y 0
` bx + ay = ab
Dividing by ab on both sides, we get,
x + y = 1, where a, b ! 0
a b
Example 5.12
Find the area of the quadrilateral formed by the points (- 4, - 2), (- 3, - 5), (3, - 2)
and (2 , 3). y
D(2, 3)
Solution Let us plot the points roughly and take the vertices
in counter clock-wise direction.
x
Let the vertices be –2
) O
,
–4
A(- 4, - 2), B(- 3, - 5), C(3, - 2) and D(2, 3). A( C(3, –2)
Area of the quadrilateral ABCD Fig. 5.16

B(–3, –5)
= 1 "^20 + 6 + 9 - 4h - ^6 - 15 - 4 - 12h,
2
1 )- 4 -3 3 2 -4
3
= 1 "31 + 25 , = 28 sq.units. 2 -2 -5 - 2 3 -2
2
Exercise 5.2
1. Find the area of the triangle formed by the points
(i) (0, 0), (3, 0) and (0, 2) (ii) (5, 2), (3, -5) and (-5, -1)
(iii) (-4, -5), (4, 5) and (-1, -6)
2. Vertices of the triangles taken in order and their areas are given below. In each of the
following find the value of a.
Vertices Area (in sq. units)
(i) (0 , 0) , (4, a), (6, 4) 17
(ii) (a, a), (4, 5), (6,-1) 9
(iii) (a, -3), (3, a), (-1,5) 12

3. Determine if the following set of points are collinear or not.
(i) (4, 3), (1, 2) and (-2, 1) (ii) (-2, -2), (-6, -2) and (-2, 2)
3
(iii) `- , 3j ,(6, -2) and (-3, 4)
2
4. In each of the following, find the value of k for which the given points are collinear.
(i) (k, -1), (2, 1) and (4, 5) (ii) ^2, - 5h, ^3, - 4 h and ^9, kh
(iii) ^k, kh, ^2, 3h and ^4, - 1h
5. Find the area of the quadrilateral whose vertices are
(i) ^6, 9h, ^7, 4h, ^4, 2h and ^3, 7h (ii) ^- 3, 4h, ^- 5, - 6h, ^4, - 1h and ^1, 2h
(iii) ^- 4, 5h, ^0, 7h, ^5, - 5h and ^- 4, - 2h
6. If the three points ^h, 0h, (a, b) and ^0, kh lie on a straight line, then using the area of
the triangle formula, show that a + b = 1, where h , k ! 0 .
h k
7. Find the area of the triangle formed by joining the midpoints of the sides of a triangle
whose vertices are ^0, - 1h, ^2, 1h and ^0, 3h . Find the ratio of this area to the area of
the given triangle.
5.6 Straight Lines

y
5.6.1 Angle of Inclination l
Let a straight line l intersect the x-axis at A. The angle between the
positive x-axis and the line l, measured in counter clockwise direction is
A i
called the angle of inclination of the straight line l . O
x
Fig. 5.17
Remarks
If i is the angle of inclination of a straight line l , then

(i) 0c # i # 180c
(ii) For horizontal lines, i = 0c or 180c and for vertical lines, i = 90%
(iii) If a straight line initially lies along the x-axis and starts rotating about a fixed point
A on the x-axis in the counter clockwise direction and finally coincides with the
x-axis, then the angle of inclination of the straight line in the initial position is 0c
and that of the line in the final position is 180c.
5.6.2 Slope of a straight line

Definition
If i is the angle of inclination of a non-vertical straight line l, then tani is called the
Slope or Gradient of the line and is denoted by m.
% %
` The slope of the straight line, m = tani for 0 # i # 180 , i ! 90c

Remarks
(i) Thus, the slope of x-axis or straight lines parallel to x-axis is zero.
(ii) The slope of y-axis or a straight line parallel to y-axis is not defined because
tan 900 is not defined. Therefore, whenever we talk about the slope of a straight
line, we mean that of a non-vertical straight line.
(iii) If i is acute, then the slope is positive, whereas if i is obtuse then the slope is
negative.
5.6.3 Slope of a straight line when any two points on the line are given
Let A^ x1, y1 h and B^ x2, y2h be any two points on the straight line l whose angle of
% %
inclination is i . Here, 0 # i # 180 , i ! 90c
Let the straight line AB intersect the x-axis at C.
Now, the slope of the line l is m = tan i (1)

Draw AD and BE perpendicular to x-axis and draw the perpendicular AF line from
A to BE. Y
l
From the figure, we have
)
AF = DE = OE - OD = x2 - x1 (
,y 2
x2
B
y 1)
and BF = BE - EF = BE - AD = y2 - y1 ( x 1, i
y2
A
Also, we observe that DCA = FAB = i y F

i 1
X
O C D E
In the right angled TABF , we have x1
x2 Fig. 5.18
y - y1
tan i = BF = 2 if x1 ! x2 (2)
AF x2 - x1
y2 - y1
From (1) and (2), we get the slope, m =
x2 - x1
The slope of the straight line joining the points ^ x1, y1h and ^ x2, y2h is
y - y1 y - y2
m= 2 = 1 where x1 ! x2 as i ! 90c.
x2 - x1 x1 - x2
Note
The slope of the straight line joining the points ^ x1, y1 h and ^ x2, y2h is also interpreted as
y - y1 change in y coordinates
m= 2 = .
x2 - x1 change in x coordinates

5.6.4 Condition for parallel lines in terms of their slopes
Consider parallel lines l1 and l2 whose angles of inclination are i1 and i2 and slopes
are m1 and m2 respectively.
y
Since l1 and l2 are parallel, the angles of inclinations l1 l2
i1 and i2 are equal.
` tan i1 = tan i2 ( m1 = m2
` If two non-vertical straight lines are parallel, then
i1 i2
their slopes are equal. x
O
The converse is also true. i.e., if the slopes of two lines are Fig. 5.19
equal, then the straight lines are parallel.
5.6.5 Condition for perpendicular lines in terms of their slopes
Let l1 and l2 be two perpendicular straight lines passing through the points A^ x1, y1h
and B^ x2, y2h respectively.
Y
Y
l2
Let m1 and m2 be their slopes. l1
Let C^ x3, y3h be their point of intersection. B(x2, y2)
A(x1, y1)
y - y1
The slope of the straight line l1 is m1 = 3
x3 - x1 C(x3, y3)
y3 - y2
The slope of the straight line l2 is m2 =
x3 - x2
O
O X
X
In the right angled 3 ABC, we have Fig. 5.20
2 2 2
AB = AC + BC
( ^ x2 - x1h2 + ^ y2 - y1h2 = ^ x3 - x1h2 + ^ y3 - y1h2 + ^ x3 - x2h2 + ^ y3 - y2h2
( ^ x2 - x3 + x3 - x1h2 + ^ y2 - y3 + y3 - y1h2
= ^ x3 - x1h2 + ^ y3 - y1h2 + ^ x3 - x2h2 + ^ y3 - y2h2
2 2 2 2
( ` x2 - x3) + (x3 - x1j + 2^ x2 - x3) (x3 - x1h + (y2 - y3) + (y3 - y1) + 2 (y2 - y3) (y3 - y1)
= ^ x3 - x1h2 + ^ y3 - y1h2 + ^ x3 - x2h2 + ^ y3 - y2h2
( 2^ x2 - x3) (x3 - x1h + 2 (y2 - y3) (y3 - y1) = 0
( ^ y2 - y3h^ y3 - y1h = - ^ x2 - x3h^ x3 - x1h
y - y1 y3 - y2
e 3 oe o =- 1 .
x3 - x1 x3 - x2

( m1 m2 =- 1 or m1 =- 1
m2
If two non-vertical straight lines with slopes m1 and m2 , are perpendicular, then
m1m2 = –1.
On the other hand, if m1m2 = –1, then the two straight lines are perpendicular.

Note
The straight lines x-axis and y-axis are perpendicular to each other. But, the condition
m1 m2 =- 1 is not true because the slope of the x-axis is zero and the slope of the y-axis
is not defined.
Example 5.13
Find the angle of inclination of the straight line whose slope is 1 .
3
Solution If i is the angle of inclination of the line, then the slope of the line is
m = tan i where 0c # i # 180c , i ! 90c.
` tan i = 1 ( i = 30c
3
Example 5.14
Find the slope of the straight line whose angle of inclination is 45c.
Solution If i is the angle of inclination of the line, then the slope of the line is m = tan i
Given that m = tan 45c ( m = 1.
Example 5.15
Find the slope of the straight line passing through the points ^3, - 2h and ^- 1, 4h .
Solution Slope of the straight line passing through the points ^ x1 , y1h and ^ x2 , y2h is given by
y - y1
m= 2
x2 - x1
Slope of the straight line passing through the points (3 , -2) and (-1 , 4) is
m= 4+2 = -3 .
-1 - 3 2
Example 5.16
Using the concept of slope, show that the points A(5, - 2), B(4, - 1) and C(1, 2) are
collinear.
y - y1
Solution Slope of the line joining the points ^ x1, y1h and ^ x2, y2h is given by m = 2
x2 - x1
Slope of the line AB joining the points A^5, - 2h and B^4 - 1h is m1 = - 1 + 2 = – 1
4-5
Slope of the line BC joining the points B(4,–1) and C(1, 2) is m2 = 2 + 1 = – 1
1-4
Thus, slope of AB = slope of BC.
Also, B is the common point.
Hence, the points A , B and C are collinear.

Example 5.17
Using the concept of slope, show that the points (- 2 , - 1), (4 , 0), (3 , 3)
and (- 3 , 2) taken in order form a parallelogram.
Solution Let A(- 2 , - 1), B(4 , 0), C(3 , 3) and D(- 3 , 2) be the given points taken in
order.
Y
Now the slope of AB = 0 + 1 = 1
C(3, 3)
4+2 6
)
D(–3, 2
Slope of CD = 2 - 3 = 1
-3 - 3 6
` Slope of AB = slope of CD
X
O
Hence, AB is parallel to CD. (1) B(4, 0)
A(–2, –1) Fig. 5.21
Now the slope of BC = 3 - 0 = - 3
3-4
Slope of AD = 2 + 1 =- 3
-3 + 2
` Slope of BC = slope of AD
Hence, BC is parallel to AD. (2)

From (1) and (2), we see that opposite sides of quadrilateral ABCD are parallel
` ABCD is a parallelogram.
Example 5.18
The vertices of a 3 ABC are A(1 , 2), B(-4 , 5) and C(0 , 1). Find the slopes of the
altitudes of the triangle.
Solution Let AD, BE and CF be the altitudes of a 3 ABC. A(1, 2)

E
slope of BC = 1 - 5 = - 1 F
0+4
Since the altitude AD is perpendicular to BC,
B(–4, 5) D C(0, 1)
Fig. 5.22
slope of AD = 1 a m1 m2 = - 1
slope of AC = 1 - 2 = 1
0-1
Thus, slope of BE = - 1 a BE = AC
Also, slope of AB = 5 - 2 =- 3
-4 - 1 5
` slope of CF = 5 a CF = AB
3

Exercise 5.3
1. Find the angle of inclination of the straight line whose slope is
(i) 1 (ii) 3 (iii) 0
2. Find the slope of the straight line whose angle of inclination is
(i) 30c (ii) 60c (iii) 90c
3. Find the slope of the straight line passing through the points
(i) (3 , - 2) and (7 , 2) (ii) (2 , - 4) and origin
(iii) ^1 + 3 , 2h and ^3 + 3 , 4h
4. Find the angle of inclination of the line passing through the points
(i) ^1 , 2h and ^2 , 3h (ii) ^3 , 3 h and ^0 , 0h
(iii) (a , b) and (- a , - b)
5. Find the slope of the line which passes through the origin and the midpoint of
the line segment joining the points ^0 , - 4h and (8 , 0).
6. The side AB of a square ABCD is parallel to x-axis . Find the
(i) slope of AB (ii) slope of BC (iii) slope of the diagonal AC
7. The side BC of an equilateral 3 ABC is parallel to x-axis. Find the slope of AB and
the slope of BC.
8. Using the concept of slope, show that each of the following set of points are collinear.
(i) (2 , 3), (3 , - 1) and (4 , - 5)
(ii) (4 , 1), (- 2 , - 3) and (- 5 , - 5) (iii) (4 , 4), (- 2 , 6) and (1 , 5)
9. If the points (a, 1), (1, 2) and (0, b+1) are collinear, then show that 1 + 1 = 1.
a b
10. The line joining the points A(- 2 , 3) and B(a , 5) is parallel to the line joining
the points C(0 , 5) and D(- 2 , 1). Find the value of a.
11. The line joining the points A(0, 5) and B(4, 2) is perpendicular to the line joining
the points C(- 1, - 2) and D(5, b). Find the value of b.
12. The vertices of 3 ABC are A(1, 8), B(- 2, 4), C(8, - 5). If M and N are the midpoints
of AB and AC respectively, find the slope of MN and hence verify that MN is
parallel to BC.
13. A triangle has vertices at (6 , 7), (2 , - 9) and (- 4 , 1). Find the slopes of its
medians.
14. The vertices of a 3 ABC are A(- 5 , 7), B(- 4 , - 5) and C(4 , 5). Find the slopes
of the altitudes of the triangle.
15. Using the concept of slope, show that the vertices (1 , 2), (- 2 , 2), (- 4 , - 3)
and (- 1, - 3) taken in order form a parallelogram.
16. Show that the opposite sides of a quadrilateral with vertices A(- 2 ,- 4),
B(5 , - 1), C(6 , 4) and D(- 1, 1) taken in order are parallel.
5.6.6 Equation of a straight line

Let L be a straight line in the plane. A first degree equation px + qy + r = 0 in the
variables x and y is satisfied by the x-coordinate and y-coordinate of any point on the line L
and any values of x and y that satisfy this equation will be the coordinates of a point on the
line L. Hence this equation is called the equation of the straight line L. We want to describe
this line L algebraically. That is, we want to describe L by an algebraic equation. Now L is in
any one of the following forms:
(i) horizontal line (ii) vertical line (iii) neither vertical nor horizontal
(i) Horizontal line: Let L be a horizontal line.

Then either L is x-axis or L is a horizontal line other than x-axis.
Case (a) If L is x – axis, then a point (x, y) lies on L

if and only if y = 0 and x can be any real number.
Thus, y = 0 describes x – axis.
` The equation of x-axis is y = 0
y
Case (b) L is a horizontal line other than x-axis. y=k
Ll
That is, L is parallel to x-axis.
k
Now, a point (x, y) lies on L if and only if the y=0
O x
y-coordinate must remain a constant and x
k
can be any real number. y = –k Ll
` The equation of a straight line parallel to
Fig. 5.23
x-axis is y = k, where k is a constant.
Note that if k > 0, then L lies above x-axis and if k < 0, then L lies below x- axis.
If k = 0, then L is nothing but the x-axis.
(ii) Vertical line: Let L be a vertical line.

Then either L is y-axis or L is a vertical line other than y-axis.

Case (a) If L is y-axis, then a point (x, y) in the plane lies on L if and only if x = 0 and y can
be any real number.
Thus x = 0 describes y – axis.
` The equation of y-axis is x = 0
Ll y Ll
Case (b) If L is a vertical line other than y-axis, then it is parallel c
x = –c
to y-axis.
x=c
x=0
c
Now a point (x, y) lies on L if and only if
x-coordinate must remain constant and y can be x
O
any real number.
Fig. 5.24
` The equation of a straight line parallel to y-axis is x = c,
where c is a constant.
Note that if c > 0, then L lies to the right y-axis and
if c < 0, then L lies to the left of y-axis.
If c = 0, then L is nothing but the y-axis.
(iii) Neither vertical nor horizontal: Let L be neither vertical nor horizontal.
In this case how do we describe L by an equation? Let i denote the angle of inclination.
Observe that if we know this i and a point on L, then we can easily describe L.
Slope m of a non-vertical line L can be calculated using

(i) m = tan i if we know the angle of inclination i .
y - y1
(ii) m = 2 if we know two distinct points ^ x1 , y1h , ^ x2 , y2h on L.
x2 - x1
(iii) m = 0 if and only if L is horizontal.
Now consider the case where L is not a vertical line and derive the equation of a straight line in
the following forms: (a) Slope-Point form (b) Two-Points form y
(c) Slope-Intercept form (d) Intercepts form Ll
(a) Slope-Point form P(x, y)
Q(x1, y1)
Let m be the slope of L and Q^ x1 , y1h be a point on L.
Let P^ x , yh be an arbitrary point on L other than Q. Then, we have
y - y1 x
O Fig. 5.25
m= + m^ x - x1h = y - y1
x - x1
Thus, the equation of a straight line with slope m and passing through ^ x1 , y1h is
y - y1 = m^ x - x1h for all points ^ x , yh on L. (1)

Remarks
(i) Now the first degree equation (1) in the variables x and y is satisfied by the
x-coordinate and y-coordinate of any point on the line L. Any value of x and y that
satisfies this equation will be the coordinates of a point on the line L. Hence the
equation (1) is called the equation of the straight line L.
(ii) The equation (1) says that the change in y-coordinates of the points on L is directly
proportional to the change in x-coordinates. The proportionality constant m is the
slope.
(b) Two-Points form

y
Suppose that two distinct points L
^ x1 , y1h , ^ x2 , y2h are given on a A(x1, y1)
non-vertical line L. P(x,y)
To find the equation of L, we find the slope
of L first and then use (1) . O
x
B(x2, y2) Fig. 5.26
The slope of L is
y - y1
m = 2 , where x2 ! x1 as L is non-vertical.
x2 - x1
Now, the formula (1) gives
y - y1
y - y1 = e 2 o x - x1h
x2 - x1 ^
y - y1 x - x1 x - x1 y - y1
( = ( = for all points ^ x , yh on L (2)
y2 - y1 x2 - x1 x2 - x1 y2 - y1
Note
To get the equation of L, we can also use the point ^ x2 , y2h instead of ^ x1 , y1h .
y
(c) Slope-Intercept form
L
Suppose that m is the slope of L and c is the
y-intercept of L.
(o,c)
Since c is the y-intercept, the point ^0 , ch
lies on L. Now using (1) with c
^ x1 , y1h = ^0 , ch we obtain, y - c = m^ x - 0h O
x
Fig. 5.27
( y = mx + c for all points ^ x , yh on L. (3)
Thus, y = mx + c is the equation of straight line in the Slope-Intercept form.

(d) Intercepts form
y
Suppose that the straight line L makes non-zero intercepts
a and b on the x-axis and on the y-axis respectively. B(0, b)
` The straight line cuts the x-axis at A(a, 0) and the y-axis
b
at B(0, b)
a A(a, 0)
The slope of AB is m =- b . O
x
a
Now (1) gives, y – 0 = - b (x - a) Fig. 5.28
a
( ay = - bx + ab
bx + ay = ab
y
Divide by ab to get x + = 1
a b
` Equation of a straight line having x-intercept a and y-intercept b is
x + y = 1 for all points ^ x , yh on L (4)
a b
Note
(i) If the line L with slope m , makes x-intercept d , then the equation of the line is
y = m^ x - d h .
(ii) The straight line y = mx passes through the origin.( both x and y-intercepts are
zero for m ! 0 ).
(iii) Equations (1), (2) and (4) can be simplified to slope-intercept form given by (3).
(iv) Each equation in (1), (2), (3) and (4) can be rewritten in the form
px + qy + r = 0 for all points ^ x , yh on L, which is called the general form of
equation of a straight line.
Example 5.19
Find the equations of the straight lines parallel to the coordinate axes and passing
through the point ^3, - 4h .
y Ll
Solution Let L and Ll be the straight lines passing through the
point ^3, - 4h and parallel to x-axis and y-axis respectively.
x=3
The y-coordinate of every point on the line L is – 4.

x
O
Hence, the equation of the line L is y =- 4
Similarly, the x-coordinate of every point on the y = –4
straight line Ll is 3 (3, -4) L
Hence, the equation of the line Ll is x = 3 . Fig. 5.29

Example 5.20
Find the equation of straight line whose angle of inclination is 45c and
y-intercept is 2 .
5
Solution Slope of the line, m = tan i
= tan 45c = 1
y-intercept is c = 2
5
By the slope-intercept form, the equation of the straight line is
y = mx + c
y = x+ 2 ( y = 5x + 2
5 5
` The equation of the straight line is 5x - 5y + 2 = 0
Example 5.21
Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point ^- 2, 3h with slope 1 .
3
1
Solution Given that the slope m = and a point ^ x1 , y1h = ^- 2, 3h
3
By slope-point formula, the equation of the straight line is
y - y1 = m^ x - x1h
( y - 3 = 1 ^ x + 2h
3
Thus, x - 3y + 11 = 0 is the required equation.
Example 5.22
Find the equation of the straight line passing through the points ^- 1, 1h and ^2, - 4h .
Solution Let A^ x1 , y1h and B^ x2 , y2h be the given points.

Here x1 =- 1 , y1 = 1 and x2 = 2 , y2 =- 4 .
Using two-points formula, the equation of the straight line is
y - y1 x - x1
=
y2 - y1 x2 - x1
y-1
( = x+1
-4 - 1 2+1
( 3y - 3 = - 5x - 5
Hence, 5x + 3y + 2 = 0 is the required equation of the straight line.
Example 5.23
The vertices of a 3 ABC are A(2, 1), B(-2, 3) and C(4, 5). Find the equation of the
median through the vertex A.

Solution Median is a straight line joining a vertex and the midpoint of the opposite side.
Let D be the midpoint of BC. A (2,1)
` Midpoint of BC is D` - 2 + 4 , 3 + 5 j = D(1, 4)
2 2
Now the equation of the median AD is
y-1
= x - 2 a (x1, y1) = (2, 1) and (x2, y2) = (1, 4)
4-1 1-2
y-1
= x-2
3 -1
B (–2,3) D C(4,5)
` 3x + y - 7 = 0 is the required equation.
Fig. 5.30
Example 5.24
If the x-intercept and y-intercept of a straight line are 2 and 3 respectively, then
3 4
find the equation of the straight line.
Solution Given that x-intercept of the straight line, a = 2
3
and the y-intercept of the straight line, b = 3
4
Using intercept form, the equation of the straight line is
x + y = 1 ( x + y = 1
a b 2 3
3 4
4y
( 3x + =1
2 3
Hence, 9x + 8y - 6 = 0 is the required equation.
Example 5.25
Find the equations of the straight lines each passing through the point (6, - 2) and
whose sum of the intercepts is 5.
Solution Let a and b be the x-intercept and y-intercept of the required straight line
respectively.
Given that sum of the intercepts, a + b = 5
( b = 5-a
Now, the equation of the straight line in the intercept form is
x + y = 1 ( x+ y =1
a b a 5-a
^5 - ah x + ay
( =1
a^5 - ah
Thus, ^5 - ah x + ay = a^5 - ah (1)
Since the straight line given by (1) passes through (6,- 2), we get,

^5 - ah 6 + a (- 2) = a^5 - ah
( a2 - 13a + 30 = 0.
That is, â - 3hâ - 10h = 0
` a = 3 or a = 10
When a = 3 , (1) ( ^5 - 3h x + 3y = 3^5 - 3h
( 2x + 3y = 6 (2)
When a = 10 , (1) ( ^5 - 10h x + 10y = 10^5 - 10h
( - 5x + 10y = - 50
That is, x - 2y - 10 = 0. (3)
Hence, 2x + 3y = 6 and x - 2y - 10 = 0 are the equations of required straight lines.
Exercise 5.4
1. Write the equations of the straight lines parallel to x- axis which are at a distance of 5
units from the x-axis.
2. Find the equations of the straight lines parallel to the coordinate axes and passing
through the point (-5,-2).
3. Find the equation of a straight line whose
(i) slope is -3 and y-intercept is 4.
(ii) angle of inclination is 600 and y-intercept is 3.
4. Find the equation of the line intersecting the y- axis at a distance of 3 units above the
origin and tan i = 1 , where i is the angle of inclination.
2
5. Find the slope and y-intercept of the line whose equation is
(i) y = x + 1 (ii) 5x = 3y (iii) 4x - 2y + 1 = 0 (iv) 10x + 15y + 6 = 0
6. Find the equation of the straight line whose
(i) slope is -4 and passing through (1, 2)
(ii) slope is 2 and passing through (5, -4)
3
7. Find the equation of the straight line which passes through the midpoint of the line
segment joining (4, 2) and (3, 1) whose angle of inclination is 300 .
8. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the points
(i) (-2, 5) and (3, 6) (ii) (0, -6) and (-8, 2)
9. Find the equation of the median from the vertex R in a 3 PQR with vertices at
P(1, -3), Q(-2, 5) and R(-3, 4).

10. By using the concept of the equation of the straight line, prove that the given three
points are collinear.
(i) (4, 2), (7, 5) and (9, 7) (ii) (1, 4), (3, -2) and (-3, 16)
11. Find the equation of the straight line whose x and y-intercepts on the axes are given by
(i) 2 and 3 (ii) - 1 and 3 (iii) 2 and - 3
3 2 5 4
12. Find the x and y intercepts of the straight line
(i) 5x + 3y - 15 = 0 (ii) 2x - y + 16 = 0 (iii) 3x + 10y + 4 = 0
13. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point (3, 4) and has
intercepts which are in the ratio 3 : 2.
14. Find the equation of the straight lines passing through the point (2, 2) and the sum of
the intercepts is 9.
15. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point (5, -3) and whose
intercepts on the axes are equal in magnitude but opposite in sign.
16. Find the equation of the line passing through the point (9, -1) and having its
x-intercept thrice as its y-intercept.
17. A straight line cuts the coordinate axes at A and B. If the midpoint of AB is (3, 2), then
find the equation of AB.
18. Find the equation of the line passing through (22, -6) and having intercept on x-axis
exceeds the intercept on y-axis by 5.
19. If A(3, 6) and C(-1, 2) are two vertices of a rhombus ABCD, then find the equation
of straight line that lies along the diagonal BD.
20. Find the equation of the line whose gradient is 3 and which passes through P, where
2
P divides the line segment joining A(-2, 6) and B (3, -4) in the ratio 2 : 3 internally.
5.7 General Form of Equation of a straight line

We have already pointed out that different forms of the equation of a straight line may
be converted into the standard form ax + by + c = 0 , where a , b and c are real constants
such that either a ! 0 or b ! 0 .
Now let us find out
(i) the slope of ax + by + c = 0
(ii) the equation of a straight line parallel to ax + by + c = 0
(iii) the equation of a straight line perpendicular to ax + by + c = 0 and
(iv) the point of intersection of two intersecting straight lines.

(i) The general form of the equation of a straight line is ax + by + c = 0 .
The above equation is rewritten as y = - a x - c , b ! 0 (1)
b b
Comparing (1) with the slope-intercept form y = mx + k , we get,
slope, m = - a and the y-intercept = - c
b b
` For the equation ax + by + c = 0 , we have
slope m = - coefficient of x and the y-intercept is - constant term .

coefficient of y coefficient of y
(ii) Equation of a line parallel to the line ax + by + c = 0 .
We know that two straight lines are parallel if and only if their slopes are equal.
Hence the equations of all lines parallel to the line ax + by + c = 0 are of the form
ax + by + k = 0 , for different values of k.
(iii) Equation of a line perpendicular to the line ax + by + c = 0
We know that two non-vertical lines are perpendicular if and only if the product of
their slopes is –1.
Hence the equations of all lines perpendicular to the line ax + by + c = 0 are
bx - ay + k = 0 , for different values of k.
Note
Two straight lines a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 , where the
coefficients are non-zero,
(i) are parallel if and only if a1 = b1
a2 b2
(ii) are perpendicular if and only if a1 a2 + b1 b2 = 0
(iv) The point of intersection of two straight lines

If two straight lines are not parallel, then they will intersect at a point. This point lies
on both the straight lines. Hence, the point of intersection is obtained by solving the given
two equations.
Example 5.26
Show that the straight lines 3x + 2y - 12 = 0 and 6x + 4y + 8 = 0 are parallel.
Solution Slope of the straight line 3x + 2y - 12 = 0 is m1 = - coefficient of x = - 3

coefficient of y 2
Similarly, the slope of the line 6x + 4y + 8 = 0 is m2 = - 6 = - 3
4 2
` m1 = m2 . Hence, the two straight lines are parallel.

Example 5.27
Prove that the straight lines x + 2y + 1 = 0 and 2x - y + 5 = 0 are perpendicular to
each other.
Solution Slope of the straight line x + 2y + 1 = 0 is m1 = - coefficient of x = - 1
coefficient of y 2
Slope of the straight line 2x - y + 5 = 0 is m2 = - coefficient of x = - 2 = 2
coefficient of y -1
Product of the slopes m1 m2 = - 1 # 2 = – 1
2
` The two straight lines are perpendicular.
Example 5.28
Find the equation of the straight line parallel to the line x - 8y + 13 = 0 and passing
through the point (2, 5).
Solution Equation of the straight line parallel to x - 8y + 13 = 0 is x - 8y + k = 0
Since it passes through the point (2, 5)
2 - 8 (5) + k = 0 ( k = 38
` Equation of the required straight line is x - 8y + 38 = 0
Example 5.29
The vertices of 3 ABC are A(2, 1), B(6, –1) and C(4, 11). Find the equation of the
straight line along the altitude from the vertex A.
A(2,1)
Solution Slope of BC = 11 + 1 = – 6
4-6
Since the line AD is perpendicular to the line BC, slope of AD = 1
6
` Equation of AD is y - y1 = m^ x - x1h
y - 1 = 1 ^ x - 2h ( 6y - 6 = x - 2 B(6,-1) D C(4,11)
6
` Equation of the required straight line is x - 6y + 4 = 0 Fig. 5.31
Exercise 5.5
1. Find the slope of the straight line
(i) 3x + 4y - 6 = 0 (ii) y = 7x + 6 (iii) 4x = 5y + 3 .
2. Show that the straight lines x + 2y + 1 = 0 and 3x + 6y + 2 = 0 are parallel.
3. Show that the straight lines 3x - 5y + 7 = 0 and 15x + 9y + 4 = 0 are perpendicular.
y
4. If the straight lines = x - p and ax + 5 = 3y are parallel, then find a .
2
5. Find the value of a if the straight lines 5x - 2y - 9 = 0 and ay + 2x - 11 = 0 are
perpendicular to each other.

6. Find the values of p for which the straight lines 8px + ^2 - 3ph y + 1 = 0 and
px + 8y - 7 = 0 are perpendicular to each other.
7. If the straight line passing through the points ^h, 3h and (4, 1) intersects the line
7x - 9y - 19 = 0 at right angle, then find the value of h .
8. Find the equation of the straight line parallel to the line 3x - y + 7 = 0 and passing
through the point (1, - 2).
9. Find the equation of the straight line perpendicular to the straight line x - 2y + 3 = 0
and passing through the point (1, - 2).
10. Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the straight line segment joining the
points (3, 4) and (- 1, 2).
11. Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point of intersection of the
lines 2x + y - 3 = 0 and 5x + y - 6 = 0 and parallel to the line joining the points
(1, 2) and (2, 1).
12. Find the equation of the straight line which passes through the point of intersection of
the straight lines 5x - 6y = 1 and 3x + 2y + 5 = 0 and is perpendicular to the straight
line 3x - 5y + 11 = 0 .
13. Find the equation of the straight line joining the point of intersection of the lines
3x - y + 9 = 0 and x + 2y = 4 and the point of intersection of the lines 2x + y - 4 = 0
and x - 2y + 3 = 0 .
14. If the vertices of a 3 ABC are A(2, - 4), B(3, 3) and C(- 1, 5). Find the equation of the
straight line along the altitude from the vertex B.
15. If the vertices of a 3 ABC are A(- 4,4 ), B(8 ,4) and C(8,10). Find the equation of the
straight line along the median from the vertex A.
16. Find the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from the origin on the straight
line 3x + 2y = 13 .
17. If x + 2y = 7 and 2x + y = 8 are the equations of the lines of two diameters of a
circle, find the radius of the circle if the point (0, - 2) lies on the circle.
18. Find the equation of the straight line segment whose end points are the point of
intersection of the straight lines 2x - 3y + 4 = 0 , x - 2y + 3 = 0 and the midpoint
of the line joining the points (3, - 2) and (- 5, 8).
19. In an isosceles 3PQR, PQ = PR. The base QR lies on the x-axis, P lies on the y- axis
and 2x - 3y + 9 = 0 is the equation of PQ. Find the equation of the straight line along PR.

Exercise 5.6
1. The midpoint of the line joining â, - bh and ^3a, 5bh is
(a) ^- a, 2bh (b) ^2a, 4bh (c) ^2a, 2bh (d) ^- a, - 3bh
2. The point P which divides the line segment joining the points A^1, - 3h and B^- 3, 9h
internally in the ratio 1:3 is
(a) ^2, 1h (b) ^0, 0h (c) ` 5 , 2j (d) ^1, - 2h
3
3. If the line segment joining the points A^3, 4h and B^14, - 3h meets the x-axis at P,
then the ratio in which P divides the segment AB is
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 3 : 4 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 4 : 1
4. The centroid of the triangle with vertices at ^- 2, - 5h , ^- 2, 12h and ^10, - 1h is
(a) ^6, 6h (b) ^4, 4h (c) ^3, 3h (d) ^2, 2h
5. If ^1, 2h , ^4, 6h , ^ x, 6h and ^3, 2h are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order, then
the value of x is
(a) 6 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 3
6. Area of the triangle formed by the points (0,0), ^2, 0h and ^0, 2h is
(a) 1 sq. units (B) 2 sq. units (C) 4 sq. units (D) 8 sq. units
7. Area of the quadrilateral formed by the points ^1, 1h , ^0, 1h , ^0, 0h and ^1, 0h is
(A) 3 sq. units (B) 2 sq. units (C) 4 sq. units (D) 1 sq. units
8. The angle of inclination of a straight line parallel to x-axis is equal to
(a) 0c (b) 60c (c) 45c (d) 90c
9. 3
Slope of the line joining the points ^3, - 2h and ^- 1, ah is - , then the value of a
2
is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
10. Slope of the straight line which is perpendicular to the straight line joining the points
^- 2, 6h and ^4, 8h is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) - 3 (d) - 1
3 3
11. The point of intersection of the straight lines 9x - y - 2 = 0 and 2x + y - 9 = 0 is
(A) ^- 1, 7h (B) ^7, 1h (C) ^1, 7h (D) ^- 1, - 7h
12. The straight line 4x + 3y - 12 = 0 intersects the y- axis at
(A) ^3, 0h (B) ^0, 4h (C) ^3, 4h (D) ^0, - 4h
13. The slope of the straight line 7y - 2x = 11 is equal to
(a) - 7 (b) 7 (c) 2 (d) - 2
2 2 7 7
14. The equation of a straight line passing through the point (2 , –7) and parallel to x-axis is
(a) x = 2 (b) x =- 7 (c) y =- 7 (d) y = 2

15. The x and y-intercepts of the line 2x - 3y + 6 = 0 , respectively are
(a) 2, 3 (b) 3, 2 (c) - 3, 2 (d) 3, - 2
16. The centre of a circle is (- 6, 4). If one end of the diameter of the circle is at (- 12, 8),
then the other end is at
(a) (- 18, 12) (b) (- 9, 6) (c) (- 3, 2) (d) (0, 0)
17. The equation of the straight line passing through the origin and perpendicular to the
straight line 2x + 3y - 7 = 0 is
(a) 2x + 3y = 0 (b) 3x - 2y = 0 (c) y + 5 = 0 (d) y - 5 = 0
18. The equation of a straight line parallel to y-axis and passing through the point ^- 2, 5h is
(a) x - 2 = 0 (b) x + 2 = 0 (c) y + 5 = 0 (d) y - 5 = 0
19. If the points (2, 5), (4, 6) and â, ah are collinear, then the value of a is equal to
(a) - 8 (b) 4 (c) - 4 (d) 8
20. If a straight line y = 2x + k passes through the point (1, 2), then the value of k is equal to
(a) 0 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) - 3
21. The equation of a straight line having slope 3 and y-intercept - 4 is
(a) 3x - y - 4 = 0 (b) 3x + y - 4 = 0
(c) 3x - y + 4 = 0 (d) 3x + y + 4 = 0
22. The point of intersection of the straight lines y = 0 and x =- 4 is
(a) ^0, - 4h (b) ^- 4, 0h (c) ^0, 4h (d) ^4, 0h
23. The value of k if the straight lines 3x + 6y + 7 = 0 and 2x + ky = 5 are perpendicular is
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) 2 (D) 1
2
q The distance between P (x1, y1) and Q^ x2, y2h is ^ x2 - x1h2 + ^ y2 - y1h2
q The point P which divides the line segment joining the points A^ x1, y1h and B^ x2, y2h
lx + mx1 ly2 + my1
internally in the ratio l : m is c 2 , m.
l+m l+m
q The point Q which divides the line segment joining the points A^ x1, y1h and B^ x2, y2h
lx - mx1 ly2 - my1
extrenally in the ratio l : m is c 2 , m.
l-m l-m

x1 + x2 y1 + y2
q Midpoint of the line segment joining the points ^ x1, y1h and ^ x2, y2h is c , m.
2 2
q The area of the triangle formed by the points ^ x , y h , ^ x , y h and ^ x , y h is
1 1 2 2 3 3
1 / x1 (y2 - y3) = 1 x y - y + x y - y + x y - y
2 2 " 1^ 2 3h 2^ 3 1h 3^ 1 2h,
= 1 "^ x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1h - ^ x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3h, .

2
q Three points A^ x , y h , B^ x , y h and C^ x , y h are collinear if and only if
1 1 2 2 3 3
(i) x1 y2 + x2 y3 + x3 y1 = x2 y1 + x3 y2 + x1 y3 (or)
(ii) Slope of AB = Slope of BC or slope of AC.
q If a line makes an angle i with the positive direction of x- axis, then the slope m = tan i .
q Slope of the non-vertical line passing through the points ^ x1, y1h and ^ x2, y2h is
y - y1 y y
m= 2 = 1- 2
x2 - x1 x1 - x2
q Slope of the line ax + by + c = 0 is m = - coefficient of x = - a , b ! 0
coefficient of y b
q Slope of the horizontal line is 0 and slope of the vertical line is undefined.
q Two lines are parallel if and only if their slopes are equal.
q Two non-vertical lines are perpendicular if and only if the product of their slopes
is - 1. That is, m1 m2 = - 1.
Equation of straight lines
Sl.No Straight line Equation

1. x-axis y=0
2. y-axis x=0
3. Parallel to x-axis y=k
4. Parallel to y-axis x=k
5. Parallel to ax+by+c =0 ax+by+k = 0
6. Perpendicular to ax+by+c =0 bx–ay+k = 0
Given Equation
1. Passing through origin y = mx
2. Slope m, y-intercept c y = mx + c
3. Slope m, a point (x1 , y1) y – y1 = m(x–x1)
4. Passing through two points (x1 , y1), (x2 , y2) y - y1 x - x1
=
y2 - y1 x2 - x1
5. x-intercept a , y-intercept b x+ y =1
a b

6 GEOMETRY
There is geometry in the humming of the strings, there is music
in the spacing of spheres - Pythagoras
6.1 Introduction
 Introduction
Geometry is a branch of mathematics that deals with
 Basic Proportionality
Theorem the properties of various geometrical figures. The geometry
which treats the properties and characteristics of various
 Angle Bisector Theorem
geometrical shapes with axioms or theorems, without the
 Similar Triangles
help of accurate measurements is known as theoretical
 Tangent chord theorem geometry. The study of geometry improves one’s power to
 Pythagoras theorem think logically.
Euclid, who lived around 300 BC is considered to be

the father of geometry. Euclid initiated a new way of thinking
in the study of geometrical results by deductive reasoning
based on previously proved results and some self evident
specific assumptions called axioms or postulates.
Geometry holds a great deal of importance in fields

such as engineering and architecture. For example, many
bridges that play an important role in our lives make use
Euclid
(300 BC) of congruent and similar triangles. These triangles help
Greece to construct the bridge more stable and enables the bridge
to withstand great amounts of stress and strain. In the
Euclid’s ‘Elements’ is one of the construction of buildings, geometry can play two roles;
most influential works in the history one in making the structure more stable and the other in
of mathematics, serving as the main enhancing the beauty. Elegant use of geometric shapes can
text book for teaching mathematics turn buildings and other structures such as the Taj Mahal into
especially geometry. great landmarks admired by all. Geometric proofs play a vital
role in the expansion and understanding of many branches of
Euclid’s algorithm is an efficient
mathematics.
method for computing the greatest
common divisor.
The basic proportionality theorem is attributed to the
famous Greek mathematician Thales. This theorem is also
called Thales theorem.

To understand the basic proportionality theorem, let us perform the following activity.
Activity
Draw any angle XAY and mark points (say five points) P1, P2, D, P3 and B on arm AX
such that AP1 = P1 P2 = P2 D = DP3 = P3 B = 1 unit (say).
Through B draw any line intersecting arm AY at C. Again through D draw a line
parallel to BC to intersect AC at E. Y
Now AD = AP1 + P1 P2 + P2 D = 3 units

C
and DB = DP3 + P3 B = 2 units
` AD = 3
E
DB 2
Measure AE and EC.
We observe that AE = 3
EC 2
Thus, in DABC if DE < BC , then AD = AE A P1 P2 D P3 B X

DB EC
Fig. 7.1
We prove this result as a theorem known as Basic Proportionality Theorem or Thales

Theorem as follows:
6.2 Basic proportionality and Angle Bisector theorems
Theorem 6.1 Basic Proportionality theorem A
or Thales Theorem
G
F
If a straight line is drawn parallel to one side
E l
of a triangle intersecting the other two sides, then it D
divides the two sides in the same ratio.
Given: In a triangle ABC, a straight line l parallel to
BC, intersects AB at D and AC at E.
To prove: AD = AE
DB EC B C
Fig. 7.2
Construction: Join BE, CD,
draw EF = AB and DG = CA
Proof
Since, EF = AB , EF is the height of triangles ADE and DBE.
Area ( DADE ) = 1 # base # height = 1 AD # EF and
2 2
Area ( DDBE ) = 1 # base # height = 1 DB # EF
2 2

1 AD # EF
area (DADE)
` = 2 = AD (1)
area (DDBE) 1 DB # EF DB
2
Similarly, we get
1 # AE # DG
area (DADE)
= 2 = AE (2)
area (DDCE) 1 # EC # DG EC
2
But, DDBE and DDCE are on the same base DE and between the same parallel
straight lines BC and DE.
` area (DDBE) = area (DDCE) (3)
Form (1), (2) and (3), we obtain AD = AE . Hence the theorem.
DB EC
Corollary
If in a DABC , a straight line DE parallel to BC, intersects AB at D and AC at E, then
(i) AB = AC (ii) AB = AC
AD AE DB EC
Proof
From Thales theorem, we have you know?
(i)
Do
AD AE

DB
=
EC If a = c then a + b = c + d .
b d b d
( DB = EC This is called componendo.
AD AE
Here, DB = EC
( 1 + DB = 1 + EC AD AE
AD AE
AD + DB AE + EC & AD + DB = AE + EC
( = AD AE
AD AE
by componendo
Thus, AB = AC
AD AE
(ii) Similarly, we can prove
AB = AC
DB EC
Is the converse of this theorem also true? To examine this let us perform the following
activity.
Activity
Draw any angle + XAY and on the ray AX, mark points P1, P2, P3, P4 and B such that
AP1 = P1 P2 = P2 P3 = P3 P4 = P4 B = 1 unit (say).
Similarly, on ray AY, mark points Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 and C such that
AQ1 = Q1 Q2 = Q2 Q3 = Q3 Q4 = Q4 C = 2 units (say).

Now join P1 Q1 and BC. Y
C
Then AP1 = 1 and AQ1 = 2 = 1 Q4
P1 B 4 Q1 C 8 4 Q3
AP1 = AQ1 Q2
Thus, Q1
P1 B Q1 C
We observe that the lines P1 Q1 and BC are parallel A P1 P2 P3 P4 B X
to each other. i.e., P1 Q1 < BC
Fig. 7.3 (1)
Similarly, by joining P2 Q2, P3 Q3 and P4 Q4 we see that
AQ2
AP2 = = 2 and P2 Q2 < BC (2)
P2 B Q2 C 3
AQ3
AP3 = = 3 and P3 Q3 < BC (3)
P3 B Q3 C 2
AQ4
AP4 = = 4 and P4 Q4 < BC (4)
P4 B Q4 C 1
From (1), (2), (3) and (4) we observe that if a line divides two sides of a triangle in
the same ratio, then the line is parallel to the third side.
In this direction, let us state and prove a theorem which is the converse of Thales
theorem.
Theorem 6.2
Converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem ( Converse of Thales Theorem)
A
If a straight line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same
ratio, then the line must be parallel to the third side. F
D
E l
Given: A line l intersects the sides AB and AC of
T ABC respectively at D and E
B C
such that AD = AE (1) Fig. 7.4
DB EC
To prove : DE < BC
Construction : If DE is not parallel to BC, then draw a line DF < BC .
Proof
Since DF < BC , by Thales theorem we get,
AD = AF (2)
DB FC
From (1) and (2), we get AF = AE ( AF + FC = AE + EC
FC EC FC EC
AC = AC ` FC = EC
FC EC
This is possible only when F and E coincide. ` DE < BC

Theorem 6.3 Angle Bisector Theorem
The internal (external) bisector of an angle of a triangle divides the opposite side
internally (externally) in the ratio of the corresponding sides containing the angle.
e
Case (i) (Internally)
Given : In 3 ABC , AD is the internal bisector of
+BAC which meets BC at D .
A
>
To prove : BD = AB
DC AC
>
Construction : Draw CE < DA to meet BA produced at E.
b D c
Proof Fig. 7.5
Since CE < DA and AC is the transversal, we have
+DAC = +ACE (alternate angles) (1)
and +BAD = +AEC (corresponding angles) (2)
Since AD is the angle bisector of +A , +BAD = +DAC (3)
From (1), (2) and (3), we have +ACE = +AEC
Thus in 3 ACE , we have AE = AC (sides opposite to equal angles are equal)
Now in 3 BCE we have, CE < DA
BD = BA (Thales theorem)
DC AE
( BD = AB ( AE = AC )
DC AC
Hence the theorem.
Case (ii) Externally P
Given: In 3 ABC , A
AD is the external bisector of +BAC
E
and intersects BC produced at D.
To prove: BD = AB B C D
DC
AC Fig. 7.6
Construction: Draw CE < DA meeting AB at E.
Proof CE < DA and AC is a transversal,

+ECA = +CAD (alternate angles) (1)

Also CE < DA and BP is a transversal
+CEA = +DAP ( corresponding angles) (2)
But AD is the bisector of +CAP
+CAD = +DAP (3)
From (1), (2) and (3), we have
+CEA = +ECA
Thus, in 3 ECA , we have AC = AE (sides opposite to equal angles are equal)
In 3 BDA , we have EC < AD
` BD = BA (Thales theorem)
DC AE
( BD = BA ( AE = AC )
DC AC
Hence the theorem.
Theorem 6.4
If a straight line through one vertex of a triangle divides the opposite side internally
e
(externally) in the ratio of the other two sides, then the line
bisects the angle internally (externally) at the vertex.
a
Case (i ) : (Internally)
Given : In 3 ABC , the line AD divides the opposite side
BC internally such that b d c
Fig. 7.7
BD = AB (1)
DC AC
To prove : AD is the internal bisector of +BAC .
i.e., to prove +BAD = +DAC .
Construction :
Through C draw CE < AD meeting BA produced at E.
Proof Since CE < AD , by Thales theorem, we have BD = BA (2)

DC AE
Thus, from (1) and (2) we have, AB = AB
AE AC
` AE = AC
Now, in 3 ACE , we have +ACE = +AEC ( AE = AC ) (3)

Since AC is a transversal of the parallel lines AD and CE,
we get, +DAC = +ACE (alternate interior angles are equal) (4)
Also BE is a transversal of the parallel lines AD and CE.
we get +BAD = +AEC ( corresponding angles are equal) (5)
From (3), (4) and (5), we get
+BAD = +DAC
` AD is the angle bisector of +BAC .
P
Hence the theorem.
a
Case (ii) Externally
e
Given : In 3 ABC , the line AD divides externally the
opposite side BC produced at D. b c d
Fig. 7.8
such that BD = AB (1)
DC AC
To prove : AD is the bisector of +PAC ,
i.e., to prove +PAD = +DAC
Construction : Through C draw CE < DA meeting BA at E.
Proof Since CE < DA , by Thales theorem BD = BA (2)

DC EA
From (1) and (2), we have

AB = AB ` AE = AC
AE AC
In 3 ACE , we have +ACE = +AEC ( AE = AC ) (3)
Since AC is a transversal of the parallel lines AD and CE, we have
+ACE = +DAC (alternate interior angles) (4)
Also BA is a transversal of the parallel lines AD and CE,
+PAD = +AEC (corresponding angles ) (5)
From (3) , (4) and (5), we get
+PAD = +DAC
` AD is the bisector of +PAC . Thus AD is the external bisector of +BAC
Hence the theorem.

Example 6.1
In 3 ABC , DE < BC and AD = 2 . If AE = 3.7 cm, find EC. A
DB 3
Solution In 3 ABC , DE < BC 3.7cm
` AD = AE (Thales theorem) D E
DB EC
( EC = AE # DB
AD
B C
Thus, EC = 3.7 # 3 = 5.55 cm Fig. 7.9
2
Example 6.2
P
In 3 PQR , given that S is a point on PQ such that
ST < QR and PS = 3 . If PR = 5.6 cm, then find PT.
5.6

cm
SQ 5 T
S
Solution In 3 PQR , we have ST < QR and by Thales theorem,
PS = PT (1)
SQ TR Q
R
Let PT = x. Thus, TR = PR – PT = 5.6 – x Fig. 7.10
From (1), we get PT = TR c PS m

SQ
x = (5.6 - x)` 3 j
5
5x = 16.8 - 3x
Thus, x = 16.8 = 2.1 i.e., PT = 2.1cm
8
Example 6.3 A
In a 3 ABC , D and E are points on AB and AC respectively such that

AD = AE and +ADE = +DEA . Prove that 3 ABC is isosceles. D E
DB EC
Solution Since AD = AE , by converse of Thales theorem, DE < BC B C
DB EC Fig. 7.11
` +ADE = +ABC (1)

and +DEA = +BCA (2)
But given that +ADE = +DEA (3)
From (1), (2) and (3), we get +ABC = +BCA
` AC = AB (If opposite angles are equal, then opposite sides are equal).
Thus, 3 ABC is isosceles.

Example 6.4 A
In a 3 ABC , points D, E and F are taken on the sides AB, BC and

CA respectively such that DE < AC and FE < AB . F
D
Prove that AB = AC
AD FC
C
Solution Given that in 3 ABC , DE < AC E
B Fig. 7.12
` BD = BE (Thales theorem) (1)

DA EC
Also given that FE < AB .
` BE = AF (Thales theorem) (2)
EC FC
From (1) and (2), we get
BD = AF
AD FC
( BD + AD = AF + FC (componendo rule)
AD FC
Thus, AB = AC .
AD FC
Example 6.5
A
In 3 ABC , the internal bisector AD of +A meets the side BC
at D. If BD = 2.5 cm, AB = 5 cm and AC = 4.2 cm, then find DC. 5cm 4.2cm
Solution In 3 ABC , AD is the internal bisector of +A .
` BD = AB (angle bisector theorem)
DC AC B 2.5cm D C
( DC = BD # AC Fig. 7.13
AB
Thus, DC = 2.5 # 4.2 = 2.1cm.
5
Example 6.6
In 3 ABC , AE is the external bisector of +A , meeting BC produced at E.
If AB = 10 cm, AC = 6 cm and BC = 12 cm, then find CE.
Solution In 3 ABC , AE is the external bisector of +A meeting BC produced at E.
Let CE = x cm. Now, by the angle bisector theorem, we have
D
BE = AB ( 12 + x = 10 A
CE AC x 6 cm
10 6 cm
3^12 + xh = 5x. Thus, x = 18. B 12 cm x
E
C
Hence, CE =
18 cm. Fig. 7.14

Example 6.7
D is the midpoint of the side BC of 3 ABC . If P and Q are points on AB and on AC
such that DP bisects +BDA and DQ bisects +ADC , then prove that PQ < BC .
Solution In 3 ABD , DP is the angle bisector of +BDA .

A
` AP = AD (angle bisector theorem) (1)
PB BD
In 3 ADC , DQ is the bisector of +ADC
P Q
= AD (angle bisector theorem)
AQ
` (2)
QC DC
B D C
But, BD = DC (D is the midpoint of BC)
Fig. 7.15
= AD
AQ
Now (2) ( (3)
QC BD
AP = AQ
PB QC
Thus, PQ < BC . (converse of Thales theorem)
Exercise 6.1
1. In a DABC , D and E are points on the sides AB and AC respectively such that DE < BC .
(i) If AD = 6 cm, DB = 9 cm and AE = 8 cm, then find AC.
(ii) If AD = 8 cm, AB = 12 cm and AE = 12 cm, then find CE.
(iii) If AD = 4x–3, BD = 3x–1 , AE = 8x–7 and EC = 5x–3, then find the value of x.
A
2. In the figure, AP = 3 cm, AR = 4.5cm, AQ = 6cm,

AB = 5 cm, and AC = 10 cm. P R
Q
Find the length of AD. B

D C
Fig. 7.16
3. E and F are points on the sides PQ and PR respectively, of a 3 PQR . For each of the
following cases, verify EF < QR .
(i) PE = 3.9 cm, EQ = 3 cm, PF = 3.6 cm and FR = 2.4 cm.
(ii) PE = 4 cm, QE = 4.5 cm, PF = 8 cm and RF = 9 cm.
O
E
4. In the figure, AC < BD and CE < DF . A
F
C
If OA =12cm, AB = 9 cm, OC = 8 cm
B D
and EF = 4.5 cm , then find FO.
Fig. 7.17

5. ABCD is a quadrilateral with AB parallel to CD. A line drawn parallel to AB meets AD
BQ
at P and BC at Q. Prove that AP = .
PD QC A
6. In the figure, PC < QK and BC < HK . If AQ = 6 cm, QH = 4 cm, Q

H K
HP = 5 cm, KC = 18cm, then find AK and PB. P
P B C
Fig. 7.18
7. In the figure, DE < AQ and DF < AR E F
D
Prove that EF < QR .
Q R
A
A
8. In the figure Fig. 7.19

D
DE < AB and DF < AC .
Prove that EF < BC . E P
F
B C
Fig. 7.20
9. In a 3 ABC , AD is the internal bisector of +A , meeting BC at D.

(i) If BD = 2 cm, AB = 5 cm, DC = 3 cm find AC.
(ii) If AB = 5.6 cm, AC = 6 cm and DC = 3 cm find BC.
(iii) If AB = x, AC = x–2, BD = x+2 and DC = x–1 find the value of x.
10. Check whether AD is the bisector of +A of 3 ABC in each of the following.

(i) AB = 4 cm, AC = 6 cm, BD = 1.6 cm, and CD = 2.4 cm.
(ii) AB = 6 cm, AC = 8 cm, BD = 1.5 cm and CD = 3 cm.
Q
M
11. In a 3 MNO , MP is the external bisector of +M meeting
cm
NO produced at P. If MN = 10 cm, 10 6cm
N P
MO = 6 cm, NO = 12 cm, then find OP. 12cm O
Fig. 7.21
12. In a quadrilateral ABCD, the bisectors of +B and +D intersect on AC at E. Prove

that AB = AD .
BC DC
13. The internal bisector of +A of TABC meets BC at D and the external bisector of +A
meets BC produced at E. Prove that BD = CD .
BE CE
14. ABCD is a quadrilateral with AB =AD. If AE and AF are internal bisectors of +BAC
and +DAC respectively, then prove that EF < BD .

6.3 Similar triangles
In class VIII, we have studied congruence of triangles in detail. We have learnt that
two geometrical figures are congruent if they have the same size and shape. In this section,
we shall study about those geometrical figures which have the same shape but not necessarily
the same size. Such geometrical figures are called similar.
On looking around us, we see many objects which are of the same shape but of same or
different sizes. For example, leaves of a tree have almost the
same shapes but same or different sizes. Similarly photographs
of different sizes developed from the same negative are of
same shape but different sizes. All those objects which have
the same shape but different sizes are called similar objects.
Thales said to have introduced Geometry in Greece, is
believed to have found the heights of the Pyramids in Egypt,
using shadows and the principle of similar triangles. Thus the Thales of Miletus
use of similar triangles has made possible the measurements (624-546 BC)
Greece
of heights and distances. He observed that the base angles
of an isosceles triangle Thales was the first known philosopher,
are equal. He used the scientist and mathematician. He is
idea of similar triangles credited with the first use of deductive
and right triangles in reasoning applied to geometry. He
practical geometry. discovered many prepositions in
All geometry. His method of attacking
It is clear that
triangles problems invited the attention of many
the congruent figures are are similar
mathematicians. He also predicted an
similar but the converse
eclipse of the Sun in 585 BC.
need not be true. In this
section, we shall discuss
only the similarity of triangles and apply this knowledge in solving problems. The following
simple activity helps us to visualize similar triangles.
Activity
� Take a cardboard and make a triangular hole in it.

� Expose this cardboard to Sunlight at about one metre above the ground .
� Move it towards the ground to see the formation of a sequence of triangular shapes
on the ground.
� Moving close to the ground, the image becomes smaller and smaller. Moving away
from the ground, the image becomes larger and larger.
� You see that, the size of the angles forming the three vertices of the triangle would
always be the same, even though their sizes are different

Definition
Two triangles are similar if
(i) their corresponding angles are equal (or)
(ii) their corresponding sides have lengths in the same ratio (or proportional),
which is equivalent to saying that one triangle is an enlargement of other.
D
Thus, two triangles 3 ABC and 3 DEF are similar if
A
(i) +A = +D , +B = +E , +C = +F (or)
(ii) AB = BC = CA .
DE EF FD B E F
C
Fig. 7.22 Fig. 7.23
Here, the vertices A, B and C correspond to the vertices D, E and F respectively.

Symbolically, we write the similarity of these two triangles as 3 ABC + 3 DEF and read it
as 3 ABC is similar to 3 DEF. The symbol ‘ + ’ stands for ‘is similar to’.
Remarks
Similarity of 3 ABC and 3 DEF can also be expressed symbolically using correct
correspondence of their vertices as 3 BCA + 3 EFD and TCAB + TFDE .
6.3.1 Criteria for similarity of triangles

The following three criteria are sufficient to prove that two triangles are similar.
(i) AA( Angle-Angle ) similarity criterion
If two angles of one triangle are respectively equal to two angles of another triangle,
then the two triangles are similar.
Remark If two angles of a triangle are respectively equal to two angles of another triangle
then their third angles will also be equal. Therefore AA similarity criterion is also referred to
AAA criteria.
(ii) SSS (Side-Side-Side) similarity criterion for Two Triangles
In two triangles, if the sides of one triangle are proportional (in the same ratio) to
the sides of the other triangle, then their corresponding angles are equal and hence the two
triangles are similar.
(iii) SAS (Side-Angle-Side) similarity criterion for Two Triangles
If one angle of a triangle is equal to one angle of the other triangle and if the
corresponding sides including these angles are proportional, then the two triangles are similar.

Let us list out a few results without proofs on similarity of triangles.
(i) The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares of
their corresponding sides.
(ii) If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex of a right angled triangle to its hypotenuse,
A
then the triangles on each side of the perpendicular are
similar to the whole triangle.
Here, (a) T DBA + T ABC
(b) 3 DAC + 3 ABC B D C
Fig. 7.24
(c) 3 DBA + 3 DAC
E
(iii) If two triangles are similar, then the ratio of the A
corresponding sides is equal to the ratio of their

corresponding altitudes.
i.e., if TABC + TEFG , then AB = BC = CA = AD
B D C F H G
EF FG GE EH Fig. 7.25 Fig. 7.26
(iv) If two triangles are similar, then the ratio of the corresponding sides is equal to the
ratio of the corresponding perimeters.
If, T ABC + T DEF , then AB = BC = CA = AB + BC + CA .

DE EF FD DE + EF + FD
Example 6.8
In TPQR , AB ;; QR. If AB is 3 cm, PB is 2cm and PR is 6 cm, then find the length
of QR.
P
Solution Given AB is 3 cm, PB is 2 cm PR is 6 cm and AB ;; QR 2

3 6
In DPAB and DPQR A B
+PAB = +PQR (corresponding angles)

and +P is common. Q R
Fig. 7.27
` DPAB + DPQR (AA criterion)
Since corresponding sides are proportional,
AB = PB
QR PR
QR = AB # PR
PB
= 3 # 6
2
Thus, QR = 9 cm.

Example 6.9
A man of height 1.8 m is standing near a Pyramid. If the shadow of the man is of
length 2.7 m and the shadow of the Pyramid is 210 m long at that instant, find the height of
the Pyramid.
A
Solution Let AB and DE be the heights of Height of
the Pyramid and the man respectively. pyramid
Shadow of
pyramid
Let BC and EF be the lengths of the shadows of
the Pyramid and the man respectively. B C
In DABC and DDEF, we have 210m

+ABC = +DEF = 90 o
Fig. 7.28
+BCA = +EFD
D
(angular elevation is same at the same instant)
Shadow
` DABC + DDEF ( AA criterion) of man
1.8 m
Thus, AB = BC
DE EF E F
( AB = 210 ( AB = 210 # 1.8 =140. 2.7 m
1.8 2.7 2.7
Thus, the height of the Pyramid is 140 m. Fig. 7.29
Example 6.10
A man sights the top of a tower in a mirror which is at a distance of 87.6 m from the
tower. The mirror is on the ground, facing upward. The man is 0.4 m away from the mirror,
and the distance of his eye level from the ground is 1.5 m. How tall is the tower? (The foot
of man, the mirror and the foot of the tower lie along a straight line).
E
Solution Let AB and ED be the heights of the man and
the tower respectively. Let C be the point of incidence of
the tower in the mirror.
A
In DABC and DEDC, we have
+ABC = +EDC = 90o
1.5m
+BCA = +DCE
B C D
(angular elevation is same at the same instant. i.e., the angle 0.4m 87.6m
of incidence and the angle of reflection are same.) Fig. 7.30
` DABC + DEDC ( AA criterion)
` ED = DC (corresponding sides are proportional)
AB BC
ED = DC # AB = 87.6 # 1.5 = 328.5
BC 0.4
Thus, the height of the tower is 328.5 m.

Example 6.11
The image of a tree on the film of a camera is of length 35 mm, the distance from the
lens to the film is 42 mm and the distance from the lens to the tree is 6 m. How tall is the
portion of the tree being photographed?
A
Solution Let AB and EF be the
F
heights of the portion of the tree and
H
its image on the film respectively.
35mm
Let the point C denote the lens. 6m G
C
Let CG and CH be altitudes of

E
DACB and DFEC . 42mm
B
Clearly AB || FE.
Fig. 7.31
In DACB and DFEC
+BAC = +FEC
+ECF = +ACB ( vertically opposite angles)
` DACB + DECF ( AA criterion)
Hence, AB = CG
EF CH
( AB = CG # EF = 6 # 0.035 = 5
CH 0.042
Thus, the height of the tree photographed is 5m .
Exercise 6.2
1. Find the unknown values in each of the following figures. All lengths are given in
centimetres. (All measures are not in scale)
(i) (ii) A (iii) A
A y
G
x
x
B z
F
8 C 6 H E F
4
8 F
D 3 E G G 6
y x
5 y
D 24 E 6
B 5 D 7 C
B 9 C
2. The image of a man of height 1.8 m, is of length 1.5 cm on the film of a camera. If the
film is 3 cm from the lens of the camera, how far is the man from the camera?
3. A girl of height 120 cm is walking away from the base of a lamp-post at a speed
of 0.6 m/sec. If the lamp is 3.6 m above the ground level, then find the length of her
shadow after 4 seconds.

4. A girl is in the beach with her father. She spots a swimmer
drowning. She shouts to her father who is 50 m due west
of her. Her father is 10 m nearer to a boat than the girl. If
her father uses the boat to reach the swimmer, he has to
travel a distance 126 m from that boat. At the same time,
the girl spots a man riding a water craft who is 98 m away from the boat. The man on
the water craft is due east of the swimmer. How far must the man travel to rescue the
swimmer? (Hint : see figure).
5. P and Q are points on sides AB and AC respectively, of DABC . If AP = 3 cm,

PB = 6 cm, AQ = 5 cm and QC = 10 cm, show that BC = 3 PQ.
6. In DABC , AB = AC and BC = 6 cm. D is a point on the side AC such that AD = 5 cm

and CD = 4 cm. Show that DBCD + DACB and hence find BD.
7. In DABC , D and E are points on AB and AC respectively, such that DE || BC.

If AB = 3 AD and the area of DABC is 72 cm2, then find the area of the quadrilateral
DBCE.
8. The lengths of three sides of a triangle ABC are 6 cm, 4 cm and 9 cm. 3 PQR + 3 ABC .
One of the lengths of sides of 3 PQR is 35cm. What is the greatest perimeter possible
for 3 PQR? A
9. In the figure, DE || BC and AD = 3 , calculate the value of D E

BD 5
area of trapezium BCED
(i) area of DADE , (ii) C
area of DABC area of DABC B
10. The government plans to develop a new industrial Kamb

an Str
zone in an unused portion of land in a city.
eet
Bharathi
Street
New 1.4 km 1.0 km

Industrial
The shaded portion of the map shown on the Zone
Thiruvalluvar
Street
3.0 km
y
ilwa
right, indicates the area of the new industrial zone. Ra
Find the area of the new industrial zone.
11. A boy is designing a diamond shaped kite, as

D
shown in the figure where AE = 16 cm, EC = 81 cm. He wants to use A
a straight cross bar BD. How long should it be?
E
B
C

12. A student wants to determine the height of a flagpole. He placed a small mirror on the
ground so that he can see the reflection of the top of the flagpole. The distance of the
mirror from him is 0.5 m and the distance of the flagpole from the mirror is 3 m. If his
eyes are 1.5 m above the ground level, then find the height of the flagpole.(The foot of
Y
student, mirror and the foot of flagpole lie along a straight line).
13. A roof has a cross section as shown in the diagram,
6m
8m h
(i) Identify the similar triangles X
Z
(ii) Find the height h of the roof. W
10 m
Theorem 6.6 Pythagoras theorem (Bandhayan theorem)

In a right angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the
squares of the other two sides.
Given : In a right angled 3 ABC, +A = 90c. A
2 2 2
To prove : BC = AB + AC
Construction : Draw AD = BC B D C
Proof Fig. 7.32
In triangles ABC and DBA , +B is the common angle.

Also, we have +BAC = +ADB = 90c.
`3 ABC + 3 DBA (AA criterion)
Thus, their corresponding sides are proportional.
Hence, AB = BC
DB BA
2
` AB = DB # BC (1)
Similarly, we have 3 ABC + 3 DAC .
Thus, BC = AC
AC DC
2
` AC = BC # DC (2)
Adding (1) and (2) we get
2 2
AB + AC = BD # BC + BC # DC
= BC^ BD + DC h
2
= BC # BC = BC
2 2 2
Thus, BC = AB + AC . Hence the Pythagoras theorem.

Remarks
The Pythagoras theorem has two fundamental aspects; one is about areas and the
other is about lengths. Hence this landmark thorem connects Geometry and Algebra.The
converse of Pythagoras theorem is also true. It was first mentioned and proved by Euclid.
The statement is given below. (Proof is left as exercise.)

Theorem 6.7 Converse of Pythagorous theorem
In a triangle, if the square of one side is equal to the sum of the squares of the other
two sides, then the angle opposite to the first side is a right angle.
6.4 Circles and Tangents
A straight line associated with circles is a tangent line which touches the circle at just
one point. In geometry, tangent lines to circles play an important role in many geometrical
constructions and proofs. . In this section, let us state some results based on circles and
tangents and prove an important theorem known as Tangent-Chord thorem. If we consider a
straight line and a circle in a plane, then there are three possibilities- they may not intersect at
all, they may intersect at two points or they may touch each other at exactly one point. Now
look at the following figures.
P P P
A
Q Q Q
Fig. 7.33 Fig. 7.34 Fig. 7.35
In Fig. 7.33, the circle and the straight line PQ have no common point.
In Fig. 7.34, the straight line PQ cuts the circle at two distinct points A and B. In this
case, PQ is called a secant to the circle.
In Fig. 7.35, the straight line PQ and the circle have exactly one common point.
Equivalently the straight line touches the circle at only one point. The straight line PQ is
called the tangent to the circle at A.
Definition
A straight line which touches a circle at only one point is called a tangent to the
circle and the point at which it touches the circle is called its point of contact.

Theorems based on circles and tangents ( without proofs)
1. A tangent at any point on a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the point of
contact .
2. Only one tangent can be drawn at any point on a circle. However, from an exterior
point of a circle two tangents can be drawn to the circle.
3. The lengths of the two tangents drawn from an exterior point to a circle are equal.
4. If two circles touch each other, then the point of contact of the circles lies on the line
joining the centres.
5. If two circles touch externally, the distance between their centres is equal to the sum
of their radii.
6. If two circles touch internally, the distance between their centres is equal to the
difference of their radii.
Theorem 6.8 Tangent-Chord theorem

If from the point of contact of tangent (of a circle), a chord is drawn, then the angles
which the chord makes with the tangent line are equal respectively to the angles formed by
the chord in the corresponding alternate segments.
Given : O is the centre of the circle. ST is the tangent at A, C
and AB is a chord. P and Q are any two points on the B

circle in the opposite sides of the chord AB.
P O
To prove : (i) +BAT = +BPA (ii) +BAS = +AQB . Q
Construction: Draw the diameter AC of the circle. Join

B and C. S A T
Fig. 7.36
Proof
Statement Reason
+ABC = 90c angle in a semi-circle is 90c
+CAB + +BCA = 90c sum of two acute angles of a right 3 ABC. (1)
+CAT = 90c diameter is = to the tangent at the point of contact.
( +CAB + +BAT = 90c (2)
+CAB + +BCA = +CAB + +BAT from (1) and (2)
( +BCA = +BAT (3)

+BCA = +BPA angles in the same segment AB (4)
+BAT = +BPA . Hence (i). from (3) and (4) (5)
Now + BPA + +AQB = 180c opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral
( +BAT + +AQB = 180c from (5) (6)
Also +BAT + +BAS = 180c linear pair (7)
+ BAT + + AQB = + BAT + + BAS from (6) and (7)
+ BAS = + AQB. Hence (ii).
Hence the theorem.
Theorem 6.9 Converse of Theorem 6.9

If in a circle, through one end of a chord, a straight line is drawn making an angle equal to
the angle in the alternate segment, then the straight line is a tangent to the circle.
Definition
A P B
Let P be a point on a line segment AB. The product of
PA # PB represents the area of the rectangle whose sides are PA and PB.
This product is called the area of the rectangle contained by the parts PA and PB of
the line segment AB.
Theorem 6.10
A
If two chords of a circle intersect A
C
B
P
either inside or out side the circle, the area P B D
of the rectangle contained by the segments of D
the chord is equal to the area of the rectangle

C
contained by the segments of the other Fig. 7.37 Fig. 7.38
In Fig.7.37. , two chords AB and CD intersect at P inside the circle with centre O.
Then PA # PB = PC # PD. In Fig. 7.38, the chords AB and CD intersect at P outside the circle
with centre O. Then PA. PB = PC . PD.
Example 6.12
Let PQ be a tangent to a circle at A and AB be a chord. Let C be a point on the circle

such that +BAC = 54c and +BAQ = 62c then find +ABC

Solution Since PQ is a tangent at A and AB is a chord, we have
+BAQ = +ACB = 62c. (tangent-chord theorem) C B
62c
Also, +BAC + +ACB + +ABC = 180c.
54c
(sum of all angles in a triangle is 180c) 62c
P A Q
Thus, +ABC = 180c - (+BAC + +ACB)
Fig. 7.39
= 180c – (54c+ 62c) = 64c.
Example 6.13
Find the value of x in each of the following diagrams.
A
(i)
A 4 8 C (ii) 5
B
4
D P
3 P
x B
x D 2
Fig. 7.40 Fig. 7.41

Solution (i) We have PA . PB = PC . PD (ii) We have PC . PD = PA. PB
PB = PC.PD (2+x) 2 = 9 # 4
PA
Thus, x = 8 # 3 = 6. x + 2 = 18 Thus, x = 16.
4
Example 6.14
In the figure, tangents PA and PB are drawn to a circle with centre O from an external
point P. If CD is a tangent to the circle at E and AP = 15 cm, find the perimeter of T PCD
Solution We know that the lengths of the two tangents from an exterior point to a circle
are equal.
` CA = CE, DB = DE and PA = PB. A
C
` perimeter of T PCD = PC + CD + DP O
P
E
= PC + CE + ED + DP D
B
= PC + CA + DB + DP
Fig. 7.42
= PA + PB = 2 PA (PB = PA )
= 2 # 15 = 30 cm.
Example 6.15
ABCD is a quadrilateral such that all of its sides touch a circle. If AB = 6 cm, BC = 6.5 cm
and CD = 7 cm , find the length of AD.

Solution Let P, Q, R and S be the points where the circle touches the quadrilateral. We
know that the lengths of the two tangents drawn from an exterior point to a circle are equal.
` AP = AS (1), BP = BQ (2), CR = CQ (3), DR = DS (4).
7 cm
Adding (1), (2), (3) and (4) we get, D C
R
AP + BP + CR + DR = AS + BQ + CQ + DS
6.5 cm
S Q
AB + CD = AD + BC.
AD = AB + CD – BC = 6 + 7 – 6.5 =6.5 P
A 6 cm B
Thus, AD = 6.5 cm.
Fig. 7.43
Exercise 6.3 A B
1. In the figure TP is a tangent to a circle. A and B are two points on

43c
the circle. If + BTP = 72c and + ATB = 43c find + ABT. 72c
T P
2. AB and CD are two chords of a circle which intersect each other
internally at P. (i) If CP = 4 cm, AP = 8 cm, PB = 2 cm, then find PD.
(ii) If AP = 12 cm, AB = 15 cm, CP = PD, then find CD
3. AB and CD are two chords of a circle which intersect each other externally at P
(i) If AB = 4 cm BP = 5 cm and PD = 3 cm, then find CD.
(ii) If BP = 3 cm, CP = 6 cm and CD = 2 cm, then find AB
4. A circle touches the side BC of T ABC at P, AB and AC produced at Q and R respectively,
prove that AQ = AR = 1 ( perimeter of T ABC)
2
5. If all sides of a parallelogram touch a circle, show that the parallelogram is a rhombus.
6. A lotus is 20 cm above the water surface in a pond and its stem is partly below the
water surface. As the wind blew, the stem is pushed aside so that the lotus touched the
water 40 cm away from the original position of the stem. How much of the stem was
below the water surface originally?
7. A point O in the interior of a rectangle ABCD is joined to each of the vertices A, B, C
2 2 2 2
and D. Prove that OA + OC = OB + OD
Exercise 6.4
1. If a straight line intersects the sides AB and AC of a 9 ABC at D and E respectively and
is parallel to BC, then AE =
AC
(A) AD (B) AD (C) DE (D) AD
DB AB BC EC

2. In 9ABC, DE is < to BC, meeting AB and AC at D and E.
If AD = 3 cm, DB = 2 cm and AE = 2.7 cm , then AC is equal to
(A) 6.5 cm (B) 4.5 cm (C) 3.5 cm (D) 5.5 cm
P
3. In 9 PQR, RS is the bisector of +R . If PQ = 6 cm, QR = 8 cm,
4cm
RP = 4 cm then PS is equal to 6cmS
Q 8cm R
(A) 2 cm (B) 4 cm (C) 3 cm (D) 6 cm
A
4. In figure, if AB = BD , +B = 40c, and +C = 60c, then +BAD =
AC DC
(A) 30c (B) 50c (C) 80c (D) 40c
40c 60c
5. In the figure, the value x is equal to A B D C
x 4
56c
(A) 4 $ 2 (B) 3 $ 2 D E
8 10
56c
(C) 0 $ 8 (D) 0 $ 4 B C
6. In triangles ABC and DEF, +B = +E, +C = +F , then
(A) AB = CA (B) BC = AB (C) AB = BC (D) CA = AB

DE EF EF FD DE EF FD EF
A
7. From the given figure, identify the wrong statement.
(A) TADB + TABC (B) TABD + TABC D
(C) TBDC + TABC (D) TADB + TBDC

B C
8. If a vertical stick 12 m long casts a shadow 8 m long on the ground and at the same time
a tower casts a shadow 40 m long on the ground, then the height of the tower is
(A) 40 m (B) 50 m (C) 75 m (D) 60 m
9. The sides of two similar triangles are in the ratio 2:3, then their areas are in the ratio
(A) 9:4 (B) 4:9 (C) 2:3 (D) 3:2
10. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. If their areas are 100 cm2 and 49 cm2 respectively
and BC is 8.2 cm then EF =
(A) 5.47 cm (B) 5.74 cm (C) 6.47 cm (D) 6.74 cm
11. The perimeters of two similar triangles are 24 cm and 18 cm respectively. If one
side of the first triangle is 8 cm, then the corresponding side of the other triangle is
(A) 4 cm (B) 3 cm (C) 9 cm (D) 6 cm

12. AB and CD are two chords of a circle which when produced to meet at a point
P such that AB = 5, AP = 8, and CD = 2 then PD =
(A) 12 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 4
D
A
13. In the adjoining figure, chords AB and CD intersect at P.
If AB = 16 cm, PD = 8 cm, PC = 6 and AP >PB, then AP = P
(A) 8 cm (B) 4 cm (C) 12 cm (D) 6 cm B

C
14. A point P is 26 cm away from the centre O of a circle and PT is the tangent
drawn from P to the circle is 10 cm, then OT is equal to
(A) 36 cm (B) 20 cm (C) 18 cm (D) 24 cm
C B
15. In the figure, if +PAB = 120c then +BPT =
c
120
A
(A) 120
o
(B) 30 o
(C) 40
o
(D) 60 o
P T
16. If the tangents PA and PB from an external point P to circle with centre O are
inclined to each other at an angle of 40o, then +POA =
(A) 70o (B) 80o (C) 50o (D) 60o
17. In the figure, PA and PB are tangents to A

D
the circle drawn from an external point P.
Q P
Also CD is a tangent to the circle at Q.
If PA = 8 cm and CQ = 3 cm, then PC is equal to C
B
A) 11 cm (B) 5 cm (C) 24 cm (D) 38 cm
18. DABC is a right angled triangle where +B = 90c and BD = AC . If BD = 8 cm,

AD = 4 cm, then CD is
(A) 24 cm (B) 16 cm (C) 32 cm (D) 8 cm
19. The areas of two similar triangles are 16 cm2 and 36 cm2 respectively. If the altitude
of the first triangle is 3 cm, then the corresponding altitude of the other triangle is
(A) 6.5 cm (B) 6 cm (C) 4 cm (D) 4.5 cm
20. The perimeter of two similar triangles DABC and DDEF are 36cm and 24 cm
respectively. If DE = 10 cm, then AB is
(A) 12 cm (B) 20 cm (C) 15 cm (D) 18 cm

7 Trigonometry
There is perhaps nothing which so occupies the middle position of
mathematics as trigonometry – J.F. Herbart
 Introduction
7.1 Introduction
 Identities
Trigonometry was developed to express relationship
 Heights and Distances
between the sizes of arcs in circles and the chords determining
those arcs. After 15th century it was used to relate the
measure of angles in a triangle to the lengths of the sides
of the triangle. The creator of Trigonometry is said to have
been the Greek Hipparchus of the second century B.C. The
word Trigonometry which means triangle measurement, is
credited to Bartholomaus Pitiscus (1561-1613).
We have learnt in class IX about various trigonometric

ratios, relation between them and how to use trigonometric
tables in solving problems.
In this chapter, we shall learn about trigonometric

identities, application of trigonometric ratios in finding
Hipparchus heights and distances of hills, buildings etc., without actually
(190 - 120 B.C.)
Greece measuring them.
He developed trigonometry, 7.2 Trigonometric identities

constructed trigonometric tables and
solved several problems of spherical
We know that an equation is called an identity
trigonometry. With his solar and lunar when it is true for all values of the variable(s) for which
theories and his trigonometry, he may the equation is meaningful. For example, the equation
2 2
have been the first to develop a reliable â + bh2 = a + 2ab + b is an identity since it is true for all
method to predict solar eclipses. real values of a and b.
Hipparchus is credited with the Likewise, an equation involving trigonometric ratios

invention or improvement of several of an angle is called a trigonometric identity, if it is true for all
astronomical instruments, which were values of the angle(s) involved in the equation. For example,
used for a long time for naked-eye the equation ^sin i + cos i h2 - ^sin i - cos i h2 = 4 sin i cos i
observations. is a trigonometric identity as it is true for all values of i .

= 1 is not an identity because it is true
However, the equation (sin i + cos i) 2
2
when i = 0c, but not true when i = 45c as ^sin 45c + cos 45ch2 = c 1 + 1 m = 2 ! 1 .
2 2
In this chapter, all the trigonometric identities and equations are assumed
to be well defined for those values of the variables for which they are
meaningful.
Let us establish three useful identities called the Pythagorean identities and use them
to obtain some other identities.
In the right-angled 3 ABC, we have
2 2 2
AB + BC = AC (1)
2
Dividing each term of (1) by AC , we get C
2 2 2
AB + BC = AC ( AC ! 0 )
2 2 2
AC AC AC
` AB j + ` BC j = 1
2 2

AC AC i
A B
2 2 Fig. 7.1
Thus, cos A + sin A = 1
Let +A = i . Then for all 0c < i < 90c we have,
cos i + sin i = 1. (2)

2 2
Evidently, cos2 0c + sin2 0c = 1 and cos2 90c + sin2 90c = 1 and so (2) is true
for all i such that 0c # i # 90c
Let us divide (1) by AB , we get
2
2 2
AB + BC = AC 2 (a AB ! 0)
2 2 ` AB j
AB AB
AB 2 BC 2 AC 2 2 2
` AB j + ` AB j = ` AB j ( 1 + tan i = sec i . (3)
Since tan i and sec i are not defined for i = 90c, the identity (3) is true
for all i such that 0c # i < 90c
Again dividing each term of (1) by BC , we get
2
2 2
AB + BC = AC 2 (a BC ! 0)
2 2 ` BC j
BC BC
AB 2 BC 2 AC 2 2
` BC j + ` BC j = ` BC j ( cot i + 1 = cosec i . (4)
2
Since cot i and cosec i are not defined for i = 0c, the identity (4) is true
for all i such that 0c < i # 90c

Some equivalent forms of identities from (1) to (4) are listed below.
Identity Equivalent forms

(i) sin2 i + cos2 i = 1 sin2 i = 1 - cos2 i (or) cos2 i = 1 - sin2 i
(ii) 1 + tan2 i = sec2 i sec2 i - tan2 i = 1 (or) tan2 i = sec2 i - 1
(iii) 1 + cot2 i = cosec2 i cosec2 i - cot2 i = 1 (or) cot2 i = cosec2 i - 1
Remarks
We have proved the above identities for an acute angle i . But these identities are
true for any angle i for which the trigonometric functions are meaningful. In this
book we shall restrict ourselves to acute angles only.
In general, there is no general method for proving trigonometric identities involving

trigonometric functions. However, some of the techniques listed below may be useful in
proving trigonometric identities.
(i) Study the identity carefully, keeping in mind what is given and what you need to
arrive.
(ii) Generally, the more complicated side of the identity may be taken first and simplified
as it is easier to simplify than to expand or enlarge the simpler one.
(iii) If both sides of the identity are complicated, each may be taken individually and
simplified independently of each other to the same expression.
(iv) Combine fractions using algebraic techniques for adding expressions.
(v) If necessary, change each term into their sine and cosine equivalents and then try to
simplify.
2 2 2 2
(vi) If an identity contains terms involving tan i, cot i, cosec i, sec i, it may be more
2 2 2 2
helpful to use the results sec i = 1 + tan i and cosec i = 1 + cot i.
Example 7.1
Prove the identity sin i + cos i = 1
cosec i sec i
Solution
Now, sin i + cos i = sin i + cos i

cosec i sec i 1 1
` sin i j ` cos i j
2 2
= sin i + cos i = 1 .

Example 7.2
Prove the identity 1 - cos i = cosec i - cot i
1 + cos i
Solution
1 - cos i = ^1 - cos i h ^1 - cos i h
Consider #
1 + cos i ^1 + cosih ^1 - cosih
^1 - cos i h2 ^1 - cos i h2 2 2
= 2 2 = 2 ( 1 - cos i = sin i )
1 - cos i sin i
= 1 - cos i = 1 - cos i
sin i sin i sin i
= cosec i - cot i .
Example 7.3
Prove the identity 6cosec ^90c - i h - sin ^90c - i h@ [cosec i - sin i] [tan i + cot i] = 1
Solution
Now, 6cosec ^90c - i h - sin ^90c - i h@ [cosec i - sin i] [tan i + cot i]
a cosec (90c - i) = sec i
= ^sec i - cos i h^cosec i - sin i h c sin i + cos i m
cos i sin i a sin (90c - i) = cos i
2 2
= ` 1 - cos i j` 1 - sin i jc sin i + cos i m
cos i sin i sin i cos i
2 2
= c 1 - cos i mc 1 - sin i m` 1
j
2 2
= c sin i mc cos i m` 1
j =1
Example 7.4
Prove that tan i + sec i - 1 = 1 + sin i
tan i - sec i + 1 cos i
Solution
We consider tan i + sec i - 1
tan i - sec i + 1
2 2
tan i + sec i - ^sec i - tan i h ^ sec2 i - tan2 i = 1h
=
tan i - sec i + 1
^tan i + sec i h - ^sec i + tan i h^sec i - tan i h
= ^ a - b = â + bh (a - bh )
2 2
tan i - sec i + 1

(tan i + sec i) 61 - ^sec i - tan i h@
=
tan i - sec i + 1
^tan i + sec i h^tan i - sec i + 1h
=
tan i - sec i + 1
= tan i + sec i = sin i + 1 = 1 + sin i

cos i cos i cos i

Example 7.5
Prove the identity tan i + cot i = 1 + tan i + cot i .
1 - cot i 1 - tan i
Solution
Now, tan i + cot i
1 - cot i 1 - tan i
1 1
= tan i + tan i = tan i + tan i
1- 1 1 - tan i tan i - 1 1 - tan i
tan i tan i
2 2
= tan i + 1 = tan i + 1
tan i - 1 tan i^1 - tan i h tan i - 1 ^- tan i h^tan i - 1h
2
= tan i - 1
tan i - 1 ^tan i h^tan i - 1h
= 1 2 1
^tan i - 1h
`tan i - tan i j
3
1 ^tan i - 1h
=
^tan i - 1h tan i
2 2
^tan i - 1h^tan i + tan i + 1 h
= â3 - b3 = â - bhâ2 + ab + b2hh
(tan i - 1) tan i
2
= tan i + tan i + 1
tan i
2
= tan i + tan i + 1 =tan i + 1 + cot i
tan i tan i tan i
= 1 + tan i + cot i .
Example 7.6
Prove the identity
2 2
^sin i + cosec i h2 + ^cos i + sec i h2 = 7 + tan i + cot i .
Solution
Let us consider ^sin i + cosec i h2 + ^cos i + sec i h2
2 2
= sin i + cosec i + 2 sin i cosec i + cos i + sec i + 2 cos i sec i
2 2
= sin i + cos i + cosec i + sec i + 2 sin i 1 + 2 cos i 1

2 2 2 2

sin i cos i
2 2
= 1 + ^1 + cot i h + ^1 + tan i h + 2 + 2
2 2
= 7 + tan i + cot i .

Example 7.7
6 6 2 2
Prove the identity ^sin i + cos i h = 1 - 3 sin i cos i.
Solution
6 6
Now sin i + cos i
2 3 2 3
= ^sin i h + ^cos i h
2 2 3 2 2 2 2
= ^sin i + cos i h - 3 sin i cos i ^sin i + cos i h
3 3
( a + b = â + bh3 - 3abâ + bh )
2 2
= 1 - 3 sin i cos i . ^ sin2 i + cos2 i = 1 h
Example 7.8
3
Prove the identity sin i 3- 2 sin i = tan i.
2 cos i - cos i
Solution
3 2
^ h
Now, sin i 3- 2 sin i = sin i 1 - 22sin i
2 cos i - cos i cos i^2 cos i - 1h
2 2 2
= c sin i me sin 2i + cos i2 - 2 sin 2 i o ^sin2 i + cos2 i = 1h
cos i 2 cos i - ^sin i + cos i h
2 2
= ( tan i ) e cos2 i - sin2 i o = tan i .
cos i - sin i
Example 7.9
Prove the identity sec i - tan i = 1 - 2 sec i tan i + 2 tan i.
2

sec i + tan i
Solution
We consider sec i - tan i
sec i + tan i
= c sec i - tan i m # c sec i - tan i m

sec i + tan i sec i - tan i
^sec i - tan i h2
= 2 2
sec i - tan i
^sec i - tan i h2
= ^sec2 i - tan2 i = 1h
1
2 2
= ^sec i - tan i h2 = sec i + tan i - 2 sec i tan i
2 2
= ^1 + tan i h + tan i - 2 sec i tan i ^sec2 i = 1 + tan2 i h
2
= 1 - 2 sec i tan i + 2 tan i.

Example 7.10
2
Prove that 1 + sec i = sin i
sec i 1 - cos i
Solution
First, we consider 1 + sec i
sec i
1+ 1
= cos i = (cos i + 1) (cos i)
1 cos i
cos i
= 1 + cos i
(1 cos i)
= (1 + cos i) # -
(1 - cos i)
2
= 1 - cos i
1 - cos i
2
= sin i .
1 - cos i
Example 7.11
Prove the identity ^cosec i - sin i h^sec i - cos i h = 1
tan i + cot i
Solution
Now, ^cosec i - sin i h^sec i - cos i h
= ` 1 - sin i j` 1 - cos i j
sin i cos i
2 2
= c 1 - sin i mc 1 - cos i m
sin i cos i
2 2
= cos i sin i = sin i cos i (1)
sin i cos i
Next, consider 1
tan i + cot i
= 1
sin i + cos i
cos i sin i
= 1
2 2
c sin i + cos i m
sin i cos i
= sin i cos i (2)
From (1) and (2), we get

(cosec i - sin i)^sec i - cos i h = 1
tan i + cot i

Example 7.12
2 2
If tan i + sin i = m , tan i - sin i = n and m ! n , then show that m - n = 4 mn.
Solution
Given that m = tan i + sin i and n = tan i - sin i.
2 2
Now, m - n = ^tan i + sin i h2 - ^tan i - sin i h2
2 2 2 2
= tan i + sin i + 2 sin i tan i - ^tan i + sin i - 2 sin i tan i h
= 4 sin i tan i (1)
Also, 4 mn = 4 ^tan i + sin i h^tan i - sin i h
2
= 4 tan i - sin i = 4
2 2 sin i - sin2 i
e 2 o
cos i
= 4
2
sin i c 1 -1
2 m
cos i
2 2 2 2
= 4 sin i (sec i - 1) = 4 sin i tan i (a sec2 i - 1 = tan2 i)
= 4 sin i tan i. (2)
2 2
From (1) and (2), we get m - n = 4 mn .
Example 7.13
If tan2 a = cos2 b - sin2 b, then prove that cos2 a - sin2 a = tan2 b
Solution
Given that cos2 b - sin2 b = tan2 a

cos2 b - sin2 b 2
= sin 2a
1 cos a Componendo and dividendo rule
cos2 b - sin2 b a = c, a+b = c+d

= sin2 a If
b d
then
a-b c-d
cos2 b + sin2 b cos2 a
Applying componendo and dividendo rule, we get
(cos2 b - sin2 b) + (cos2 b + sin2 b)

sin2 a + cos2 a
=
(cos2 b - sin2 b) - (cos2 b + sin2 b) sin2 a - cos2 a

2 cos2 b 1
2
=
- 2 sin b sin a - cos2 a
2
sin2 b
- 2
= sin2 a - cos2 a
cos b
tan2 b = cos2 a - sin2 a, which completes the proof.

Exercise 7.1
1. Determine whether each of the following is an identity or not.

2 2 2 2
(i) cos i + sec i = 2 +sin i (ii) cot i + cos i = sin i
2. Prove the following identities
2 2 2
(i) sec i + cosec i = sec i cosec i
2
(ii) sin i = cosec i + cot i
1 - cos i
(iii) 1 - sin i = sec i - tan i (iv) cos i = 1 + sin i

1 + sin i sec i - tan i
2
(vi) 1 + cos i - sin i = cot i
2 2
(v) sec i + cosec i = tan i + cot i
sin i ^1 + cos i h
(vii) sec i ^1 - sin i h^sec i + tan i h = 1 (viii) sin i = 1 - cos i
cosec i + cot i
3. Prove the following identities.

sin ^90c - i h cos i
(i) + = 2sec i
1 + sin i 1 - cos ^90c - i h
(ii) tan i + cot i = 1 + sec i cosec i

1 - cot i 1 - tan i
0 0
sin ^90 - i h cos ^90 - i h
(iii) + = cos i + sin i
1 - tan i 1 - cot i
0
tan ^90 - i h cosec i + 1
(iv) + = 2 sec i.
cosec i + 1 cot i
(v) cot i + cosec i - 1 = cosec i + cot i.

cot i - cosec i + 1
(vi) ^1 + cot i - cosec i h^1 + tan i + sec i h = 2
(vii) sin i - cos i + 1 = 1

sin i + cos i - 1 sec i - tan i
0
(viii) tan i = sin i sin ^90 - i h

2 2 0
1 - tan i 2 sin ^90 - i h - 1
(ix) 1 - 1 = 1 - 1 .
cosec i - cot i sin i sin i cosec i + cot i
2 2
(x) cot i + sec i = (sin i cos i)^tan i + cot i h .
2 2
tan i + cosec i
2 2 2 2
4. If x = a sec i + b tan i and y = a tan i + b sec i , then prove that x - y = a - b .
2
5. If tan i = n tan a and sin i = m sin a , then prove that cos i = m2 - 1 .
2
n -1
6 2
6. If sin i, cos i and tan i are in G.P., then prove that cot i - cot i = 1.

7.3 Heights and Distances
One wonders, how the distance between planets, height of
Mount Everest, distance between two objects which are far off
like Earth and Sun f , are measured or calculated. Can these be
done with measuring tapes?
Of course, it is impossible to do so. Quite interestingly
such distances are calculated using the idea of trigonometric
ratios. These ratios are also used to construct maps, determine the
position of an Island in relation to longitude and latitude.
Fig. 7.2
A theodolite (Fig. 7.2) is an instrument which is used in measuring the angle between
an object and the eye of the observer. A theodolite consists of two graduated wheels placed
at right angles to each other and a telescope. The wheels are used for the measurement of
horizontal and vertical angles. The angle to the desired point is measured by positioning the
telescope towards that point. The angle can be read on the telescopic scale.
Suppose we wish to find the height of our school flag post without actually measuring it.
Assume that a student stands on the ground at point A, which is 10 m D
away from the foot B of the flag post. He observes the top of the flag post
at an angle of 60c . Suppose that the height of his eye level E from the
ground level is 1.2 m . (see fig no.7.3)
In right angled TDEC , +DEC = 60c.
Now, tan 60c = CD

EC E 60
C
( CD = EC tan 60c 10m
1.2m
Thus, CD = 10 3 = 10 # 1.732
A 10m B
Fig. 7.3
= 17.32 m
Hence, the height of the flag post, BD = BC + CD
= 1.2 + 17.32 = 18.52 m
Thus, we are able to find the height of our school flag post without actually measuring
it. So, in a right triangle, if one side and one acute angle are known, we can find the other
sides of the triangle using trigonometrical ratios. Let us define a few terms which we use very
often in finding the heights and distances.
Line of sight
If we are viewing an object, the line of sight is a straight line from our eye to the
object. Here we treat the object as a point since distance involved is quite large.

Angle of depression and angle of elevation
If an object is below the horizontal line
from the eye, we have to lower our head to
view the object. In this process our eyes
Horizontal Line
Angle of Depre
moves through an angle. This angle is
ssion
Line of si
ght
called the angle of depression, That is, the
angle of depression of an object viewed is
the angle formed by the line of sight with
the horizontal line, when the object is
below the horizontal line (See Fig. 7.4).
Fig. 7.4
If an object is above the horizontal

line from our eyes we have to raise our Line
of S
head to view the object. In this process our ight
eyes move through an angle formed by the Angle of E

levation
Horizontal Line
line of sight and horizontal line which is
called the angle of elevation. (See Fig. 7.5).
Note
(i) An observer is taken as a point if the
Fig. 7.5
height of the observer is not given.
(ii) The angle of elevation of an object as seen by the observer is same as the angle of
depression of the observer as seen from the object.
To solve problems involving heights and distances, the following strategy may
be useful
(i) Read the statements of the question carefully and draw a rough diagram accordingly.
(ii) Label the diagram and mark the given values.
(iii) Denote the unknown dimension, say ‘ h’ when the height is to be calculated and ‘x’
when the distance is to be calculated.
(iv) Identify the trigonometrical ratio that will be useful for solving the problem.
(v) Substitute the given values and solve for unknown.
The following activity may help us learn how to measure the height of an object
which will be difficult to measure otherwise.

Activity
 Tie one end of a string to the middle of a straw and the other end
Straw
of the string to a paper clip.
 Glue this straw to the base of a protractor so that the middle of

the straw aligns with the centre of the protractor. Make sure
that the string hangs freely to create a vertical line or the
plumb-line. String
 Find an object outside that is too tall tVo measure directly, such
Paper Clip
as a basket ball hoop, a flagpole, or the school building.
Fig. 7.6
 Look at the top of the object through the straw. Find the angle

where the string and protractor intersect. Determine the angle of elevation by
subtracting this measurement from 90c. Let it be i .
 Measure the distance from your eye level to the ground and from your foot to the base

of the object that you are measuring, say y.
 Make a sketch of your measurements.

 To find the height (h) of the object, use the following equation.

h = x + y tan i , where x represents the distance from your eye level to the ground.
Example 7.14
A kite is flying with a string of length 200 m. If the thread makes an angle 30c
with the ground, find the distance of the kite from the ground level. (Here, assume
that the string is along a straight line)
Solution Let h denote the distance of the kite from the ground level.
In the figure, AC is the string
Given that +CAB = 30c and AC = 200 m. C
m
In the right 3 CAB, sin 30c = h 200 h
200
30
( h = 200 sin 30c A B
Fig. 7.7
` h = 200 # 1 = 100 m
2
Hence, the distance of the kite from the ground level is 100 m.
Example 7.15
A ladder leaning against a vertical wall, makes an angle of 60c with the ground. The
foot of the ladder is 3.5 m away from the wall. Find the length of the ladder.

C
Solution Let AC denote the ladder and B be the foot of the wall.
Let the length of the ladder AC be x metres.
Given that +CAB = 60c and AB = 3.5 m.
In the right 3 CAB, cos 60c = AB x
AC
( AC = AB
cos 60c 60
` x = 2 # 3.5 = 7 m A 3.5m B
Fig. 7.8
Thus, the length of the ladder is 7 m..
Example 7.16
Find the angular elevation (angle of elevation from the ground level) of the Sun when
the length of the shadow of a 30 m long pole is 10 3 m. S
Solution Let S be the position of the Sun and BC be the pole. C
Let AB denote the length of the shadow of the pole.

Let the angular elevation of the Sun be i .
Given that AB = 10 3 m and 30 m
BC = 30 m
In the right 3 CAB, tan i = BC = 30 = 3
AB 10 3 3
( tan i = 3 A 10 3 B
` i = 60c Fig. 7.9
Thus, the angular elevation of the Sun from the ground level is 60c.
Example 7.17
The angle of elevation of the top of a tower as seen by an observer is 30c. The observer
is at a distance of 30 3 m from the tower. If the eye level of the observer is 1.5 m above the
ground level, then find the height of the tower.
Solution Let BD be the height of the tower and AE be the distance of the eye level of the
observer from the ground level.
Draw EC parallel to AB such that AB = EC.

Given AB = EC = 30 3 m and
AE = BC = 1.5 m

In right angled 3 DEC, D
tan 30c = CD
EC
( CD = EC tan 30c = 30 3
3
` CD = 30 m E 30 C
30 3 m
1.5m
Thus, the height of the tower, BD = BC + CD
A 30 3 m B
= 1.5 + 30 = 31.5 m.
Fig. 7.10
Example 7.18
A vertical tree is broken by the wind. The top of the tree touches the ground and makes
an angle 30c with it. If the top of the tree touches the ground 30 m away from its foot, then
find the actual height of the tree.
Solution Let C be the point at which the tree is broken and let the top of the tree touch the
ground at A.
Let B denote the foot of the tree. C
Given AB = 30 m and
+CAB = 30c.
In right angled 3 CAB ,
30
tan 30c = BC A 30m B
AB
( BC = AB tan 30c
Fig. 7.11
` BC = 30
3
= 10 3 m (1)
Now, cos 30c = AB

AC
( AC = AB
cos 30c
So, AC = 30 # 2 = 10 3 # 2 = 20 3 m . (2)
3
Thus, the height of the tree = BC + AC = 10 3 + 20 3
= 30 3 m .
Example 7.19
A jet fighter at a height of 3000 m from the ground, passes directly over another jet
fighter at an instance when their angles of elevation from the same observation point are 60c
and 45c respectively. Find the distance of the first jet fighter from the second jet at that instant.
(use 3 = 1.732 )
Solution Let O be the point of observation.

Let A and B be the positions of the two jet fighters at the given A
instant when one is directly above the other.
h
Let C be the point on the ground such that AC = 3000 m.
Given +AOC = 60c and +BOC = 45c
B
Let h denote the distance between the jets at the instant.
3000 - h
In the right angled 3 BOC, tan 45c = BC
OC
%
( OC = BC (a tan 45 = 1) 45 60
Thus, OC = 3000 - h (1) O C
Fig. 7.12
In the right angled 3 AOC , tan 60c = AC
OC
AC 3000
( OC = tan 60% = 3
= 3000 # 3 = 1000 3 (2)

3 3
From (1) and (2), we get 3000 – h = 1000 3
( h = 3000 - 1000 # 1.732 = 1268 m
The distance of the first jet fighter from the second jet at that instant is 1268 m.
Example 7.20
The angle of elevation of the top of a hill from the foot of a tower is 60c C
and the angle of elevation of the top of the tower from the foot of the hill is 30c .
If the tower is 50 m high, then find the height of the hill.
Solution Let AD be the height of tower and BC be the height of the hill.
Given +CAB = 60c, +ABD = 30c and AD = 50 m. h
D
Let BC = h metres.
Now, in the right angled TDAB , tan 30c = AD
50m

AB
60 30
( AB = AD
tan 30c A B
Fig. 7.13
` AB = 50 3 m (1)
Also, in the right angled 3 CAB, tan 60c = BC
AB
( BC = AB tan 60c
Thus, using (1) we get h = BC = (50 3 ) 3 = 150 m
Hence, the height of the hill is 150 m.

Example 7.21
A vertical wall and a tower are on the ground. As seen from the top of the tower , the
angles of depression of the top and bottom of the wall are 45c and 60c respectively . Find the
height of the wall if the height of the tower is 90 m. (use 3 = 1.732 )
D
Solution Let AE denote the wall and BD denote the tower.
45
60
Draw EC parallel to AB such that AB=EC. Thus, AE = BC.
90-h
Let AB = x metres and AE = h metres.
90 m
E 45
Given that BD = 90 m and +DAB = 60c, +DEC = 45c. C
Now, AE = BC = h metres
50 m
h
60
Thus, CD = BD - BC = 90 - h .
A x B
In the right angled 3 DAB , tan 60c = BD = 90 Fig. 7.14
AB x
( x = 90 = 30 3 (1)
3
In the right angled 3 DEC, tan 45c = DC = 90 - h
EC x
Thus, x = 90 - h (2)
From (1) and (2), we have 90 - h = 30 3
Thus, the height of the wall, h = 90 - 30 3 = 38.04 m.
Example 7.22
A girl standing on a lighthouse built on a cliff near the seashore, observes two boats
due East of the lighthouse. The angles of depression of the two boats are 30c and 60c. The
distance between the boats is 300 m. Find the distance of the top of the lighthouse from the
sea level.
Solution Let A and D denote the foot of the cliff and the top of the lighthouse respectively.
Let B and C denote the two boats.
Let h metres be the distance of the top of the lighthouse from the sea level.
D
Let AB = x metres. 30
Given that +ABD = 60c, +ACD = 30c
60
In the right angled TABD , h
tan 60c = AD
AB
( AB = AD 60
30
tan 60c A x B 300m C
Thus, x = h (1) Fig. 7.15

3
Also, in the right angled 3 ACD , we have
tan 30c = AD
AC
( h
AC = AD ( x + 300 =
tan 30c 1
c m
3
Thus, x + 300 = h 3 .
(2)
Using (1) in (2), we get h + 300 = h 3
3
( h 3 - h = 300
3
` 2h = 300 3 . Thus, h = 150 3.
Hence, the height of the lighthouse from the sea level is 150 3 m.
Example 7.23
A boy spots a balloon moving with the wind in a horizontal line at a height of 88.2 m
from the ground level. The distance of his eye level from the ground is 1.2 m. The angle of
elevation of the balloon from his eyes at an instant is 60c. After some time, from the same
point of observation, the angle of elevation of the balloon reduces to 30c. Find the distance
covered by the balloon during the interval.
Solution Let A be the point of observation.
Let E and D be the positions of the balloon when its angles of elevation are 60c and 30c respectively.
Let B and C be the points on the horizontal line such that BE = CD.
Let Al , Bl and C l be the points on the ground such that
Al A = Bl B = C l C = 1.2 m .
Given that +EAB = 60c, +DAC = 30c E
D
BBl = CC l = 1.2 m and C l D = 88.2 m .
87 m
Also, we have BE = CD = 87 m.
60c
Now, in the right angled 3 EAB, we have
A 30c B C
tan 60c = BE
1.2m
1.2m
AB Cl
Al Bl
Fig. 7.16
Thus, AB = 87 = 87 = 29 3
tan 60c 3
Again in the right angled 3 DAC, we have tan 30c = DC
AC
Thus, AC = 87 = 87 3 .
tan 30c
Therefore, the distance covered by the balloon is
ED = BC = AC - AB
= 87 3 - 29 3 = 58 3 m.

Example 7.24
A flag post stands on the top of a building. From a point on the ground, the angles of
elevation of the top and bottom of the flag post are 60c and 45c respectively. If the height of
the flag post is 10 m , find the height of the building. (use 3 = 1.732 )
Solution
Let A be the point of observation and B be the foot of the building.
Let BC denote the height of the building and CD denote height of the flag post.
Given that +CAB = 45c , +DAB = 60c and CD = 10 m D
Let BC = h metres and AB = x metres.
10 m
Now, in the right angled 3 CAB,
C
tan 45c = BC .
AB
Thus, AB = BC i.e., x = h (1) h
Also, in the right angled 3 DAB , 60
45
tan 60c = BD A x B
AB
Fig. 7.17
( AB = h + 10% ( x = h + 10 (2)
tan 60 3
From (1) and (2), we get h = h + 10
3
( 3 h - h = 10
( h = c 10 3 + 1 = 10^ 3 + 1h
mc m
3-1
3 -1 3 +1
= 5^2.732h = 13.66 m
Hence, the height of the building is 13.66 m .
Example 7.25
A man on the deck of a ship, 14 m above the water level, observes that the angle of
elevation of the top of a cliff is 60cand the angle of depression of the base of the D
cliff is 30c. Find the height of the cliff.

Solution Let BD be the height of the cliff.
Let A be the position of ship and E be the point of observation so that AE = 14 m.
Draw EC parallel to AB such that AB = EC. 60
E C
Given that +ABE = 30c, +DEC = 60c 30
14m
14m
30
In the right angled 3 ABE, tan30c = AE A B
AB Fig. 7.18

` AB = AE ( AB = 14 3
tan 30c
Thus, EC = 14 3 ( a AB = EC )
In the right angled 3 DEC, tan 60c = CD
EC
` CD = EC tan 60c ( CD = (14 3 ) 3 = 42 m
Thus, the height of the cliff, BD =
BC + CD = 14 + 42 = 56 m.
Example 7.26
The angle of elevation of an aeroplane from a point A on the ground is 60c . After a
flight of 15 seconds horizontally, the angle of elevation changes to 30c . If the aeroplane is
flying at a speed of 200 m/s, then find the constant height at which the aeroplane is flying.
Solution Let A be the point of observation.
Let E and D be positions of the aeroplane
initially and after 15 seconds respectively. E D
Let BE and CD denote the constant height at

which the aeroplane is flying. h h
Given that +DAC = 30c , +EAB = 60c .
Let BE = CD = h metres. 60
30
Let AB = x metres. A x B C
Fig. 7.19
The distance covered in 15 seconds,
ED = 200 # 15 = 3000 m (distance travelled = speed # time)
Thus, BC = 3000 m..
In the right angled 3 DAC,
tan 30c = CD
AC
( CD = AC tan 30c
Thus,h = (x + 3000) 1 . (1)
3
In the right angled 3 EAB ,
tan 60c = BE
AB
( BE = AB tan 60c ( h = 3 x (2)
From (1) and (2), we have 3 x = 1 ^ x + 3000h
3
( 3x = x + 3000 ( x = 1500 m.
Thus, from (2) it follows that h = 1500 3 m.
The constant height at which the aeroplane is flying, is 1500 3 m.

Exercise 7.2
1. A ramp for unloading a moving truck, has an angle of elevation of 30c. If the top of
the ramp is 0.9 m above the ground level, then find the length of the ramp.
2. A girl of height 150 cm stands in front of a lamp-post and casts a shadow of length
150 3 cm on the ground. Find the angle of elevation of the top of the lamp-post .
3. Suppose two insects A and B can hear each other up to a range of 2 .. The insect A is on
the ground 1m away from a wall and sees her friend B on the wall, about to be eaten by a
spider. If A sounds a warning to B and if the angle of elevation of B from A is 30c, will the
spider have a meal or not ? ( Assume that B escapes if she hears A calling )
4. To find the cloud ceiling, one night an observer directed a
spotlight vertically at the clouds. Using a theodolite placed
100 m from the spotlight and 1.5 m above the ground, he
found the angle of elevation to be 60c. How high was the
cloud ceiling? (Hint : See figure)
(Note: Cloud ceiling is the lowest altitude at which solid
cloud is present. The cloud ceiling at airports must be 60 1.5 m
sufficiently high for safe takeoffs and landings. At night the 100 m
cloud ceiling can be determined by illuminating the base of Fig. 7.20
the clouds by a spotlight pointing vertically upward.)
5. A pendulum of length 40 cm subtends 60c at the vertex in one full oscillation. What will be
the shortest distance between the initial position and the final position of the bob?
6. Two crows A and B are sitting at a height of 15 m and 10 m in two different trees
vertically opposite to each other . They view a vadai(an eatable) on the ground at an
angle of depression 45c and 60crespectively. They start at the same time and fly at the
same speed along the shortest path to pick up the vadai. Which bird will succeed in it?
7. A lamp-post stands at the centre of a circular park. Let P and Q be two points on the
boundary such that PQ subtends an angle 90c at the foot of the lamp-post and the
angle of elevation of the top of the lamp post from P is 30c. If PQ = 30 m, then find
the height of the lamp post.
8. A person in an helicopter flying at a height of 700 m, observes two objects lying
opposite to each other on either bank of a river. The angles of depression of the objects
are 30c and 45c. Find the width of the river. (use 3 = 1.732 )
9. A person X standing on a horizontal plane, observes a bird flying at a distance of
100 m from him at an angle of elevation of 30c. Another person Y standing on
the roof of a 20 m high building, observes the bird at the same time at an angle
of elevation of 45c. If X and Y are on the opposite sides of the bird, then find the
distance of the bird from Y.

10. A student sitting in a classroom sees a picture on the black board at a height of
1.5 m from the horizontal level of sight. The angle of elevation of the picture is 30c As
the picture is not clear to him, he moves straight towards the black board and sees the
picture at an angle of elevation of 45c. Find the distance moved by the student.
11. A boy is standing at some distance from a 30 m tall building and his eye level from
the ground is 1.5 m. The angle of elevation from his eyes to the top of the building
increases from 30c to 60cas he walks towards the building. Find the distance he walked
towards the building.
12. From the top of a lighthouse of height 200 feet, the lighthouse keeper observes a Yacht
and a Barge along the same line of sight . The angles of depression for the Yacht and
the Barge are 45c and 30c respectively. For safety purposes the two sea vessels should
be atleast 300 feet apart. If they are less than 300 feet , the keeper has to sound the
alarm. Does the keeper have to sound the alarm ?
13. A boy standing on the ground, spots a balloon moving with the wind in a horizontal line
at a constant height . The angle of elevation of the balloon from the boy at an instant
is 60c. After 2 minutes, from the same point of observation,the angle of elevation
reduces to 30c. If the speed of wind is 29 3 m/s, then find the height of the balloon
from the ground level.
14. A straight highway leads to the foot of a tower . A man standing on the top of the
tower spots a van at an angle of depression of 30c. The van is approaching the tower
with a uniform speed. After 6 minutes, the angle of depression of the van is found to be
60c. How many more minutes will it take for the van to reach the tower?
15. The angles of elevation of an artificial earth satellite is measured from two earth stations,
situated on the same side of the satellite, are found to be 30cand 60c. The two earth stations
and the satellite are in the same vertical plane. If the distance between the earth stations is
4000 km, find the distance between the satellite and earth. (use 3 = 1.732 )
16. From the top of a 60 m tall tower, the angles of depression of the top and the bottom of a
building are observed to be 30c and 60crespectively. Find the height of the building.
17. From the top and foot of a 40 m high tower, the angles of elevation of the top of a
lighthouse are found to be 30cand 60c respectively. Find the height of the lighthouse.
Also find the distance of the top of the lighthouse from the foot of the tower.
18. The angle of elevation of a hovering helicopter as seen from a point 45 m above a lake
is 30c and the angle of depression of its reflection in the lake, as seen from the same
point and at the same time, is 60c. Find the distance of the helicopter from the surface
of the lake.

Exercise 7.3
1. ^1 - sin2 i h sec2 i =
2 2
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) tan i (D) cos i
2. ^1 + tan2 i h sin2 i =
2 2 2 2
(A) sin i (B) cos i (C) tan i (D) cot i
3. ^1 - cos2 i h^1 + cot2 i h =

2 2
(A) sin i (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) tan i
4. sin ^90c - i h cos i + cos ^90c - i h sin i =
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D) –1

2
5. 1- sin i =
1 + cos i
(A) cos i (B) tan i (C) cot i (D) cosec i
4 4
6. cos x - sin x =
2 2 2 2
(A) 2 sin x - 1 (B) 2 cos x - 1 (C) 1 + 2 sin x (D) 1 - 2 cos x.
7. If tan i = a , then the value of x =

x a + x22
(A) cos i (B) sin i (C) cosec i (D) sec i

2 2
y
8. If x = a sec i , y = b tan i , then the value of x2 - 2 =
a b
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) tan2 i (D) cosec2 i
9. sec i =
cot i + tan i
(A) cot i (B) tan i (C) sin i (D) – cot i
sin ^90c - i h sin i cos ^90c - i h cos i

10. + =
tan i cot i
(A) tan i (B) 1 (C) –1 (D) sin i
11. In the adjoining figure, AC = C
(A) 25 m (B) 25 3 m
(C) 25 m (D) 25 2 m 60c

3 A 25 m B

12. In the adjoining figure +ABC = C
100 3 m
(A) 45c (B) 30c
(C) 60c (D) 50c

A 100 m B
13. A man is 28.5 m away from a tower. His eye level above the ground is 1.5 m. The
angle of elevation of the tower from his eyes is 45c. Then the height of the tower is
(A) 30 m (B) 27.5 m (C) 28.5 m (D) 27 m
14. In the adjoining figure, sin i = 15 . Then BC = C

17
(A) 85 m (B) 65 m
m
85
i
(C) 95 m (D) 75 m A B
15. ^1 + tan2 i h^1 - sin i h^1 + sin i h =
(A) cos2 i - sin2 i (B) sin2 i - cos2 i

(C) sin2 i + cos2 i (D) 0
16. ^1 + cot2 i h^1 - cos i h^1 + cos i h =
(A) tan2 i - sec2 i (B) sin2 i - cos2 i

(C) sec2 i - tan2 i (D) cos2 i - sin2 i
17. ^cos2 i - 1h^cot2 i + 1h + 1 =
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) 2 (D) 0
18. 1 + tan2 i =
1 + cot2 i
(A) cos2 i (B) tan2 i (C) sin2 i (D) cot2 i
19. sin2 i + 1 =
1 + tan2 i
(A) cosec2 i + cot2 i (B) cosec2 i - cot2 i
(C) cot2 i - cosec2 i (D) sin2 i - cos2 i
20. 9 tan2 i - 9 sec2 i =
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 9 (D) –9

8 MENSURATION
Measure what is measurable, and make measurable what is not so
-Galileo Galilei
 Introduction
8.1 Introduction
 Surface area and volume
The part of geometry which deals with measurement
v Cylinder of lengths of lines, perimeters and areas of plane figures
v Cone and surface areas and volumes of solid objects is called
“Mensuration”. The study of measurement of objects is
v Sphere
essential because of its uses in many aspects of every day
 Combined figures and life. In elementary geometry one considers plane, multifaced
invariant volumes surfaces as well as certain curved surfaces of solids (for
example spheres).
“Surface Area to Volume” ratio has been widely
acknowledged as one of the big ideas of Nanoscience as it lays
the foundation for understanding size dependent properties
that characterise Nanoscience scale and technology.
In this chapter, we shall learn how to find surface
areas and volumes of solid objects such as cylinder, cone,
sphere and combined objects
8.2 Surface Area

Archimedes Archimedes of Syracuse, Sicily was a Greek Mathematician
(287 BC - 212 BC) who proved that of the volume of a sphere
Greece
is equal to two-thirds the volume of a
circumscribed cylinder. He regarded this
Archimedes is remembered as
as his most vital achievement. He used the
the greatest mathematician of the
method of exhaustion to calculate the area
ancient era. Fig. 8.1
under the arc of a parabola.
He contributed significantly Surface area is the measurement of
in geometry regarding the areas of exposed area of a solid object. Thus, the
plane figures and the areas as well surface area is the area of all outside surfaces
as volumes of curved surfaces. of a 3-dimensional object. The adjoining
figures illustrate surface areas of some solids. Fig. 8.2
Mensuration 219
8.2.1 Right Circular Cylinder
If we take a number of circular sheets of paper or cardboard of the same shape and
size and stack them up in a vertical pile, then by this process, we shall obtain a solid object
known as a Right Circular Cylinder. Note that it has been kept at right angles to the base, and
the base is circular. (See Fig. 8.3)
Fig. 8.3
Definition
If a rectangle revolves about its one side and completes a full rotation, the solid thus
formed is called a right circular cylinder.
Activity
C B B
Let ABCD be a rectangle. Assume that it revolves
about its side AB and completes a full rotation. This
revolution generates a right circular cylinder as shown
in the figures. AB is called the axis of the cylinder. The
length AB is the length or the height of the cylinder A
D AA
and AD or BC is called its radius. Fig. 8.4
Note
If the base of a cylinder is not circular then it is called
oblique cylinder. ax
is
If the base is circular but not perpendicular to the axis of
s
axi
the cylinder, then the cylinder is called circular cylinder.

axis
If the axis is perpendicular to the circular base, then the

cylinder is called right circular cylinder. Fig. 8.5
(i) Curved Surface area of a right circular cylinder

In the adjoining figure, the bottom and top face of
the right circular cylinder are concurrent circular regions, h
axis
parallel to each other. The vertical surface of the cylinder

is curved and hence its area is called the curved surface or
lateral surface area of the cylinder. 2rr
Fig. 8.6
Curved Surface Area of a cylinder, CSA = Circumference of the base # Height = 2rr # h
= 2rrh sq. units.

(ii) Total Surface Area of right circular cylinder rr 2
Total Surface Area, TSA = Area of the Curved Surface Area

+ 2 # Base Area 2rrh
= 2rrh + 2 # rr 2
Thus, TSA = 2rr (h + r) sq.units. 2

rr
(iii) Right circular hollow cylinder Fig. 8.7
Solids like iron pipe, rubber tube, etc., are in the shape of hollow cylinders. For a
hollow cylinder of height h with external and internal radii R and r respectively,
we have, curved surface area, CSA = External surface area + Internal surface area
= 2rRh + 2rrh r
Thus, CSA = 2rh (R + r) sq.units

Total surface area, TSA = CSA + 2 # Base area
= 2rh (R + r) + 2 # [rR2 - rr2] hh hh
= 2rh (R + r) + 2r (R + r) (R - r)
` TSA = 2r (R + r) (R - r + h) sq.units.
Remark R
Thickness of the hollow cylinder, w = R - r . Fig. 8.8
Note
In this chapter, for r we take an approximate value 22 whenever it is required.
7
Example 8.1
A solid right circular cylinder has radius 7cm and height 20 cm. Find its (i) curved
surface area and (ii) total surface area. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r and h be the radius and height of the right circular cylinder respectively.
Given that r = 7cm and h = 20 cm
Curved surface area, CSA = 2rrh
= 2 # 22 # 7 # 20
7
Thus, the curved surface area = 880 sq.cm
20 cm
Now, the total surface area = 2rr (h + r)
= 2 # 22 # 7 # [20 + 7] = 44 # 27
7
7 cm
Thus, the total surface area = 1188 sq.cm.
Fig. 8.9
Mensuration 221
Example 8.2
If the total surface area of a solid right circular cylinder is 880 sq.cm and its radius is
10 cm, find its curved surface area. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r and h be the radius and height of the right
circular cylinder respectively. 880 cm2
Let S be the total surface area of the right circular cylinder.
Given that r =10 cm and S = 880 cm2
10 cm
Fig. 8.10
Now, S = 880 ( 2rr [h + r] = 880
Aliter :
( 2 # 22 # 10 [h + 10] = 880
7
CSA = TSA – 2× Area of the base
( h + 10 = 880 # 7
2 # 22 # 10
= 880 – 2 × rr2
( h + 10 = 14
= 880 – 2 # 22 # 102
Thus, the height of the cylinder, h = 4 cm 7
= 1760 = 251 3 sq.cm.
Now, the curved surface area, CSA is 7 7
2rrh = 2 # 22 # 10 # 4 = 1760
7 7
Thus, the curved surface area of the cylinder = 251 3 sq.cm.
7
Example 8.3
The ratio between the base radius and the height of a right circular cylinder
is 2 : 5. If its curved surface area is 3960 sq.cm, find the height and radius. ( use r = 22 )
7 7
Solution Let r and h be the radius and height of the cylinder respectively.
Given that r : h = 2 : 5 ( r = 2 . Thus, r = 2 h
h 5 5
Now, the curved surface area, CSA = 2rrh
( 2 # 22 # 2 # h # h = 3960
7 5 7
( h2 = 3960 # 7 # 5 = 225
2 # 22 # 2 # 7
Thus, h = 15 ( r = 2 h = 6.
5
Hence, the height of the cylinder is 15 cm and the radius is 6 cm.
Example 8.4
The diameter of a road roller of length 120 cm is 84 cm. If it takes 500 complete
revolutions to level a playground, then find the cost of levelling it at the cost of 75 paise per
square metre. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Given that r = 42 cm, h = 120 cm
Area covered by the roller = Curved Surface Area
in one revolution of the road roller.
= 2rrh
= 2 # 22 # 42 # 120
84 cm
7
= 31680 cm2.
Area covered by the
roller in 500 revolutions = 31680 # 500 120 cm
Fig. 8.11
= 15840000 cm2
= 15840000 = 1584 m2 (10,000 cm2 = 1 sq.m)

10000
Cost of levelling per 1sq.m. = ` 75
100
Thus, cost of levelling the play ground = 1584 # 75 = ` 1188.

100
Example 8.5
The internal and external radii of a hollow cylinder are 12 cm and 18 cm respectively.
If its height is 14 cm, then find its curved surface area and total surface area. (Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r, R and h be the internal and external radii and the height of a hollow cylinder
respectively.
12 cm
Given that r = 12 cm, R = 18 cm, h = 14 cm
Now, curved surface area, CSA = 2r h(R+r)
14 cm
Thus, CSA = 2 # 22 # 14 # ^18 + 12h
7
= 2640 sq.cm
18 cm
Fig. 8.12
Total surface area, TSA = 2r (R + r) (R - r + h)
= 2 # 22 # (18 + 12) (18 - 12 + 14)
7
= 2 # 22 # 30 # 20 = 26400 .
7 7
Thus, the total surface area = 3771 3 sq.cm.
7
8.2.2 Right Circular Cone
In our daily life we come across many solids or objects like ice cream container, the
top of the temple car, the cap of a clown in a circus, the mehandi container. Mostly the objects
mentioned above are in the shape of a right circular cone.
Mensuration 223
A cone is a solid object that tapers smoothly from a flat base to a point called vertex.
In general, the base may not be of circular shape. Here, cones are assumed to be right
circular, where right means that the axis that passes through the centre of the base is at right
angles to its plane, and circular means that the base is a circle. In this section, let us define a right
circular cone and find its surface area. One can visualise a cone through the following activity.
Activity
Take a thick paper and cut a right angled 3 ABC, right angled at B. Paste a long
thick string along one of the perpendicular sides say AB of the triangle. Hold the string
with your hands on either side of the triangle and rotate the triangle about the string.
What happens? Can you
recognize the shape formed on the B B
C B D C D C
rotation of the triangle around the
string?. The shape so formed is a
right circular cone.
If a right angled 3 ABC is
revolved 360c about the side AB
containing the right angle, the
A A A
solid thus formed is called a right
circular cone.
Fig. 8.13
A
The length AB is called the height of the cone.
The length BC is called the radius of its base (BC = r).
The length AC is called the slant height l of the cone (AC = AD = l).
In the right angled 3 ABC l
h
We have, l = h +r
2 2
( Pythagoras theorem)
h = l2 - r2 D r C
B
r = l2 - h2 Fig. 8.14
Note
(i) If the base of a cone is not circular,
B
then it is called oblique cone.
(ii) If the base of a cone is circular then, it is
called circular cone.
(iii) If the vertex is directly above the centre of
A
the circular base, then it is right circular O
cone. Fig. 8.15

(i) Curved surface area of a hollow cone
Let us consider a sector with radius l and central angle ic. Let L denote the length of
the arc. Thus, 2rl = 360c

L ic
l N
( L = 2rl # ic (1) i
360c
Now, join the radii of the sector to l
l l
obtain a right circular cone. L
h
Let r be the radius of the cone.
Hence, L = 2rr M M r
From (1) we obtain, L

Fig. 8.16
2rr = 2rl # ic
360c
Remarks
( l c ic m
r= When a sector of a circle is folded into a cone,
360c
the following conversions are taking place:
( r = ic
c m Sector Cone
l 360c
Radius (l) " Slant height (l)
Let A be the area of the sector. Then
rl2 = 360c Arc Length (L) " Perimeter of the base 2rr
(2)
A ic Area " Curved Surface Area rrl
Then the curved surface area
of the cone } = Area of the sector
Thus, the area of the curved
surface of the cone }
A = rl 2 c i c m = rl 2 ` r j .
360c l
Hence, the curved surface area of the cone = rrl sq.units.
(ii) Total surface area of the solid right circular cone

r rl
Total surface area of the solid cone = Curved surface area of the cone
+ Area of the base
= rrl + rr2 r r2
Fig. 8.17
Total surface area of the solid cone = rr^l + r h sq.units.
Example 8.6
Radius and slant height of a right circular cone are 35 cm and 37cm respectively. Find
the curved surface area and total surface area of the cone. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Mensuration 225
Solution Let r and l be the radius and the slant height of the right circular cone respectively.
r = 35 cm , l = 37 cm
Curved surface area, CSA = rrl = r^35) (37h
37cm
CSA = 4070 sq.cm
Total surface area, TSA = rr [l + r]
= 22 # 35 # 637 + 35 @
7
Thus, TSA = 7920 sq.cm. 35cm
Fig. 8.18
Example 8.7
Let O and C be the centre of the base and the vertex of a right circular cone. Let
B be any point on the circumference of the base. If the radius of the cone is 6 cm and if
+OBC = 60 o , then find the height and curved surface area of the cone.
Solution Given that radius OB = 6 cm and +OBC = 60 o .

C
In the right angled 3 OBC,
cos 60 o = OB
BC
( BC = OB
cos 60c
60c
` BC = 6 = 12 cm A O B
(1 ) 6cm
2
Thus, the slant height of the cone, l = 12 cm Fig. 8.19
In the right angled 3 OBC, we have
tan60 o = OC
OB
( OC = OB tan 60c = 6 3
Thus, the height of the cone, OC = 6 3 cm
Now, the curved surface area is rrl = r # 6 # 12 = 72r cm2 .
Example 8.8
A sector containing an angle of 120c is cut off from a circle of radius 21 cm and folded
into a cone. Find the curved surface area of the cone. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r be the base radius of the cone.
Angle of the sector, i = 120c
Radius of the sector, R = 21 cm

When the sector is folded into a right circular cone, we have
circumference of the base of the cone 21cm
120c
21cm
= Length of the arc l
( 2rr = i # 2rR
h
360c
( r = i # R
r
360c 2rr
Thus, the base radius of the cone, r = 120 c # 21 = 7 cm. Fig. 8.20
360c
Also, the slant height of the cone , Aliter :
l = Radius of the sector
CSA of the cone = Area of the sector
Thus, l = R ( l = 21 cm.
Now , the curved surface area of the cone, = i # R2
360c
CSA = rrl
= 120 # 22 # 21 # 21
22 360 7
= # 7 # 21 = 462.
7 = 462 sq.cm.
Thus, the curved surface area of the cone is 462 sq.cm.
8.2.3 Sphere
If a circular disc is rotated about one of its diameter, the solid thus generated is called
sphere. Thus sphere is a 3- dimensional object which has surface area and volume.
(i) Curved surface area of a solid sphere
Activity
Take a circular disc, paste a string along a diameter of the disc and rotate it 360c.
The object so created looks like a ball. The new solid is called sphere.
The following activity may help us to visualise the surface area of a sphere as
four times the area of the circle with the same radius.
Take a plastic ball.
Fix a pin at the top of the ball.
r r
Wind a uniform thread over
the ball so as to cover the
whole curved surface area. r
rr 2
Unwind the thread and
measure the length of the r r
thread used.
Cut the thread into four equal
parts. Fig. 8.21
Place the strings as shown in the figures.
Mensuration 227
Measure the radius of the sphere and the circles formed.
Now, the radius of the sphere = radius of the four equal circles.
Thus, curved surface area of the sphere, CSA = 4 # Area of the circle
= 4 # rr2
` The curved surface area of a sphere = 4rr2 sq. units.
(ii) Solid hemisphere 2 rr 2
A plane passing through the centre of a sphere divides the sphere

into two equal parts. Each part of the sphere is called a solid hemisphere.
CSA of the Sphere 2rr2
Curved surface area of a hemisphere =
2
2 Fig. 8.22
= 4rr =2 rr2 sq.units.

2
Total surface area of a hemisphere, TSA = Curved Surface Area +Area of the Circle
= 2rr2 + rr2 rr 2
= 3rr2 sq.units. 2 rr 2
(iii) Hollow hemisphere

Fig. 8.23
Let R and r be the outer and inner radii of the hollow hemisphere.
Now, its curved surface area = Outer surface area + Inner surface area
= 2rR2 + 2rr2 r R
= 2r^ R2 + r2h sq.units .
The total surface area = Outer surface area + Inner surface area
+ Area at the base
Fig. 8.24
= 2 rR + 2 rr + r ^ R - r h
2 2 2 2
= 2r^ R + r h + r^ R + r h^ R - r h sq.units.
2 2
Example 8.9
A hollow sphere in which a circus motorcyclist performs his stunts, has an inner
diameter of 7 m. Find the area available to the motorcyclist for riding. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Inner diameter of the hollow sphere, 2r = 7 m.
Available area to the motorcyclist for riding = Inner surface area of the sphere
= 4rr2 = r (2r) = 22 # 7
2 2
7
Available area to the motorcyclist for riding = 154 sq.m.

Example 8.10
Total surface area of a solid hemisphere is 675r sq.cm. Find the curved surface area
of the hemisphere.
Solution Given that the total surface area of the solid hemisphere, r
3rr2 = 675r sq. cm 675 r cm2
( r2 = 225
Fig. 8.25
Now, the curved surface area of the solid hemisphere,
CSA = 2rr2 = 2r # 225 = 450r sq.cm.
Example 8.11
The thickness of a hemispherical bowl is 0.25 cm. The inner radius of the bowl
is 5 cm. Find the outer curved surface area of the bowl.( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r, R and w be the inner and outer radii and thickness of the hemispherical
bowl respectively.
5cm
Given that r = 5 cm, w = 0.25 cm 0.25cm
R
` R = r + w = 5 + 0.25 = 5.25 cm
Now, outer surface area of the bowl = 2rR2
= 2 # 22 # 5.25 # 5.25
7 Fig. 8.26
Thus, the outer surface area of the bowl = 173.25 sq.cm.
Exercise 8.1
1. A right circular cylinder has radius of 14 cm and height of 8 cm . Find its curved
surface area and total surface area.
2. The total surface area of a right circular cylinder is 660 sq.cm. If its diameter of the
base is 14 cm, find the height and curved surface area of the cylinder.
3. Curved surface area and circumference at the base of a right circular cylinder are 4400
sq.cm and 110 cm respectively. Find its height and diameter.
4. A mansion has 12 right cylindrical pillars each having radius 50 cm and height 3.5 m.
Find the cost to paint the lateral surface of the pillars at ` 20 per square metre.
5. The total surface area of a solid right circular cylinder is 231 cm2 . Its curved surface
area is two thirds of the total surface area. Find the radius and height of the cylinder.
6. The total surface area of a circular cylinder is 1540 cm2. If the height is four times the
radius of the base, then find the height of the cylinder.`
Mensuration 229
7. The radii of two right circular cylinders are in the ratio of 3 : 2 and their heights are
in the ratio 5 : 3. Find the ratio of their curved surface areas.
8. The curved surface area of a hollow cylinder is 540r sq.cm. Its internal diameter is
16 cm and height is 15 cm. Find the total surface area.
9. The external diameter of a cylindrical shaped iron pipe is 25 cm and its length is
20 cm. If the thickness of the pipe is 1cm, find the total surface area of the pipe.
10. The radius and height of a right circular solid cone are 7 cm and 24 cm respectively.
Find its curved surface area and total surface area.
11. If the vertical angle and the radius of a right circular cone are 60c and 15 cm
respectively, then find its height and slant height.
12. If the circumference of the base of a cone is 236 cm and its slant height is 12 cm, find
its curved surface area.
13. A heap of paddy is in the form of a cone whose diameter is 4.2 m and height is 2.8 m.
If the heap is to be covered exactly by a canvas to protect it from rain, then find the
area of the canvas needed.
14. The central angle and radius of a sector of a circular disc are 180c and 21 cm
respectively. If the edges of the sector are joined together to make a hollow cone,
then find the radius of the cone.
15. Radius and slant height of a cone are in the ratio 3 : 5. If the curved surface area
is 60r sq.cm, then find its total surface area.
16. If the curved surface area of a sphere is 98.56 cm2 , then find the radius of the sphere.
17. If the curved surface area of a solid hemisphere is 2772 sq.cm, then find its total surface area.
18. Radii of two solid hemispheres are in the ratio 3 : 5. Find the ratio of their curved
surface areas and the ratio of their total surface areas.
19. Find the curved surface area and total surface area of a hollow hemisphere whose
outer and inner radii are 4.2 cm and 2.1 cm respectively.
20. A hemispherical dome of a building needs to be painted. If the circumference of the
base is 17.6 m, find the cost of painting it at the rate of `5 per sq. m.
8.3 Volume
So far we have seen the problems related to the surface area of some solids. Now we
shall learn how to calculate volumes of some familiar solids. Volume is literally the ‘amount
of space filled’. The volume of a solid is a numerical characteristic of the solid.
For example, if a body can be decomposed into finite set of unit cubes (cubes of unit
sides), then the volume is equal to the number of these cubes.

The cube in the figure, has a volume
1cm
= length # width # height
= 1 cm # 1 cm # 1 cm = 1 cm 3. 1cm2
1cm
1cm
If we say that the volume of an object is 100 cu.cm, then it implies Fig. 8.27
that we need 100 cubes each of 1 cm3 volume to fill this object completely.
Just like surface area, volume is a positive quantity and is invariant with respect to
displacement. Volumes of some solids are illustrated below.
8.3.1 Volume of a right circular cylinder
(i) Volume of a right circular solid cylinder

The volume of a right circular cylinder is the product
of the base area and height. h
V = rr2 h
That is, the volume of the cylinder, V = Area of the base # height
= rr 2 # h
rr 2
Thus, the volume of a cylinder, V = rr h cu. units.
2
Fig. 8.28
(ii) Volume of a hollow cylinder

Let R and r be the external and internal radii of a hollow right circular cylinder
r
respectively. Let h be its height.
Volume of the Volume of the

Then, the volume, V = 3-)
outer cylinder inner cylinder
= rR 2 h - rr 2 h
Hence, the volume of a hollow cylinder,
V = rh (R2 - r2) cu. units. R
Example 8.12 Fig. 8.29
If the curved surface area of a right circular cylinder is 704 sq.cm, and height is 8 cm,
find the volume of the cylinder in litres. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r and h be the radius and height of the right circular cylinder respectively.
Given that h = 8 cm and CSA = 704 sq.cm
Now, CSA = 704
704cm2
8cm
( 2 rrh = 704
r
2 # 22 # r # 8 = 704 Fig. 8.30
7
Mensuration 231
` r = 704 # 7 = 14 cm
2 # 22 # 8
Thus, the volume of the cylinder, V = rr2 h
= 22 # 14 # 14 # 8
7
= 4928 cu.cm.
Hence, the volume of the cylinder = 4.928 litres. (1000 cu.cm = l litre)
Example 8.13
A hollow cylindrical iron pipe is of length 28 cm. Its outer and inner diameters
are 8 cm and 6 cm respectively. Find the volume of the pipe and weight of the pipe
if 1 cu.cm of iron weighs 7 gm.( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r, R and h be the inner, outer radii and height of the hollow cylindrical
pipe respectively. 6cm
Given that 2r = 6 cm, 2R = 8 cm , h = 28 cm

Now, the volume of the pipe, V = r # h # (R + r) (R - r)
= 22 # 28 # (4 + 3) (4 - 3)
28cm
7
` Volume, V = 616 cu. cm
Weight of 1 cu.cm of the metal = 7 gm
Weight of the 616 cu. cm of metal = 7 # 616 gm
8cm
Thus, the weight of the pipe = 4.312 kg. Fig. 8.31
Example 8.14
Base area and volume of a right circular cylinder are 13.86 sq.cm, and 69.3 cu.cm
respectively. Find its height and curved surface area.( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let A and V be the base area and volume of the cylinder respectively.
Given that the base area, A = rr = 13.86 sq.cm and
2
volume, V = rr h = 69.3 cu.cm.

2
Thus, rr h = 69.3
2
V = 69.3 cm3
( .86 # h = 69.3
13
` h = 69.3 = 5 cm.
13.86
A =13.86 cm2
Now, the base area = rr = 13.86
2
Fig. 8.32

22 # r2 = 13.86
7
r = 13.86 # 7 = 4.41
2
22
` r = 4.41 = 2.1 cm.
Now, Curved surface area, CSA = 2rrh
= 2 # 22 # 2.1 # 5
7
Thus, CSA = 66 sq.cm.
8.3.2 Volume of a right circular cone
Let r and h be the base radius and the height of a right circular cone respectively.
The volume V of the cone is given by the formula: V = 1 # rr h cu. units.
2
3
To justify this formula, let us perform the following activity.
Activity
Make a hollow cone and a hollow cylinder like in the figure given below with the
same height and same radius.Now, practically we can find out the volume of the cone by
doing the process given below. Fill the cone with sand or liquid and then pour it into the
cylinder. Continuing this experiment, we see that the cylinder will be filled completely
by sand / liquid at the third time.
Fig. 8.33
From this simple activity, if r and h are the radius and height of the cylinder, then we
find that 3 (Volume of the cone) = Volume of the cylinder = rr h
2
Thus, the volume of the cone = 1 # rr h cu. units.

2
3
Example 8.15
The volume of a solid cone is 4928 cu. cm. If its height is 24 cm, then find the radius
of the cone. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r, h and V be the radius, height and volume of a solid cone respectively.
Given that V = 4928 cu.cm and h = 24 cm
Mensuration 233
Thus, we have 1 rr2 h = 4928
3
( 1 # 22 # r # 24 = 4928 l
2
h
3 7 4928cm3
24cm
( r = 4928 # 3 # 7 = 196.
2
22 # 24
r
Thus, the base radius of the cone, r = 196 = 14 cm.
Fig. 8.34
8.3.3 Volume of a Frustum of a Cone
Let us consider a right circular solid cone and cut it into two solids so as to obtain a
smaller right circular cone. The other portion of the cone is called frustum of the cone. This
is illustrated in the following activity.
Activity
Take some clay and form a right circular cone. Cut it with a knife parallel to its
base. Remove the smaller cone. What are you left with? The left out portion of the
solid cone is called frustum of the cone. The Latin word frustum means “piece cut off”
and its plural is frusta.

R
Fig. 8.35
Hence, if a solid right circular cone is sliced with a plane parallel to its base , the
part of the cone containing the base is called a frustum of the cone. Thus a frustum
has two circular discs, one at the bottom and the other at the top of it. Let us find the
volume of a frustum of a cone.
The volume of a frustum of a cone is nothing but the difference between volumes
of two right circular cones. (See Fig. 8.35) Consider a frustum of a solid right circular
cone.
Let R be the radius of the given cone. Let r and x be the radius and the height of
the smaller cone obtained after removal of the frustum from the given cone.
Let h be the height of the frustum.
Volume of the Volume of the
Now, the volume of the 1 , V = 3-)
frustum of the cone given cone smaller coney
= 1 # r # R # (x + h) - 1 # r # r # x
2 2
3 3
Thus, V = 1 r 6 x^ R - r h + R h @ . (1)
2 2 2

R
From the Fig. 8.36 we see that DBFE + DDGE
A F B
` BF = FE
DG GE
h
( R = x+h r
r x D
C
( Rx - rx = rh h+x G
( x (R - r) = rh x
Thus, we get rhx = (2)

R-r
E
Now, (1) ( V = 1 r 6 x^ R - r h + R h @
2 2 2
Fig. 8.36
3
( = 1 r 6 x^ R - r h^ R + r h + R h @
2
3
( = 1 r 6 rh^ R + r h + R h @ using (2)
2
3
Hence, the volume of the frustum of the cone, V = 1 rh (R2 + r2 + Rr) cu. units.
3
Note
* Curved surface area of a frustum of a cone = r (R + r) l where l =
2 2 2
h + (R - r )
* Total surface area of a frustum of a the cone = rl (R + r) + rR + rr , l =
2 2 2 2 2
h + (R - r )
* ( Not for the examination)
Example 8.16
The radii of two circular ends of a frustum shaped bucket are 15 cm and 8 cm. If its
depth is 63 cm, find the capacity of the bucket in litres. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let R and r are the radii of the circular ends at the top and bottom and h be the
depth of the bucket respectively. 15cm
Given that R = 15 cm , r = 8 cm and h = 63 cm.

The volume of the bucket (frustum)
63cm
= 1 rh (R + r + Rr)
2 2
3
= 1 # 22 # 63 # (15 + 8 + 15 # 8)
2 2
3 7
= 26994 cu.cm. 8cm
= 26994 litres (1000 cu.cm = 1 litre) Fig. 8.37

1000
Thus, the capacity of the bucket = 26.994 litres.
Mensuration 235
8.3.4 Volume of a sphere
(i) Volume of a Solid Sphere
Activity
The following simple experiment justifies the formula for volume of a sphere,
V = 4 rr cu.units.
3
3
Take a cylindrical shaped container of radius R and height h. Fill the container with
water. Immerse a solid sphere of radius r, where R 2 r, in the container and measure
the quantity of the displaced water. Now, the volume of the solid sphere is same as that
of the displaced water.
Thus, the volume of the sphere,
V = 4 rr cu.units.
3
h
r
displaced water
r
R 4 rr 3
3
R
Fig. 8.38
(ii) Volume of a hollow sphere

If the inner and outer radius of a hollow sphere are r and R respectively, then
Volume of the Volume of the Volume of the

3= 3-)
hollow sphere outer sphere inner sphere
R
= 4 rR - 4 rr
3 3
3 3 r
` Volume of hollow sphere = 4 r (R - r ) cu. units.
3 3
3 Fig. 8.39
(iii) Volume of a hemisphere

Volume of the Hemisphere = 1 # volume of the sphere
2
= 1 # 4 rr
3
2 rr 3
2 3 3
= 2 rr cu.units.
3
3 Fig. 8.40

(iv) Volume of a hollow hemisphere
Volume of a Hollow Volume of outer Volume of Inner
3 = 3-)
Hemisphere Hemisphere Hemisphere r R
= 2 # r # R3 - 2 # r # r3
3 3
= 2 r^ R3 - r3h cu.units .
3 Fig. 8.41
Example 8.17
Find the volume of a sphere-shaped metallic shot-put having diameter of 8.4 cm.
( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r be radius of the metallic shot-put.
9.8cm
Now, 2r = 8.4 cm ( r = 4.2 cm
Volume of the shot-put, V = 4 rr
3
3
Fig. 8.42
= 4 # 22 # 42 # 42 # 42
3 7 10 10 10
Thus, the volume of the shot-put = 310.464 cu.cm.
Example 8.18
A cone, a hemisphere and cylinder have equal bases. If the heights of the cone
and a cylinder are equal and are same as the common radius, then find the ratio of their
respective volumes.
Solution Let r be the common radius of the cone, hemisphere and cylinder.
Let h be the common height of the cone and cylinder.
Given that r = h
r
Let V1, V2 and V3 be the volumes of the
h h
cone, hemisphere and cylinder respectively.
Now, V1 : V2 : V3 = 1 rr h : 2 rr : rr h
2 3 2
r r
3 3
Fig. 8.43
= 1 rr : 2 rr : rr ( here, r = h )
3 3 3
(
3 3
( V1 : V2 : V3 = 1 : 2 : 1
3 3
Hence, the required ratio is 1 : 2 : 3.
Mensuration 237
Example 8.19
If the volume of a sphere is 7241 1 cu.cm, then find its radius.
7
( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let r and V be the radius and volume of the sphere respectively.
Given that V = 7241 1 cu.cm

7
r
( 4 rr = 50688
3
3 7 cm3
7241 1
7
( 4 # 22 # r = 50688
3
3 7 7
r = 50688 # 3 # 7 Fig. 8.44
3
7 4 # 22
= 1728 = 43 # 33
Thus, the radius of the sphere, r = 12 cm.
Example 8.20
Volume of a hollow sphere is 11352 cm . If the outer radius is 8 cm, find the inner
3
7
radius of the sphere. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let R and r be the outer and inner radii of the hollow sphere respectively.
Let V be the volume of the hollow sphere.
Now, given that V = 11352 cm
3
7 r
R
4 r (R - r ) = 11352
3 3
( 8cm
3 7
( 4 # 22 (83 - r3) = 11352
3 7 7
3
512 - r = 387 ( r = 125 = 5
3 3
Fig. 8.45
Hence, the inner radius, r = 5 cm.
Exercise 8.2
1. Find the volume of a cylinder whose radius is 14 cm and height 30 cm.
2. A patient in a hospital is given soup daily in a cylindrical bowl of diameter 7 cm. If
the bowl is filled with soup to a height of 4 cm, then find the quantity of soup to be
prepared daily in the hospital to serve 250 patients?
3. The sum of the base radius and the height of a right circular solid cylinder is 37 cm.
If the total surface area of the cylinder is 1628 sq.cm, then find the volume of the
cylinder.

4. Volume of a solid cylinder is 62.37 cu.cm. Find the radius if its height is 4.5 cm.
5. The radii of two right circular cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3. Find the ratio of their
volumes if their heights are in the ratio 5 : 3.
6. The radius and height of a cylinder are in the ratio 5 : 7. If its volume is 4400 cu.cm,
find the radius of the cylinder.
7. A rectangular sheet of metal foil with dimension 66 cm # 12 cm is rolled to form a
cylinder of height 12 cm. Find the volume of the cylinder.
8. A lead pencil is in the shape of right circular cylinder. The pencil is 28 cm long and
its radius is 3 mm. If the lead is of radius 1 mm, then find the volume of the wood used
in the pencil.
9. Radius and slant height of a cone are 20 cm and 29 cm respectively. Find its volume.
10. The circumference of the base of a 12 m high wooden solid cone is 44 m. Find the
volume.
11. A vessel is in the form of a frustum of a cone. Its radius at one end and the height are 8 cm
and 14 cm respectively. If its volume is 5676 cm , then find the radius at the other end.
3
3
12. The perimeter of the ends of a frustum of a cone are 44 cm and 8.4r cm. If the depth
is 14 cm., then find its volume.
13. A right angled 3ABC with sides 5 cm, 12 cm and 13 cm is revolved about the fixed
side of 12 cm. Find the volume of the solid generated.
14. The radius and height of a right circular cone are in the ratio 2 :3. Find the slant height
if its volume is 100.48 cu.cm. ( Take r = 3.14)
15. The volume of a cone with circular base is 216r cu.cm. If the base radius is 9 cm, then
find the height of the cone.
16. Find the mass of 200 steel spherical ball bearings, each of which has radius 0.7 cm,
given that the density of steel is 7.95 g/cm . (Mass = Volume # Density)
3
17. The outer and the inner radii of a hollow sphere are 12 cm and 10 cm. Find its volume.
18. The volume of a hemisphere is 1152r cu.cm. Find its curved surface area.
19. Find the volume of the largest right circular cone that can be cut out of a cube whose
edge is 14 cm.
20. The radius of a spherical balloon increases from 7 cm to 14 cm as air is being pumped
into it. Find the ratio of volumes of the balloon in the two cases.
Mensuration 239
8.4 Combination of Solids
In our daily life we observe many objects like toys, vehicles, vessels, tools, etc. which
are combination of two or more solids.
How can we find the surface areas and volumes of combination of solids?
Fig. 8.46
The total surface area of the combination of solids need not be the sum of the surface
areas of the solids which are combined together. However, in the above figure, the total
surface area of the combined solid is equal to the sum of the curved surface area of the
hemisphere and curved surface area of the cone. But the volume of the combined solid is
equal to the sum of the volumes of the solids which are combined together. Thus, from the
figure we have,
The total surface area of the solid = Curved surface area 3 + )Curved surface area
of the hemisphere of the cone y
The total volume of the solid = volume of the hemisphere + volume of the cone.
Example 8.21
A solid wooden toy is in the form of a cone surmounted on a hemisphere. If the radii of
the hemisphere and the base of the cone are 3.5 cm each and the total height of the toy is 17.5
cm, then find the volume of wood used in the toy. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Hemispherical portion : Conical portion :
Radius, r = 3.5 cm Radius, r = 3.5 cm
Height, h = 17.5 - 3.5 = 14 cm
Volume of the wood = Volume of the hemisphere + Volume of the cone
= 2 rr + 1 rr h
17.5cm

3 2
3 3
2
= rr ^2r + hh
3
= 22 # 3.5 # 3.5 # ^2 # 3.5 + 14h = 269.5 3.5cm

7 3
Fig. 8.47
Hence, the volume of the wood used in the toy = 269.5 cu.cm.
Example 8.22
A cup is in the form of a hemisphere surmounted by a cylinder. The height of the
cylindrical portion is 8 cm and the total height of the cup is 11.5 cm. Find the total surface
area of the cup. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Hemispherical portion Cylindrical portion
8cm
11.5cm
Radius, r = Total height – 8 Height, h = 8 cm.
( r = 11.5- 8 = 3.5 cm Thus,radius r =3.5 cm = 7 cm

2
Total surface area of the cup = CSA of the hemispherical portion Fig. 8.48
+ CSA of the cylindrical portion
= 2rr + 2rrh = 2rr (r + h)
2
= 2 # 22 # 7 ` 7 + 8j
7 2 2
` Total surface area of the cup = 253 sq.cm.
Example 8.23
A circus tent is to be erected in the form of a cone surmounted on a cylinder.
The total height of the tent is 49 m. Diameter of the base is 42 m and height of the
cylinder is 21 m. Find the cost of canvas needed to make the tent, if the cost of canvas
is `12.50/ m . ( Take r = 22 )
2
7
Solution l
h1
Cylindrical Part Conical Part r
49m
Diameter, 2r = 42 m Radius, r = 21 m
21m
Radius, r = 21 m Height, h1 = 49 - 21 = 28 m
Height, h = 21 m Slant height, l =
2 2
h1 + r
42m
=
2 2
28 + 21
Fig. 8.49
= 7 4 + 3 = 35 m
2 2
Total area of the canvas needed = CSA of the cylindrical part + CSA of the conical part
= 2rrh + rrl = rr (2h + l)
= 22 # 21^2 # 21 + 35h = 5082
7
` Area of the canvas = 5082 m
2
Now, the cost of the canvas per sq.m = `12.50

Thus, the total cost of the canvas = 5082 # 12.5 = `63525
Mensuration 241
Example 8.24
A hollow sphere of external and internal diameters of 8 cm and 4 cm respectively is
melted and made into another solid in the shape of a right circular cone of base diameter
of 8 cm. Find the height of the cone .
Solution Let R and r be the external and internal radii of the hollow sphere.
Let h and r1 be the height and the radius of the cone to be made.
Hollow Sphere
2cm
External Internal Cone 4cm
2R = 8 cm 2r = 4 cm 2r1 = 8
( R = 4 cm ( r = 2 cm ( r1 = 4
When the hollow sphere is melted and made into a solid cone, we have
Volume of the cone = Volume of the hollow sphere
( 1 rr 2 h = 4 r 6 R 3 - r 3 @
3 1 3 h
( 1 # r # 42 # h = 4 # r # ^43 - 23h

3 3
( h = 64 - 8 = 14 8cm
4
Hence, the height of the cone h = 14 cm. Fig. 8.50
Example 8.25
Spherical shaped marbles of diameter 1.4 cm each, are dropped into a cylindrical
beaker of diameter 7 cm containing some water. Find the number of marbles that should be
dropped into the beaker so that the water level rises by 5.6 cm.
Solution Let n be the number of marbles needed. Let r1 and r2 be the radii of the marbles and
cylindrical beaker respectively.
Marbles Cylindrical Beaker
Diameter, 2r1 = 1.4 cm Diameter,2r2 = 7 cm
Radius r1 = 0.7 cm Radius, r2 = 7 cm
5.6cm
2
Let h be the height of the water level raised.
1.4cm
Then, h = 5.6 cm
After the marbles are dropped into the beaker, 7cm
Fig. 8.51
volume of water raised = Volume of n marbles
( rr2 h = n # 4 rr1
2 3

2
3r h
Thus, n = 2 3
4r1
3 # 7 # 7 # 5.6
n = 2 2 = 150.
4# 7 # 7 # 7
10 10 10
` The number of marbles needed is 150.
Example 8.26
Water is flowing at the rate of 15 km / hr through a cylindrical pipe of diameter 14 cm
into a rectangular tank which is 50 m long and 44 m wide. In how many hours will the water
level in the tank raise by 21 cm?. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Speed of water = 15 km / hr Speed 15 km/hr
14 cm
= 15000 m / hr
Diameter of the pipe, 2r = 14 cm
Thus, r = 7 m. 21cm
100 m
44
Let h be the water level to be raised. 50 m
Fig. 8.52
Thus, h = 21 cm = 21 m
100
Now, the volume of water discharged
= Cross section area of the pipe # Time # Speed
= rr2 # 1 # 15000
= 22 # 7 # 7 # 15000 cu.m
7 100 100
Volume of required quantity of water in the tank is,
lbh = 50 # 44 # 21
100
Assume that T hours are needed to get the required quantity of water.
` Volume of water discharged 1 = Required quantity of water in the tank

in T hours
( 22 # 7 2 # T # 15000 = 50 # 44 # 21
7 ` 100 j 100
Thus, T = 2 hours.
Hence, it will take 2 hours to raise the required water level.
Mensuration 243
Example 8.27
A cuboid shaped slab of iron whose dimensions are 55 cm # 40 cm # 15 cm is melted and
recast into a pipe. The outer diameter and thickness of the pipe are 8 cm and 1 cm respectively.
Find the length of the pipe. ( Take r = 22 )
7
Solution Let h1 be the length of the pipe. 8cm
Let R and r be the outer and inner radii of the pipe respectively.
1cm
Iron slab: Let lbh = 55# 40# 15.
Iron Pipe: 40cm
15cm
Outer diameter, 2R = 8 cm
55cm
` Outer radius, R = 4 cm
Fig. 8.53
Thickness, w = 1 cm
` Inner radius, r = R - w = 4 - 1 = 3 cm
Now, the volume of the iron pipe = Volume of iron slab
( rh1 (R + r) (R - r) = lbh
That is, 22 # h (4 + 3)(4 - 3) = 55 # 40 # 15

7 1
Thus, the length of the pipe, h1 = 1500 cm = 15 m.
Exercise 8.3
1. A play-top is in the form of a hemisphere surmounted on a cone. The diameter of the
hemisphere is 3.6 cm. The total height of the play-top is 4.2 cm. Find its total surface area.
2. A solid is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted on a hemisphere. If the diameter and
the total height of the solid are 21 cm, 25.5 cm respectively, then find its volume.
3. A capsule is in the shape of a cylinder with two hemispheres stuck to each of its ends.
If the length of the entire capsule is 14 mm and the diameter of the capsule is 5 mm,
find its surface area.
4. A tent is in the shape of a right circular cylinder surmounted by a cone. The
total height and the diameter of the base are 13.5 m and 28 m. If the height of the
cylindrical portion is 3 m, find the total surface area of the tent.
5. Using clay, a student made a right circular cone of height 48 cm and base radius 12 cm.
Another student reshapes it in the form of a sphere. Find the radius of the sphere.
6. The radius of a solid sphere is 24 cm. It is melted and drawn into a long wire of
uniform cross section. Find the length of the wire if its radius is 1.2 mm.

7. A right circular conical vessel whose internal radius is 5 cm and height is 24 cm is full
of water. The water is emptied into an empty cylindrical vessel with internal radius
10 cm. Find the height of the water level in the cylindrical vessel.
8. A solid sphere of diameter 6 cm is dropped into a right circular cylindrical vessel with
diameter 12 cm, which is partly filled with water. If the sphere is completely submerged
in water, how much does the water level in the cylindrical vessel increase?.
9. Through a cylindrical pipe of internal radius 7 cm, water flows out at the rate of 5 cm/sec.
Calculate the volume of water (in litres) discharged through the pipe in half an hour.
10. Water in a cylindrical tank of diameter 4 m and height 10 m is released through a

cylindrical pipe of diameter 10 cm at the rate of 2.5 Km/hr. How much time will it take
to empty the half of the tank? Assume that the tank is full of water to begin with.
11. A spherical solid material of radius 18 cm is melted and recast into three small solid
spherical spheres of different sizes. If the radii of two spheres are 2cm and 12 cm, find
the radius of the third sphere.
12. A hollow cylindrical pipe is of length 40 cm. Its internal and external radii are 4 cm
and 12 cm respectively. It is melted and cast into a solid cylinder of length 20 cm.
Find the radius of the new solid.
13. An iron right circular cone of diameter 8 cm and height 12 cm is melted and recast into
spherical lead shots each of radius 4 mm. How many lead shots can be made?.
14. A right circular cylinder having diameter 12 cm and height 15 cm is full of ice cream.
The ice cream is to be filled in cones of height 12 cm and diameter 6 cm, having a
hemispherical shape on top. Find the number of such cones which can be filled with
the ice cream available.
15. A container with a rectangular base of length 4.4 m and breadth 2 m is used to collect
rain water. The height of the water level in the container is 4 cm and the water is
transferred into a cylindrical vessel with radius 40 cm. What will be the height of the
water level in the cylinder?
16. A cylindrical bucket of height 32 cm and radius 18 cm is filled with sand. The bucket
is emptied on the ground and a conical heap of sand is formed. If the height of the
conical heap is 24 cm, find the radius and slant height of the heap.
17. A cylindrical shaped well of depth 20 m and diameter 14 m is dug. The dug out soil
is evenly spread to form a cuboid-platform with base dimension 20 m # 14 m. Find
the height of the platform.
Mensuration 245
Exercise 8.4
1. The curved surface area of a right circular cylinder of radius 1 cm and height 1 cm is
equal to
(A) r cm2 (B) 2r cm2 (C) 3r cm3 (D) 2 cm2
2. The total surface area of a solid right circular cylinder whose radius is half of its
height h is equal to
(A) 3 r h sq. units (B) 2 rh2 sq. units (C) 3 rh sq.units (D) 2 r h sq.units
2
2 3 2 3
3. Base area of a right circular cylinder is 80 cm . If its height is 5 cm, then the volume
2
is equal to
(A) 400 cm3 (B) 16 cm3 (C) 200 cm3 (D) 400 cm3
3
4. If the total surface area a solid right circular cylinder is 200 r cm and its
2
radius is 5 cm, then the sum of its height and radius is

(A) 20 cm (B) 25 cm (C) 30 cm (D) 15 cm
5. The curved surface area of a right circular cylinder whose radius is a units and
height is b units, is equal to
(A) ra2 b sq.cm (B)2r ab sq.cm (C) 2r sq.cm (D) 2 sq.cm
6. Radius and height of a right circular cone and that of a right circular cylinder are
respectively, equal. If the volume of the cylinder is 120 cm3, then the volume of the
cone is equal to
(A) 1200 cm3 B) 360 cm3 (C) 40 cm3 (D) 90 cm3
7. If the diameter and height of a right circular cone are 12 cm and 8 cm respectively, then
the slant height is
(A) 10 cm (B) 20 cm (C) 30 cm (D) 96 cm
8. If the circumference at the base of a right circular cone and the slant height are
120r cm and 10 cm respectively, then the curved surface area of the cone is equal to
(A) 1200r cm2 (B) 600r cm2 (C) 300r cm2 (D) 600 cm2
9. If the volume and the base area of a right circular cone are 48r cm3 and 12r cm2
respectively, then the height of the cone is equal to
(A) 6 cm (B) 8 cm (C) 10 cm (D) 12 cm
10. If the height and the base area of a right circular cone are 5 cm and 48 sq. cm respectively,
then the volume of the cone is equal to
(A) 240 cm3 (B) 120 cm3 (C) 80 cm3 (D) 480 cm3

11. The ratios of the respective heights and the respective radii of two cylinders are 1:2
and 2:1 respectively. Then their respective volumes are in the ratio
(A) 4 : 1 (B) 1 : 4 (C) 2 : 1 (D) 1 : 2
12. If the radius of a sphere is 2 cm , then the curved surface area of the sphere is equal to
(A) 8r cm2 (B) 16 cm2 (C) 12r cm2 (D) 16r cm2 .
13. The total surface area of a solid hemisphere of diameter 2 cm is equal to
(A) 12 cm2 (B) 12r cm2 (C) 4r cm2 (D) 3r cm2.
14. If the volume of a sphere is 9 r cu.cm , then its radius is
16
4
(A) cm 3
(B) cm (C) 3 cm (D) 2 cm.
3 4 2 3
15. The surface areas of two spheres are in the ratio of 9 : 25. Then their volumes are in
the ratio
(A) 81 : 625 (B) 729 : 15625 (C) 27 : 75 (D) 27 : 125.
16. The total surface area of a solid hemisphere whose radius is a units, is equal to
(A) 2r a2 sq.units (B) 3r a2 sq.units (C) 3r a sq.units (D) 3a2 sq.units.
17. If the surface area of a sphere is 100r cm2, then its radius is equal to
(A) 25 cm (B) 100 cm (C) 5 cm (D) 10 cm .
18. If the surface area of a sphere is 36r cm2, then the volume of the sphere is equal to
(A) 12r cm3 (B) 36r cm3 (C) 72r cm3 (D) 108r cm3.
19. If the total surface area of a solid hemisphere is 12r cm2 then its curved surface area
is equal to
(A) 6r cm2 (B) 24r cm2 (C) 36r cm2 (D) 8r cm2.
20. If the radius of a sphere is half of the radius of another sphere, then their respective
volumes are in the ratio
(A) 1 : 8 (B) 2: 1 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 8 : 1
21. Curved surface area of solid sphere is 24 cm2. If the sphere is divided into two
hemispheres, then the total surface area of one of the hemispheres is
(A) 12 cm2 (B) 8 cm2 (C) 16 cm2 (D) 18 cm2
22. Two right circular cones have equal radii. If their slant heights are in the ratio
4 : 3, then their respective curved surface areas are in the ratio
(A) 16 : 9 (B) 8 : 6 (C) 4 : 3 (D) 3 : 4
Mensuration 247
Lateral or
Sl. Curved Total Surface Area Volume
Name Figure
No Surface Area (sq.units) (cu.units)
(sq.units)
Right
1 circular h 2rrh 2rr^h + r h rr 2 h
cylinder
r
r
Right rR 2 h - rr 2 h
circular h
2 2rh^ R + r h 2r^ R + r h^ R - r + hh rh ^ R 2 - r 2 h
hollow
rh^ R + r h^ R - r h
cylinder R
Right
1 rr 2 h
3 circular h
l rrl rr^l + r h
3
cone
r
h 1 rh^ R2 + r2 + Rr h
4 Frustum ------- -------------- 3
R
r 4 rr 3
5 Sphere 4rr2 ---
 3
Hollow R 4 r^ R 3 - r 3h
6 --- ---
sphere r
3
r
2 rr 3
7 Hemisphere 2 rr 2 3rr2 3
r R
Hollow 2 r ^ R3 - r3 h
8 2 2
2r ^ R + r h 2 2 2 2
2r ^ R + r h + r ^ R - r h
Hemisphere 3
9 Cone l = h2 + r2 10. Volume of water flows out through a pipe

l
h h = l2 - r2 = {Cross section area # Speed # Time }
r r = l2 - h2
CSA of a cone = Area of the sector R 11. No. of new solids obtained by recasting
= i # rr
2 l
= Volume of the solid which is melted

rrl h
360
Length of the = Base circumference L
r
volume of one solid which is made
sector of the cone
12 Conversions 1 m3 = 1000 litres , 1 d.m3 = 1 litre , 1000 cm3 = 1 litre , 1000 litres = 1 kl

9 PRACTICAL
GEOMETRY
Give me a place to stand, and I shall move the earth
-Archimedes
 Introduction
 Tangents 9.1 Introduction

 Triangles Geometry originated in Egypt as early as 3000 B.C.,
 Cyclic Quadrilateral was used for the measurement of land. Early geometry was
a collection of empirically discovered principles concerning
lengths, angles, areas, and volumes which were developed
to meet some practical needs in surveying, construction,
astronomy and various other crafts.
Recently there have been several new efforts to reform

curricula to make geometry less worthy than its counterparts
such as algebra, analysis, etc. But many mathematicians
strongly disagree with this reform. In fact, geometry helps
Brahmagupta
in understanding many mathematical ideas in other parts
(598-668 AD)
of mathematics. In this chapter, we shall learn how to draw
India
tangents to circles, triangles and cyclic quadrilaterals with
(Great Scientist of Ancient India)
the help of given actual measurements.
Brahmagupta wrote the book
“Brahmasphuta Siddhanta”. His In class IX, we have studied about various terms
most famous result in geometry is a related to circle such as chord, segment, sector, etc. Let
formula for cyclic quadrilateral : us recall some of the terms like secant, tangent to a circle
through the following activities.
Given the lengths p, q, r and s of
the sides of any cyclic quadrilateral,
Activity
he gave an approximate and an Take a paper and draw a circle P
C
exact formula for the area. of any radius. Draw a secant PQ A

M
Approximate area is to the circle. Now draw as many
p+r q+s secants as possible parallel to PQ
2 .
c mc m L
2
on both sides of PQ. Note that the
Exact area is D
points of contact of the secants
(t - p) (t - q) (t - r) (t - s) B Q
are coming closer and closer on
where 2t = p+q+r+s .

either side. You can also note that at one stage, the two points will coincide on both sides.
Among the secants parallel to PQ, the straight lines AB and CD, just touch the circle
exactly at one point on the circle, say at L and M respectively. These lines AB, CD are
called tangents to the circle at L, M respectively. We observe that AB is parallel to CD.
Activity
l3
Let us draw a circle and take a point P on the circle. Draw
l4 l2
many lines through the point P as shown in the figure. The
l5
straight lines which are passing through P, have two contact C
B
points on the circle. The straight lines l2, l3, l4 and l5 meet the A
circle at A, B, C and D respectively. So these lines l2, l3, l4, l5 D
are the secants to the circle. But the line l1 touches the circle P l1
exactly at one point P. Now the line l1 is called the tangent to

the circle at P.
We know that in a circle, the radius drawn at the point
of contact is perpendicular to the tangent at that point.
Let AP be a tangent at A drawn from an external point P to a circle
A
In a right angled DOPA , OA = AP
2 2 2
OP = OA + AP [By Pythagoras theorem] O P
2 2
AP = OP - OA .
B
9.2 Construction of tangents to a circle

Now let us learn how to draw a tangent to a circle
(i) using centre
(ii) using tangent-chord theorem .
9.2.1 Construction of a tangent to a circle (using the centre)
Result
In a circle, the radius drawn at the point of contact is perpendicular to the tangent at
that point.
Example 9.1
Draw a circle of radius 3.2 cm. Take a point P on this circle and draw a tangent at P.
(using the centre)

Given: Radius of the circle = 3.2 cm. Rough Diagram
Fair Diagram
O P
3.2cm
Tl
M N
L
O P
3.2cm
Tl
Construction
(i) With O as the centre draw a circle of radius 3.2 cm.
(ii) Take a point P on the circle and join OP.
(iii) Draw an arc of a circle with centre at P cutting OP at L.
!!
(iv) Mark M and N on the arc such that LM = MN .
(v) Draw the bisector PT of the angle + MPN..
(vi) Produce TP to T l to get the required tangent T l PT.
Remarks
One can draw the perpendicular line PT to the straight line OP through the point
P on the circle. Now, PT is the tangent to the circle at the point P.
9.2.2 Construction of a tangent to a circle using the tangent-chord theorem
Result The tangent-chord theorem
The angle between a chord of a circle and the tangent at one end of the chord is equal
to the angle subtended by the chord on the alternate segment of the circle.

Example 9.2
Draw a circle of radius 3.2 cm At a point P on it, draw a tangent to the circle using
the tangent-chord theorem.
Given : The radius of the circle = 3.2 cm.
Rough Diagram
Fair Diagram R
Q
R O
Q
Tl P T
Tl P T
Construction
(i) With O as the centre, draw a circle of radius 3.2 cm.
(ii) Take a point P on the circle.
(iii) Through P, draw any chord PQ.
(iv) Mark a point R distinct from P and Q on the circle so that P, Q and R are in
counter clockwise direction.
(v) Join PR and QR.
(vi) At P, construct +QPT = +PRQ .
(vii) Produce TP to T l to get the required tangent line T l PT.
9.2.3 Construction of pair of tangents to a circle from an external point
Results (i) Two tangents can be drawn to a circle from an external point.
(ii) Diameters subtend 90c on the circumference of a circle.

Example 9.3
Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. From an external point 7 cm away from its centre, construct
the pair of tangents to the circle and measure their lengths.
Given: Radius of the circle = 3 cm. OP = 7 cm.
Rough Diagram
T
3 cm
Fair Diagram
O P
7 cm
T
3 cm
cm
O M 7 cm P
G
cm
Tl
Construction
(i) With O as the centre draw a circle of radius 3 cm.
(ii) Mark a point P at a distance of 7 cm from O and join OP.
(iii) Draw the perpendicular bisector of OP. Let it meet OP at M.
(iv) With M as centre and MO as radius, draw another circle.
(v) Let the two circles intersect at T and T l .
(vi) Join PT and PT l . They are the required tangents.
Length of the tangent, PT = 6.3 cm
Verification
In the right angled TOPT
2 2 2 2
PT = OP - OT = 7 -3
= 49 - 9 = 40 ` PT = 6.3 cm (approximately).

Exercise 9.1
1. Draw a circle of radius 4.2 cm, and take any point on the circle. Draw the tangent at
that point using the centre.
2. Draw a circle of radius 4.8 cm. Take a point on the circle. Draw the tangent at that
point using the tangent-chord theorem.
3. Draw a circle of diameter 10 cm. From a point P, 13 cm away from its centre, draw the
two tangents PA and PB to the circle, and measure their lengths.
4. Draw the two tangents from a point which is 10 cm away from the centre of a circle of
radius 6 cm. Also, measure the lengths of the tangents.
5. Take a point which is 9 cm away from a circle of radius 3 cm, and draw the two tangents
to the circle from that point.
9.3 Construction of triangles

We have already learnt how to construct triangles when sides and angles are given.
In this section, let us construct a triangle when
(i) the base, vertical angle and the altitude from the vertex to the base are given.
(ii) the base, vertical angle and the median from the vertex to the base are given.
First, let us describe the way of constructing a segment of a circle on a given line
segment containing a given angle.
Construction of a segment of a circle on a given line segment containing an angle i
Construction Y
(i) Draw a line segment BC . A
(ii) At B, make +CBX = i .

i
(iii) Draw BY = BX .
O
(iv) Draw the perpendicular bisector of P
BC which meets BY at O.
(v) With O as centre and OB as radius
90–i
draw a circle.
B i C
(vi) Take any point A on the circle. By the
tangent-chord theorem, the major arc
BAC is the required segment of the circle
containing the angle i . X


Construction of a triangle when its base and the vertical angle are given.
We shall describe the various steps involved in the construction of a triangle when its
base and the vertical angle are given.
Construction
(i) Draw a line segment AB.
C2
(ii) At A, make the given angle +BAX =i Y
(iii) Draw AY = AX . i
C1
C3
(iv) Draw the perpendicular bisector of AB
i
which meets AY at O. i
O
(v) With O as centre OA as radius, i
C
draw a circle.
(vi) Take any point C on the alternate segment

of the circle and join AC and BC.
A i B
(vii) 3 ABC is the required triangle.
Now, one can justify that 3 ABC is one

X
of the triangles, with the given base and the
vertical angle.
Note that AX = AY . Thus, +XAY = 90c.

Also, OB = OA. (the radii of the circle).
AX is the tangent to the circle at A and C is any point on the circle.

Hence, +BAX = +ACB . (tangent-chord theorem).
Remarks
If we take C1, C2, C3, ... are points on the circle, then all the triangle
DABC1, DABC2, DABC3, g are with same base and the same vertical angle.

9.3.1 Construction of a triangle when its base, the vertical angle and the altitude from
the vertex to the base are given.
Example 9.4
Construct a DABC such that AB = 6 cm, +C = 40c and the altitude from C to AB is of
length 4.2 cm.
Rough Diagram
Given : In DABC , AB = 6 cm , +C = 40c C
The length of the altitude from C to AB is 4.2 cm.
K
Fair Diagram
4.2cm
Y
A 6 cm 6M
cm B
C H C1l
40c O
4.2cm
A 40c M
G 6 cm B
Construction
(i) Draw a line segment AB = 6 cm. X
(ii) Draw AX such that +BAX = 40c.

(iii) Draw AY = AX .
(iv) Draw the perpendicular bisector of AB intersecting AY at O and AB at M.
(v) With O as centre and OA as radius, draw the circle .
(vi) The segment AKB contains the vertical angle 40c.
(vii) On the perpendicular bisector MO, mark a point H such that MH = 4.2 cm.
(viii) Draw CHC l parallel to AB meeting the circle at C and at C l .
(ix) Complete the TABC , which is one of the required triangles.
Remarks
3 ABC l is also another required triangle.

9.3.2 Construction of a triangle when its base, the vertical angle and the median
from the vertex to the base are given.
Example 9.5
Construct a DABC in which BC = 5.5 cm., +A = 60c and the median AM from the
vertex A is 4.5 cm.
Given : In DABC , BC = 5.5 cm , +A = 60c, Median AM = 4.5 cm.
Rough Diagram
A
60c
Fair Diagram
4.5cm
3.2cm
K
A Al M
Y
B 5.5cm
4.5cm C
60c
4.5
O
cm
B C
M
D 5.5cm
60c
Construction
(i) Draw a line segment BC = 5.5 cm.
(ii) Through B draw BX such that +CBX = 60c.
(iii) Draw BY= BX.
(iv) Draw the perpendicular bisector of BC intersecting BY at O and BC at M.
(v) With O as centre and OB as radius, draw the circle.
(vi) The major arc BKC of the circle, contains the vertical angle 60c.
(vii) With M as centre, draw an arc of radius 4.5 cm meeting the circle at A and Al .
(viii) 3 ABC or TAl BC is the required triangle.

Example 9.6
Construct a DABC , in which BC = 4.5 cm, +A = 40c and the median AM from A to
BC is 4.7 cm. Find the length of the altitude from A to BC.
Given : In DABC , BC = 4.5 cm,
+A = 40c and the median AM from A to BC is 4.7 cm.

Rough Diagram
K
Fair Diagram
A
40c

5.3cm
4.7cm
Y
A Al
M
D
40c O B 4.5cm
5cm C
4.7
3.2 cm
cm
E
B 40c M
D 4.5cm C
Z
Construction
X
(i) Draw a line segment BC = 4.5 cm.
(ii) Draw BX such that +CBX = 40c.
(iii) Draw BY = BX .
(iv) Draw the perpendicular bisector of BC intersecting BY at O and BC at M.
(v) With O as centre and OB as radius, draw the circle .
(vi) The major arc BKC of the circle, contains the vertical angle 40c.
(vii) With M as centre draw an arc of radius 4.7 cm meeting the circle at A and Al .
(viii) Complete DABC or 3 Al BC , which is the required triangle.
(ix) Produce CB to CZ.
(x) Draw AE = CZ .
(xi) Length of the altitude AE is 3.2 cm.

Exercise 9.2
1. Construct a segment of a circle on a given line segment AB = 5.2 cm containing an angle 48c.
2. Construct a DPQR in which the base PQ = 6 cm, +R = 60c and the altitude from R to
PQ is 4 cm.
3. Construct a DPQR such that PQ = 4 cm, +R = 60c and the altitude from R to PQ is 4.5 cm.
4. Construct a DABC such that BC = 5 cm. +A = 45c and the median from A to BC is 4cm.
5. Construct a DABC in which the base BC = 5 cm, +BAC = 40c and the median from A
to BC is 6 cm. Also, measure the length of the altitude from A.
9.4 Construction of cyclic quadrilateral

D
If the vertices of a quadrilateral lie on a circle, then the
C
quadrilateral is known as a cyclic quadrilateral. In a cyclic quadrilateral,
the opposite angles are supplementary. That is, the sum of opposite
O
angles is 180c. Thus, four suitable measurements (instead of five
measurements) are sufficient for the construction of a cyclic quadrilateral. A B
Let us describe the various steps involved in the construction of

a cyclic quadrilateral when the required measurements are given.
(i) Draw a rough figure and draw a 3 ABC or
D
3 ABD using the given measurements. C
(ii) Draw the perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC

O
intersecting each other at O. (one can take any
two sides of 3 ABC )
(iii) With O as the centre, and OA as A B
radius, draw a circumcircle of 3 ABC .
(iv) Using the given measurement, find the fourth
vertex D and join AD and CD .
(v) Now, ABCD is the required cyclic quadrilateral.
In this section, we shall construct a cyclic quadrilateral based on the different set of
measurements of the cyclic quadrilateral as listed below.
(i) Three sides and one diagonal. (ii) Two sides and two diagonals. (iii) Three sides
and one angle. (iv) Two sides and two angles. (v) One side and three angles. (vi) Two sides,
one angle and one parallel line.

Type I (Three sides and one diagonal of a cyclic quadrilateral are given)
Example 9.7
Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD in which AB = 6 cm, AC = 7 cm, BC = 6 cm, and
AD = 4.2 cm.
Given : In the cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, AB = 6 cm, AC = 7 cm.
BC = 6 cm, and AD = 4.2 cm.
Rough Diagram
C C
Fair Diagram
D
6c
D
m
4.2 cm
7c
O
6 cm
m
A 6 cm B
7c
4.2 cm
A 6 cm B
Construction
(i) Draw a rough diagram and mark the measurements.
Draw a line segment AB = 6 cm.
(ii) With A and B as centres, draw arcs with radii 7 cm and 6 cm respectively, to intersect
at C.
(iii) Draw the perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC to intersect at O.
(iv) With O as the centre and OA (= OB = OC) as radius draw the circumcircle of DABC
(v) With A as the centre and radius 4.2 cm. draw an arc intersecting the circumcircle at D.
(vi) Join AD and CD.
Now, ABCD is the required cyclic quadrilateral.

Type II (Two sides and two diagonals of a cyclic quadrilateral are given)
Example 9.8
Construct a cyclic quadrilateral PQRS with PQ = 4 cm, QR = 6 cm, PR = 7.5 cm, QS = 7 cm
Given : In the cyclic quadrilateral PQRS , PQ = 4 cm, QR = 6 cm,
PR = 7.5 cm and QS = 7 cm Rough diagram
R
Fair Diagram
R S
cm
7.5
7c
6 cm
m
4 cm
cm
S P Q
7.5
O 6 cm
7c
m
P 4 cm Q
Construction
Draw a line segment PQ = 4 cm
(ii) With P as centre and radius 7.5 cm, draw an arc.
(iii) With Q as centre and radius 6 cm, draw another arc meeting the previous arc as
in the figure at R.
(iv) Join PR and QR.
(v) Draw the perpendicular bisectors of PQ and QR intersecting each other at O.
(vi) With O as the centre OP(=OQ=OR) as radius, draw the circumcircle of DPQR .
(vii) With Q as centre and 7 cm radius , draw an arc intersecting the circle at S.
(viii) Join PS and RS.
(ix) Now, PQRS is the required cyclic quadrilateral.

Type III (Three sides and one angle of a cyclic quadrilateral are given)
Example 9.9
Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD when AB = 6 cm, BC = 5.5 cm,
+ABC = 80c and AD = 4.5 cm.
Given: In the Cyclic Quadrilateral ABCD, AB = 6 cm, BC = 5.5 cm,
+ABC = 80c and AD = 4.5 cm.
Rough Diagram
Fair Diagram
X C
D
C
5.5 cm
4.5 cm
O
D 80c
A 6 cm B
5.5 cm
O
4.5 cm
80c
A 6 cm B
Construction
Draw a line segment AB = 6 cm.
(ii) Through B draw BX such that +ABX = 80c.
(iii) With B as centre and radius 5.5 cm, draw an arc intersecting BX at C and join AC.
(iv) Draw the perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC intersecting each other at O.
(v) With O as centre and OA (= OB = OC) as radius, draw the circumcircle of DABC .
(vi) With A as centre and radius 4.5 cm, draw an arc intersecting the circle at D.
(vii) Join AD and CD.
(viii) Now, ABCD is the required cyclic quadrilateral.

Type IV (Two sides and two angles of a cyclic quadrilateral are given)
Example 9.10
Construct a cyclic quadrilateral EFGH with EF = 5.2 cm, +GEF = 50c, FG = 6 cm
and +EGH = 40c.
Given: In the Cyclic Quadrilateral EFGH
EF = 5.2 cm, +GEF = 50c, FG = 6 cm and +EGH = 40 o .
X Rough diagram
Fair Diagram
G
G H
40c
40c
6 cm
H
Y
50c
6 cm
E 5.2 cm F
50c
E 5.2 cm F
Construction
Draw a line segment EF = 5.2 cm.
(ii) From E, draw EX such that +FEX = 50c.
(iii) With F as centre and radius 6 cm, draw an arc intersecting EX at G.
(iv) Join FG.
(v) Draw the perpendicular bisectors of EF and FG intersecting each other at O.
(vi) With O as centre and OE (= OF = OG) as radius, draw a circumcircle.
(vii) From G, draw GY such that +EGY = 40c which intersects the circle at H.
(viii) Join EH.
Now, EFGH is the required cyclic quadrilateral.

Type V ( One side and three angles of a cyclic quadrilateral are given)
Example 9.11
Construct a cyclic quadrilateral PQRS with PQ = 4 cm, +P = 100c, +PQS = 40c
and +SQR = 70c.
Given: In the cyclic quadrilateral PQRS,
PQ = 4 cm, +P = 100c, +PQS = 40c and +SQR = 70c.
Fair Diagram Rough diagram

X
Y Z R
S
S O
70c
100c
R 40c
O P 4 cm Q
70c
100c
40c
P 4 cm Q
Construction
Draw a line segment PQ = 4 cm.
(ii) From P draw PX such that +QPX = 100c.
(iii) From Q draw QY such that +PQY = 40c. Let QY meet PX at S.
(iv) Draw perpendicular bisectors of PQ and PS intersecting each other at O.
(v) With O as centre and OP( = OQ = OS ) as radius, draw a cicumcircle of 3 PQS
(vi) From Q, draw QZ such that +SQZ = 70c which intersects the circle at R.
(vii) Join RS.
Now, PQRS is the required cyclic quadrilateral.

Type VI
(Two sides , one angle and one parallel line are given)
Example 9.12
Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD when AB = 5.8 cm, +ABD = 35c, AD = 4.2 cm
and AB || CD.
Given: In the cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, AB = 5.8 cm,
+ABD = 35c, AD = 4.2 cm and AB || CD
Rough Diagram

Fair Diagram C
D
X
4.2 cm
D C Y
35c
A 5.8 cm B
4.2 cm
35c
A 5.8 cm B
Construction
Draw a line segment AB = 5.8 cm.
(ii) From B, draw BX such that +ABX = 35c.
(iii) With A as centre and radius 4.2 cm, draw an arc intersecting BX at D.
(iv) Draw perpendicular bisectors of AB and AD intersecting each other at O.
(v) With O as centre, and OA (= OB = OD) as radius, draw a circumcircle of DABD .
(vi) Draw DY such that DY < AB intersecting the circle at C.
Join BC.
(vii) Now, ABCD is the required cyclic quadrilateral.

Exercise 9.3
1. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral PQRS, with PQ = 6.5cm, QR = 5.5 cm,

PR = 7 cm and PS = 4.5 cm.
2. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD where AB = 6 cm, AD = 4.8 cm, BD = 8 cm
and CD = 5.5 cm.
3. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral PQRS such that PQ = 5.5 cm, QR = 4.5 cm,
+QPR = 45c and PS = 3 cm.
4. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD with AB = 7 cm, +A = 80c, AD = 4.5 cm and
BC = 5 cm.
5. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral KLMN such that KL = 5.5 cm, KM = 5 cm,

LM = 4.2 cm and LN = 5.3 cm.
6. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral EFGH where EF = 7 cm, EH = 4.8 cm,
FH = 6.5 cm and EG = 6.6 cm.
7. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, given AB = 6 cm, +ABC = 70c,
BC = 5 cm and +ACD = 30c
8. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral PQRS given PQ = 5 cm, QR = 4 cm, +QPR = 35c
and +PRS = 70c
9. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD such that AB = 5.5 cm +ABC = 50c,

+BAC = 60c and +ACD = 30c
10. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, where AB = 6.5 cm, +ABC = 110c,
BC = 5.5 cm and AB || CD.
Do you know?
Every year since 1901, the prestigious Nobel Prize has been awarded to individuals
for achievements in Physics, Chemistry, Physiology or medicine, Literature and for Peace.
The Nobel Prize is an international award administered by the Nobel Foundation in
Stockholm, Sweden. There is no Nobel Prize for Mathematics.
The Fields medal is a prize awarded to two , three or four Mathematicians not over
40 years of age at each International congress of the International Mathematical Union
(IMU), a meeting that takes place every four years.
The Fields medal is often described as the Nobel Prize for Mathematics.

10 GRAPHS
I think, therefore I am
- Rene Descartes
 Introduction
10.1 Introduction
 Quadratic Graphs
Graphs are diagrams that show information. They
 Special Graphs
show how two different quantities are related to each other
like weight is related to height. Sometimes algebra may be
hard to visualize. Learning to show relationships between
symbolic expressions and their graphs opens avenues to
realize algebraic patterns.
Students should acquire the habit of drawing a
reasonably accurate graph to illustrate a given problem
under consideration. A carefully made graph not only serves
to clarify the geometric interpretation of a problem but also
may serve as a valuable check on the accuracy of the algebraic
work. One should never forget that graphical results are at
best only approximations, and of value only in proportion to
the accuracy with which the graphs are drawn.
Rene Descartes 10.2 Quadratic Graphs
(1596-1650)
France
Definition
Let f : A " B be a function where A and B are
Descartes devised the cartesian subsets of R . The set "^ x, yh ; x ! A, y = f (x) , of all
plane while he was in a hospital bed such ordered pairs (x, y) is called the graph of f .
watching a fly buzzing around a
corner of his room.
A polynomial function in x can be represented
by a graph. The graph of a first degree polynomial
He created analytical geometry y = f (x) = ax + b, a ! 0 is an oblique line with slope a.
which paved the way of plotting The graph of a second degree polynomial
2
graphs using coordinate axes. y = f (x) = ax + bx + c, a ! 0 is a continuous non-linear
curve, known as a parabola.
The following graphs represent different polynomials.
y y y
O x O x O x
y = (x + 1) (x - 2) , y = (x + 4) (x + 1) (x - 2), y = 1 (x + 4) (x + 1) (x - 3) (x - 0.5)
14
a polynomial of degree 2 a polynomial of degree 3 a polynomial of degree 4
In class IX, we have learnt how to draw the graphs of linear polynomials of the form
2
y = ax + b, a ! 0 . Now we shall focus on graphing a quadratic function y = f (x) = ax + bx + c ,
where a , b and c are real constants, a ! 0 and describe the nature of a quadratic graph.
2
Consider y = ax + bx + c
By completing squares, the above polynomial can be rewritten as
b 2 1 b2 4ac m .
` x + 2a j = a c y + - 4a
2
Hence 1 c y + b - 4ac m $ 0 . (square of expression is always positive)
a 4a
2
The vertex of the curve (parabola) is V c- b , 4ac - b m
2a 4a
2
If a > 0, then the curve is open upward; it lies above or on the line y = 4ac - b and
4a
it is symmetric about x = - b .
2a
2
If a < 0, then the curve is open downward; it lies below or on the line y = 4ac - b
4a
and it is symmetric about x = - b .
2a
Let us give some examples of quadratic polynomials and the nature of their graphs in
the following table.
S.No. Polynomial Vertex Sign of a Nature of curve
2
( y = ax + bx + c )
1 y = 2 x2 (0, 0) positive (i) open upward
a = 2, b = 0, c = 0 (ii) lies above and on the line y = 0
(iii) symmetric about x = 0, i.e., y-axis
2 y = –3 x2 (0, 0) negative (i) open downward
a = –3, b = 0, c = 0 (ii) lies below and on the line y = 0
(iii) symmetric about x = 0 i.e., y-axis
3 y = x 2 - 2x - 3 (1, –4) positive (i) open upward
a = 1, b = –2, c = –3 (ii) lies above and on the line y = –4
(iii) symmetric about x = 1

2
Procedures to draw the quadratic graph y = ax + bx + c
2
(i) Construct a table with the values of x and y using y = ax + bx + c .
(ii) Choose a suitable scale.
The scale used on the x-axis does not have to be the same as the scale on the y-axis.
The scale chosen should allow for the largest possible graph to be drawn. The bigger
the graph, the more accurate will be the results obtained from it.
(iii) Plot the points on the graph paper and join these points by a smooth curve, as the
2
graph of y = ax + bx + c does not contain line segments.
Example 10.1
2
Draw the graph of y = 2x .
Solution
First let us assign the integer values from - 3 to 3 for x and form the following
table.
x -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
x
2 9 4 1 0 1 4 9
y = 2x
2 18 8 2 0 2 8 18
Plot the points (- 3, 18), (- 2, 8), (- 1, 2), (0, 0), (1, 2), (2, 8), (3, 18).
Join the points by a smooth curve. y Scale

24 x-axis 1cm = 1 unit
2 y-axis 1cm = 2 units
The curve, thus obtained is the graph of y = 2x . 22
20
Note (-3, 18) 18 (3, 18)
16
2x 2
(i) It is symmetrical about y-axis. That is, the part 14

y=
of the graph to the left side of y-axis is the mirror 12
image of the part to the right side of y-axis.

10
(-2, 8) 8 (2, 8)
(ii) The graph does not lie below the x-axis as the 6
values of y are non-negative.

4
(-1, 2) 2 (1, 2)
xl O
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1(0,0) 0 1 2 3 4
x
-2
-4
yl
Fig. 10.1
Graphs 269
Example 10.2
2
Draw the graph of y =- 3x
Solution
Let us assign the integer values from - 3 to 3 for x and form the following table.
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
x
2
9 4 1 0 1 4 9
y =- 3x
2
–27 –12 –3 0 –3 –12 –27
y
6 Scale
Plot the points (–3, –27), (–2, –12), x-axis 1cm = 1 unit
y-axis 1cm = 3 units
3
(–1, –3), (0, 0), (1,–3), (2, –12) and
xl (0, 0)
(3, –27).
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 x
(–1,3) (1,3)
Join the points by a smooth -3
curve. -6
The curve thus obtained, is -9

2
the graph of y =- 3x
(-2, -12) -12 (2, -12)
-15
Note
-18
2
(i) The graph of y =- 3x
y = - 3x 2
does not lie above the x-axis as y is -21
always negative. -24
(ii) The graph is symmetrical (-3, -27) -27 (3, -27)

about y-axis.
-30
-33
yl
Fig. 10.2
10.2.1 To solve the quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 graphically.

2
2
To find the roots of the quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 graphically, let us draw
2
the graph of y = ax + bx + c .The x- coordinates of the points of intersection of the curve
with the x-axis are the roots of the given equation, provided they intersect.

Example 10.3
2
Solve the equation x - 2x - 3 = 0 graphically.
Solution
2
Let us draw the graph of y = x - 2x - 3 .
Now, form the following table by assigning integer values from –3 to 4 for x and
2
finding the corresponding values of y = x - 2x - 3 .
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
x2 9 4 1 0 1 4 9 16
- 2x 6 4 2 0 –2 –4 –6 –8
–3 –3 –3 –3 –3 –3 –3 –3 –3
y 12 5 0 –3 –4 –3 0 5
Plot the points (–3, 12), (–2, 5),

y
(–1, 0), (0, –3), (1, –4), (2, –3), (3, 0), Scale
x-axis 1cm = 1 unit
(4, 5) and join the points by a smooth 22 y-axis 1cm = 2 units
curve. 20
The curve intersects the x-axis 18
at the points (–1, 0) and (3, 0). 16
The x-coordinates of the above 14
points are –1 and 3. (-3, 12) 12
Hence, the solution set is {–1, 3}. 10

Note 8
(i) On the x-axis, y =0 always.
3
6
(ii) The values of y are both positive
x-
(-2, 5) (4, 5)
and negative. Thus, the curve
-2
4
= x2
lies below and above the x-axis. 2
(iii) The curve is symmetric

y
xl (-1, 0) O (3, 0)
x
about the line x= 1. ( It is not -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
-2
symmetric about the y-axis.) (0, -3) (2, -3)
-4
(1, -4)
yl
Fig. 10.3
Graphs 271
Example 10.4
2
Solve graphically 2x + x - 6 = 0
Solution
First, let us form the following table by assigning integer values for x from –3 to 3 and
2
finding the corresponding values of y = 2x + x - 6 .
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
x
2
9 4 1 0 1 4 9
2x
2
18 8 2 0 2 8 18
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–6 –6 –6 –6 –6 –6 –6 –6
y 9 0 –5 –6 –3 4 15
y
Plot the points (–3, 9), (–2, 0), 20
Scale
x-axis 1cm = 1 unit
(–1, –5), (0, –6), (1, –3), (2, 4) and (3, 15) 18
on the graph. 16
(3, 15)
Join the points by a smooth curve. 14
12
The curve, thus obtained, is the graph of
+x-6
2 10
y = 2x + x - 6 . (-3, 9)
y = 2x 2
The curve cuts the x-axis at the 8
6
points (–2 , 0) and (1.5 , 0).
The x-coordinates of the above 4 (2, 4)
points are –2 and 1.5. 2

xl (-2, 0) O (1.5, 0) x
Hence, the solution set is {–2 , 1.5 }. -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Remarks -2
(1, -3)
2
To solve y = 2x + x - 6 graphically, -4
one can proceed as follows. (-1, -5)

-6 (0, -6)
(i) Draw the graph of y = 2x
2
(ii) Draw the graph of y = 6 - x -8

yl
(iii) The points of intersection of
Fig. 10.4
the two graphs are the solutions of
2
2x + x - 6 = 0 .

Example 10.5
2 2
Draw the graph of y = 2x and hence solve 2x + x - 6 = 0 .
Solution
2
First, let us draw the graph of y = 2x . Form the following table.
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
x 2
9 4 1 0 1 4 9
y = 2x 2 18 8 2 0 2 8 18
Plot the points (–3, 18), (–2, 8), y

Scale
x-axis 1cm = 1 unit
(–1,2), (0, 0), (1, 2), (2, 8), (3, 18). 26
24
Draw the graph by joining the
22
points by a smooth curve.
20
2
To find the roots of 2x + x - 6 = 0 , (3, 18)
(-3, 18) 18
solve the two equations
16
x2
y=2
2 2
y = 2x and 2x + x - 6 = 0. 14
2
Now, 2x + x - 6 = 0 . 12
2
( y + x – 6 = 0 , since y = 2x 10
Thus, y = – x + 6 (-2, 8)
(-1,
7) 8 (2, 8)
5)
2 6
Hence, the roots of 2x + x - 6 = 0
(1,
(0, 6)
are nothing but the x-coordinates of the 4 (2, 4)
(-1, 2) (1, 2) y=
points of intersection of 2 –x
+6

2
y = 2x and y = – x + 6. xl (0, 0) O
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 1.5 2 3 4 x
Now, for the straight line y = - x + 6 , -2
form the following table. -4 yl
Fig. 10.5
x –1 0 1 2
y = -x + 6 7 6 5 4
Draw the straight line by joining the above points.

The points of intersection of the line and the parabola are (–2 , 8) and (1.5 , 4.5).
The x-coordinates of the points are –2 and 1.5.
2
Thus, the solution set for the equation 2x + x - 6 = 0 is { –2 , 1.5}.
Graphs 273
Example 10.6
2
Draw the graph of y = x + 3x + 2 and use it to solve the equation
x + 2x + 4 = 0.
2
Solution
2
First, let us form a table for y = x + 3x + 2 .
x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
x
2
16 9 4 1 0 1 4 9
3x –12 –9 –6 –3 0 3 6 9
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
y 6 2 0 0 2 6 12 20
y
Plot the points (–4, 6), (–3, 2), Scale
x-axis 1cm = 1 unit 24
(–2, 0), (–1, 0), (0, 2), (1, 6), (2, 12) y-axis 1cm = 2 units
22
and (3, 20).
20 (3, 20)
Now, join the points by a
+2
smooth curve. The curve so obtained, 18
+ 3x
2
is the graph of y = x + 3x + 2 . 16
y = x2
2 14
Now, x + 2x + 4 =0
2 12 (2, 12)
( x + 3x + 2 – x +2 = 0
2 10
( y = x - 2 a y = x + 3x + 2
8
2
Thus, the roots of x + 2x + 4 =0
(-4, 6) (1, 6)
are obtained form the points of 6
intersection of 4
2
y = x - 2 and y = x + 3x + 2 . (-3, 2) 2 (0, 2)
xl (-2, 0) (-1, 0) O
(2, 0) x
Let us draw the graph of the straight
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
line y = x - 2 . -2 (1, -1)
(0, -2)
Now, form the table for the line (-2, -4) -4
y = x-2 x–
2
y= -6
x –2 0 1 2 yl
y = x-2 –4 –2 –1 0 Fig. 10.6
2
The straight line y = x - 2 does not intersect the curve y = x + 3x + 2 .
2
Thus, x + 2x + 4 =0 has no real roots.

Exercise 10.1
1. Draw the graph of the following functions.

2
(i) y = 3x
2
(ii) y =- 4x
(iii) y = ^ x + 2h^ x + 4h
2
(iv) y = 2x - x + 3
2. Solve the following equations graphically
2
(i) x - 4 = 0
2
(ii) x - 3x - 10 = 0
(iii) ^ x - 5h^ x - 1h = 0
(iv) ^2x + 1h^ x - 3h = 0
2 2
3. Draw the graph of y = x and hence solve x - 4x - 5 = 0 .
2 2
4. Draw the graph of y = x + 2x - 3 and hence find the roots of x - x - 6 = 0 .
2 2
5. Draw the graph of y = 2x + x - 6 and hence solve 2x + x - 10 = 0 .
2 2
6. Draw the graph of y = x - x - 8 and hence find the roots of x - 2x - 15 = 0 .
2 2
7. Draw the graph of y = x + x - 12 and hence solve x + 2x + 2 = 0 .
10.3 Some Special Graphs
In this section, we will know how to draw graphs when the variables are in
(i) Direct variation (ii) Indirect variation.
If y is directly proportional to x, then we have y = kx, for some positive k. In this
case the variables are said to be in direct variation and the graph is a straight line.
If y is inversely proportional to x, then we have y = k , for some positive k.

x
In this case, the variables are said to be in indirect variation and the graph is a smooth
curve , known as a Rectangular Hyperbola. (The equation of a rectangular
h y p e r b o l a i s o f t h e f o r m xy = k, k > 0. )
Example 10.7
Draw a graph for the following table and identify the variation.
x 2 3 5 8 10
y 8 12 20 32 40
Hence, find the value of y when x = 4.
Graphs 275
Solution
From the table, we found that as x increases, y also increases. Thus, the variation is a
direct variation.
y
Lety = kx . 50 Scale
x-axis 1cm = 1 unit
y y-axis 1cm = 5 units
( = k
45
x 40 (10, 40)
where k is the constant of proportionality. 35

(8, 32)
4x
30
From the given values, we have 25 y=
k = 8 = 12 = g = 40 . ` k = 4 20 (5, 20)
2 3 10 15
16
(3, 12)
The relation y = 4x is a straight line graph. 10
(2, 8)
5
Plot the points (2, 8), (3, 12), (5, 20), O x

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
(8, 32) and (10, 40) and join these points to
get the straight line. Fig. 10.7
Clearly, y = 4x =16 when x=4.
Example 10.8
A cyclist travels from a place A to a place B along the same route at a uniform speed
on different days. The following table gives the speed of his travel and the corresponding
time he took to cover the distance.
Speed in
km / hr 2 4 6 10 12
x
Time in hrs
60 30 20 12 10
y
Draw the speed-time graph and use it to find
(i) the number of hours he will take if he travels at a speed of 5 km / hr

(ii) the speed with which he should travel if he has to cover the distance in 40 hrs.
Solution
From the table, we observe that as x increases, y decreases.
This type of variation is called indirect variation.
Here, xy = 120.

y
Thus, y = 120 . Scale
x 80
x-axis 1cm = 1 km
Plot the points (2 , 60), (4 , 30), 70 y-axis 1cm = 10 hrs
(6 , 20), (10 , 12) and (12 , 10). 60 (2, 60)
50
Join these points by a smooth curve.
Time
40
(3, 40)
From the graph, we have 30 (4, 30)
24
(6, 20)
(i) The number of hours he needed 20 (5, 24)
xy = 12 (10, 12) (12, 10)
to travel at a speed of 5 km/hr
10 0
O x
is 24 hrs. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Speed
(ii) The required speed to cover Fig. 10.8
the distance in 40 hrs, is 3 km / hr.
Example 10.9
A bank gives 10% S.I on deposits for senior citizens. Draw the graph for the relation
between the sum deposited and the interest earned for one year. Hence find
(i) the interest on the deposit of ` 650
(ii) the amount to be deposited to earn an interest of ` 45.
Solution
Let us form the following table.
Deposit ` x 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
S.I. earned ` y 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
y
Clearly y = 1 x and the graph is a 80 Scale
10 x-axis 1cm = ` 100
straight line. y-axis 1cm = ` 10
70 (700, 70)
65
Draw the graph using the points given in the 60 x (600, 60)
1
0
table. From the graph, we see that 1
y = (500, 50)
50
45
Interest
(i) The interest for the deposit of `650 40 (400, 40)

is `65. 30 (300, 30)
(ii) The amount to be deposited to earn an 20 (200, 20)

interest of ` 45 is ` 450. 10 (100, 10)
x
0 450 650
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Deposits
Fig. 10.9
Graphs 277
Exercise 10.2
1. A bus travels at a speed of 40 km / hr. Write the distance-time formula and draw the
graph of it. Hence, find the distance travelled in 3 hours.
2. The following table gives the cost and number of notebooks bought.

No. of note books
2 4 6 8 10 12
x
Cost
30 60 90 120 150 180
`y
Draw the graph and hence (i) Find the cost of seven note books.
(ii) How many note books can be bought for ` 165.
3.
x 1 3 5 7 8
y 2 6 10 14 16
Draw the graph for the above table and hence find
(i) the value of y if x = 4 cm.
(ii) the value of x if y = 12
4. The cost of the milk per litre is ` 25. Draw the graph for the relation between the
quantity and cost . Hence find
(i) the proportionality constant.
(ii) the cost of 3 litres of milk.
5. Draw the Graph of xy = 20, x , y > 0. Use the graph to find y when x = 5 , and to find
x when y = 10 .
6.
No. of workers
3 4 6 8 9 16
x
No of days
96 72 48 36 32 18
y
Draw graph for the data given in the table. Hence find the number of days taken by 12
workers to complete the work.

11 STATISTICS
It is easy to lie with statistics. It is hard to tell the truth without it
-Andrejs Dunkels
11.1 Introduction
 Introduction
According to Croxton and Cowden, Statistics is defined
 Measures of Dispersion
as the collection, presentation, analysis and interpretation of
 Range numerical data. R.A. Fisher said that the science of statistics
 Variance is essentially a branch of Mathematics and may be regarded
 Standard Deviation as mathematics applied to observational data. Horace Secrist
defined statistics as follows:
 Coefficient of Variation
“By statistics we mean aggregates of facts affected
to a marked extent by multiplicity of causes, numerically
expressed, enumerated or estimated according to reasonable
standards of accuracy, collected in a systematic manner for
a pre-determined purpose and placed in relation to each
other”.
The word ‘Statistics’ is known to have been used
for the first time in “ Elements of Universal Erudiation” by
Karl Pearson J.F. Baron. In modern times, statistics is no longer merely
(1857-1936) the collection of data and their presentation in charts and
England tables - it is now considered to encompass the science of
basing inferences on observed data and the entire problem of
Karl Pearson, British statistician, making decisions in the face of uncertainity.
is a leading founder of modern field
of statistics. He established the We have already learnt about the measures of central
discipline of mathematical statistics. tendency namely, Mean, Median and Mode. They give us an
He introduced moments, a concept idea of the concentration of the observation (data) about the
borrowed from physics. central part of the distribution.
The knowledge of measures of central tendency cannot
His book, ‘ The Grammar of
give a complete idea about the distribution. For example,
Science’ covered several themes that
consider the following two different series (i) 82, 74, 89, 95
were later to become part of the theories
and (ii) 120, 62, 28, 130. The two distributions have the
of Einstein and other scientists.
same Mean 85. In the former, the numbers are closer to the

mean 85 where as in the second series, the numbers are widely scattered about the Mean 85.
Thus the measures of central tendency may mislead us. We need to have a measure which
tells us how the items are dispersed around the Mean.
11.2 Measures of dispersion

Measures of dispersion give an idea about the scatteredness of the data of the distribution.
Range (R), Quartile Deviation (Q.D), Mean Deviation (M.D) and Standard Deviation (S.D)
are the measures of dispersion. Let us study about some of them in detail.
11.2.1 Range
Range is the simplest measure of dispersion. Range of a set of numbers is the difference
between the largest and the smallest items of the set.
` Range = Largest value - Smallest value
= L- S.
The coefficient of range is given by L - S
L+S
Example 11.1
Find the range and the coefficient of range of 43, 24, 38, 56, 22, 39, 45.
Solution Let us arrange the given data in the ascending order
22, 24, 38, 39, 43, 45, 56.
From the given data the largest value, L = 56 and the smallest value, S = 22.
` Range = L- S
= 56- 22 = 34
Now the coefficient of range = L - S
L+S
= 56 - 22 = 34 = 0.436.
56 + 22 78
Example 11.2
The weight (in kg) of 13 students in a class are 42.5, 47.5, 48.6, 50.5, 49, 46.2, 49.8,
45.8, 43.2, 48, 44.7, 46.9, 42.4. Find the range and coefficient of range.
Solution Let us arrange the given data in the ascending order

42.4, 42.5, 43.2, 44.7, 45.8, 46.2, 46.9, 47.5, 48, 48.6, 49, 49.8, 50.5
From the given data, the largest value L= 50.5 and the smallest value S = 42.4
Range = L- S
= 50.5- 42.4 = 8.1
The coefficient of range = L - S = 50.5 - 42.4 = 8.1

L+S 50.5 + 42.4 92.9
= 0.087.

Example 11.3
The largest value in a collection of data is 7.44. If the range is 2.26, then find the
smallest value in the collection.
Solution Range = largest value - smallest value
( 7.44 - smallest value = 2.26
` The smallest value = 7.44- 2.26 = 5.18.
11.2.2 Standard deviation
A better way to measure dispersion is to square the differences between each data and
the mean before averaging them. This measure of dispersion is known as the Variance and
the positive square root of the Variance is known as the Standard Deviation. The variance is
always positive.
The term ‘standard deviation’ was first used by Karl Pearson in 1894 as a replacement
of the term ‘mean error’ used by Gauss.
Standard deviation is expressed in the same units as the data. It shows how much
variation is there from the mean. A low standard deviation indicates that the data points tend
to be very close to the mean, where as a high standard deviation indicates that the data is
spread out over a large range of values.
We use x and v to denote the mean and the standard deviation of a distribution
respectively. Depending on the nature of data, we shall calculate the standard deviation v
(after arranging the given data either in ascending or descending order) by different methods
using the following formulae (proofs are not given).
Data Direct method Actual mean Assumed mean method Step deviation method
method
Ungrouped
/ x2 - c / x m2 / d2 / d2 - c / d m2 / d2 - c / d m2 # c
n n n n n n n
d = x-x d=x–A d = x-A

c
Grouped
/ fd2 / fd2 - e / fd o2 / fd2 - e / fd o2 # c
/f /f /f /f /f
Note
For a collection of n items (numbers), we always have
/^ x - x h = 0 , / x = nx and / x = nx .
(i) Direct method
This method can be used, when the squares of the items are easily obtained.

Example 11.4
The number of books read by 8 students during a month are
2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 6, 12, 10. Calculate the standard deviation of the data.
Solution

x x2
2 4 Here, the number of items, n =8
5 25
6 36 Standard deviation, v =
/ x2 - c / x m2
n n
8 64
10 100 = 690 - 68 2
8 `8 j
11 121
12 144 = 86.25 - ^8.5h2
14 196 = 86.25 - 72.25
/ x =68 / x =690
2
= 14 - 3.74.
(ii) Actual mean method

This method can be used when the mean is not a fraction.
The standard deviation, v =

/^ x - x h 2
or v =
/ d2 where d = x - x .
n n
Example 11.5
A test in General Knowledge was conducted for a class. The marks out of 40, obtained
by 6 students were 20, 14, 16, 30, 21 and 25. Find the standard deviation of the data.
Solution Now, A. M. =
/x = 20 + 14 + 16 + 30 + 21 + 25
n 6
( x = 126 = 21.
6
Let us form the following table.
x d= x-x d2
14 -7 49
16 -5 25
v=
/ d2 = 172
20 -1 1 n 6
21 0 0
= 28.67
25 4 16
30 81 Thus, v - 5. 36.
9
/ x = 126 /d = 0 / d2 = 172

(iii) Assumed mean method
When the mean of the given data is not an integer, we use assumed mean method to
calculate the standard deviation. We choose a suitable item A such that the difference x–A
are all small numbers possibly, integers. Here A is an assumed mean which is supposed to be
closer to the mean.
We calculate the deviations using d = x - A .
Now the standard deviation, v =

/ d2 - c / d m2 .
n n
Note
Assumed mean method and step deviation method are just simplified forms of direct
method.
Example: 11.6
Find the standard deviation of the numbers 62, 58, 53, 50, 63, 52, 55.
Solution Let us take A=55 as the assumed mean and form the following table.
x d=x–A d
2
v =
/d 2
-c
/d m2
= x – 55 n n
50 -5 25 2
= 160 - 8
52 -3 9 7 `7j
53 -2 4
= 160 - 64
55 0 0 7 49
58 3 9 1056
62 49 =
7 49
63 8 64
= 32.49
7
/d = 8 / 2
d =160
` Standard deviation v - 4.64

(iv) Step deviation method
This method can be used to find the standard deviation when the items are larger
in size and have a common factor. We choose an assumed mean A and calculate d by
using d = x - A where c is the common factor of the values of x–A.
c
We use the formula, v =

/ d2 - c / d m2 # c.
n n

Example 11.7
The marks obtained by 10 students in a test in Mathematics are :
80, 70, 40, 50, 90, 60, 100, 60, 30, 80. Find the standard deviation.
Solution We observe that all the data have 10 as common factor. Take A = 70 as assumed
mean. Here the number of items, n = 10.
Take c = 10, d = x - A and form the following table.
10
x d = x - 70 d
2
10
30 -4 16
40 -3 9
50 -2 4
60 -1 1
60 -1 1
70 0 0
80 1 1
80 1 1
90 2 4
100 3 9
/d = -4 / d2 = 46
Now v =
/ d2 - c / d m2 #c
n n
= 46 - - 4 2 # 10
10 ` 10 j
= 46 - 16 # 10 = 460 - 16 # 10
10 100 100
` Standard deviation, v - 21.07.
The standard deviation for a collection of data can be obtained in any of the four
methods, namely direct method, actual mean method, assumed mean method and step
deviation method.
As expected, the different methods should not give different answers for v for the same data.
Students are advised to follow any one of the above methods.
Results
(i) The standard deviation of a distribution remains unchanged when each value is
added or subtracted by the same quantity.
(ii) If each value of a collection of data is multiplied or divided by a non-zero
constant k, then the standard deviation of the new data is obtained by multiplying
or dividing the standard deviation by the same quantity k.

Example: 11.8
Find the standard deviation of the data 3, 5, 6, 7. Then add 4 to each item and find the
standard deviation of the new data.
Let us add 4 to each term of the given data
Solution Given data 3, 5, 6, 7 to get the new data 7, 9, 10, 11
Take A = 6 Take A = 10
x d=x–6 d
2 x d = x – 10 2
d
3 -3 9 7 -3 9
5 -1 1 9 -1 1
6 0 0 10 0 0
7 1 1 11 1 1
/d = -3 / d2 = 11 / d = - 3 / d2 = 11
Standard deviation,v =
/ d2 - c / d m2 / d2 - c / d m2
n n Standard deviationv1 =
n n
= 11 - - 3 2 11 - - 3 2
4 ` 4j =
4 ` 4j
v = 11 - 9 = 35
4 16 4 v1 = 11 - 9 = 35
4 16 4
In the above example, the standard deviation remains unchanged even when each item
is added by the constant 4.
Example 11.9
Find the standard deviation of 40, 42 and 48. If each value is multiplied by 3, find the
standard deviation of the new data.
When the values are multiplied by 3, we get
Solution Let us consider the given data
120,126,144. Let the assumed mean A be 132.
40, 42, 48 and find v .
Let the assumed mean A be 44 Let v1 be the S.D. of the new data.
x d = x – 44 2 x d = x - 132 d
2
d
40 -4 16 120 - 12 144
42 -2 4 126 –6 36
48 4 16 144 12 144
/d = -2 / d2 = 36 / d = - 6 / d2 =324

Standard deviation, v =
d
2
/
-c
d
2
/
m Standard deviation =
/ d2 - c / d m2
n n n n
v = 36 - - 2 2 = 324 - - 6 2
` 3j 3 ` 3j
3
= 104 312 = 104
3 v1 =
3
In the above example, when each value is multiplied by 3, the standard deviation also
gets multiplied by 3 .
Example 11.10
2
Prove that the standard deviation of the first n natural numbers is v = n -1 .
12
Solution The first n natural numbers are 1,2,3, g , n.
x = Rx = 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n
Their mean,
n n
n^ n + 1h n + 1
= = .
2n 2
Sum of the squares of the first n natural numbers is
/ x2 = n^n + 1h6^2n + 1h .
Thus, the standard deviation v =

/ x2 - c / x m2
n n
n^n + 1h^2n + 1h 2
= -` n + 1j
6n 2
^n + 1h^2n + 1h 2
= -` n + 1 j
6 2
n 1 ; ^2n + 1h - ^n + 1h E
= ` +
2 j 3 2
n 1 ; 2^2n + 1h - 3^n + 1h E
= ` +
2 j 6
n 1 4n + 2 - 3n - 3
= ` +
2 j` 6 j
n 1 n-1
= ` +
2 j` 6 j
2
= n -1 .
12 2
Hence, the S.D. of the first n natural numbers is v = n -1 .
12
Remarks
It is quite interesting to note the following: 2
The S.D. of any n successive terms of anA.P. with common difference d is given by v = d n -1
12
Thus, 2
(i) S.D. of i, i + 1, i + 2, g, i + n is v = n -1 , i d N
12 2
(ii) S.D. of any n consecutive even integers, is given by v = 2 n - 1 , n d N
12
2
(iii) S.D. of any n consecutive odd integers, is given by v = 2 n - 1 , n d N
12

Example 11.11
Find the standard deviation of the first 10 natural numbers.
2
Solution Standard deviation of the first n natural numbers = n -1
12
Standard deviation of the first 10 natural numbers
2
= 10 - 1 = 100 - 1 - 2.87.
12 12
Standard Deviation of grouped data
(i) Actual mean method
In a discrete data, when the deviations are taken from arithmetic mean, the standard
deviation can be calculated using the formula v =

fd
2
/
, where d= x - x .
f /
Example 11.12
The following table shows the marks obtained by 48 students in a Quiz competition
in Mathematics. Calculate the standard deviation.
data x 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
frequency f 3 6 9 13 8 5 4
Solution Let us form the following table using the given data.
x f fx d=x– x fd fd
2
=x–9
6 3 18 -3 -9 27
7 6 42 -2 - 12 24
8 9 72 -1 -9 9
9 13 117 0 0 0
10 8 80 1 8 8
11 5 55 2 10 20
12 4 48 3 12 36
/ f =48 / fx =432 /d = 0 / fd = 0 / fd 2
= 124
Arithmetic mean, xr =
/ fx = 432 = 9.
/f 48
Standard deviation, v =
/ fd2
/f
= 124
48
= 2.58 - 1.61.

(ii) Assumed mean method
When deviations are taken from the assumed mean, the formula for calculating
standard deviation is
2 2
Rfd Rfd
v= -c m where d = x - A.
Rf Rf
Example 11.13
Find the Standard deviation of the following distribution.
x 70 74 78 82 86 90
f 1 3 5 7 8 12
Solution Let us take the assumed mean A = 82.

x f d = x – 82 fd 2
fd
70 1 - 12 - 12 144
74 3 -8 - 24 192
78 5 -4 - 20 80
82 7 0 0 0
86 8 4 32 128
90 12 8 96 768
/f =36 / fd =72 / fd2 =1312
Standard deviation v =
/ fd2 - e / fd o2
/f /f
= 1312 - 72 2
36 ` 36 j
= 328 - 22
9
= 328 - 36
9
= 292 = 32.44
9
` v - 5.7
Example 11.14
Find the variance of the following distribution.
Class interval 3.5-4.5 4.5-5.5 5.5-6.5 6.5-7.5 7.5-8.5
Frequency 9 14 22 11 17

Solution Let the assumed mean A be 6.
class x
interval mid value f d=x-6 fd fd
2
3.5-4.5 4 9 -2 - 18 36
4.5-5.5 5 14 -1 - 14 14
5.5-6.5 6 22 0 0 0
6.5-7.5 7 11 1 11 11
7.5-8.5 8 17 2 34 68
/f = 73 / fd = 13 / fd2 = 129
Now variance, v =
2 / fd2 - e / fd o2
/f /f
2
= 129 - ` 13 j = 129 - 169
73 73 73 5329
= 9417 - 169 = 9248

5329 5329
2
Thus, the variance is v - 1.74.
(iii) Step deviation method
Example 11.15
The following table gives the number of goals scored by 71 leading players in
International Football matches. Find the standard deviation of the data.
Class Interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
Frequency 8 12 17 14 9 7 4
Solution Let A = 35. In the 4th column, the common factor of all items, c = 10.
class x d = x-A
x–A c
interval mid value f fd fd
2
0- 10 5 8 –30 -3 - 24 72
10- 20 15 12 –20 -2 - 24 48
20- 30 25 17 –10 -1 - 17 17
30- 40 35 14 0 0 0 0
40- 50 45 9 10 1 9 9
50- 60 55 7 20 2 14 28
60- 70 65 4 30 3 12 36
/f = 71 / fd = - 30 / fd2 = 210

Standard deviation v =
/ fd2 - e / fd o2 # c
/f /f
= 210 - - 30 2 # 10
71 ` 71 j
= 210 - 900 # 10
71 5041
= 14910 - 900 # 10
5041
= 14010 # 10 = 2.7792 # 10
5041
Standard deviation, v - 16.67.
Example 11.16
Length of 40 bits of wire, correct to the nearest centimetre are given below. Calculate
the variance.
Length cm 1-10 11-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70
No. of bits 2 3 8 12 9 5 1
Solution Let the assumed mean A be 35.5.

Length mid value no. of
x bits (f) d= x–A fd 2
fd
1-10 5.5 2 - 30 - 60 1800
11-20 15.5 3 - 20 - 60 1200
21-30 25.5 8 - 10 - 80 800
31-40 35.5 12 0 0 0
41-50 45.5 9 10 90 900
51-60 55.5 5 20 100 2000
61-70 65.5 1 30 30 900
/ f = 40 / fd = 20 / fd2 = 7600
Variance, v
2
=
/ fd
2
-e
/ fd
2
2
o = 7600 - ` 20 j
/f /f 40 40
= 190 - 1 = 760 - 1 = 759
4 4 4
2
` v = 189.75
11.2.3 Coefficient of variation
Coefficient of variation is defined as
C.V = v # 100
x
where v is the standard deviation and x is the mean of the given data. It is also called as
relative standard deviation.

Remarks
(i) The coefficient of variation helps us to compare the consistency of two or more
collections of data.
(ii) When the coefficient of variation is more, the given data is less consistent.
(iii) When the coefficient of variation is less, the given data is more consistent.
Example 11.17
Find the coefficient of variation of the following data. 18, 20, 15, 12, 25.
Solution Let us calculate the A.M of the given data.
A.M x = 12 + 15 + 18 + 20 + 25
5
= 90 = 18.
5
x d = x - 18 d
2
12 -6 36
15 -3 9
18 0 0
20 2 4
25 7 49
/d = 0 / d2 = 98
v =
/ d2 = 98
n 5
= 19.6 - 4.428.
` The coefficient of variation = v # 100
xr
= 4.428 # 100 = 442.8 .

18 18
` The coefficient of variation is 24.6
Example 11.18
Following are the runs scored by two batsmen in 5 cricket matches .Who is more
consistent in scoring runs.
Batsman A 38 47 34 18 33
Batsman B 37 35 41 27 35

Solution
Batsman A Batsman B
x d = x - xr d
2 x d = x - xr d
2
18 - 16 256 27 -8 64
33 -1 1 35 0 0
34 0 0 35 0 0
38 4 16 37 2 4
47 13 169 41 6 36
170 0 442 175 0 104
Now x = 170 = 34 x = 175 = 35

5 5
v =
/ d2 v =
/ d2
n n
= 442 = 88.4 = 104 = 20.8

5 5
- 9.4.. - 4.6.
Coefficient of variation, C.V = v # 100 Coefficient of variation
xr
= v # 100
= 9.4 # 100 xr
34
= 4.6 # 100
= 940 35
34
= 27.65. = 460 = 92 = 13.14 .
35 7
` The coefficient of variation for the runs ` The coefficient of variation for the runs
scored by batsman A is 27.65 (1) scored by batsman B is = 13.14 (2)
From (1) and (2), the coefficient of variation for B is less than the coefficient of
variation for A.
` Batsman B is more consistent than the batsman A in scoring the runs.
Example 11.19
The mean of 30 items is 18 and their standard deviation is 3. Find the sum of all the
items and also the sum of the squares of all the items.
Solution The mean of 30 items, x = 18

The sum of 30 items , / x = 30 # 18 = 540 ( x =
/x )
n
Standard deviation, v = 3
Now, v
2
=
/ x
2
- c
/ x
m
2
n n

(
/ x2 2
- 18 = 9
30
(
/ x
2
- 324 = 9
30
( / x2 - 9720 = 270
/ x2 = 9990
` / x = 540 and / x2 = 9990.
Example 11.20
The mean and the standard deviation of a group of 20 items was found to be 40
and 15 respectively. While checking it was found that an item 43 was wrongly written as 53.
Calculate the correct mean and standard deviation.
Solution Let us find the correct mean.

Mean of 20 items, x =
/ x = 40
n
(
/ x = 40
20
( / x = 20 # 40 = 800
Now, corrected / x = 800 + 43- 53 = 790.
` The corrected Mean = 790 = 39.5 (1)
20

2
Variance, v =
x
2
-c
/ x
2
/
m = 225 (given)
n n
(
x
2
/ 2
- 40 = 225
20
(
2
/
x - 32000 = 225 # 20 = 4500.
` / x2 = 32000 + 4500 = 36500
Corrected / x = 36500 - 53 + 43 = 36500 - 2809 + 1849
2 2 2

= 36500 - 960 = 35540.
Now, the corrected v =

Corrected x 2
- ^Corrected meanh2
/ 2
n
= 35540 - (39.5)
2
20
= 1777 - 1560.25 = 216.75.
Corrected v = 216.75 - 14.72.
` The corrected Mean = 39.5 and the corrected S.D. - 14.72.

Example 11.21
For a collection of data, if / x = 35, n = 5, /^ x - 9h2 = 82 , then find
/ x and /^ x - x h2 .
2
Solution Given that / x = 35 and n = 5.

` x =
/ x = 35 = 7 .
n 5
Let us find /x 2
Now /^ x - 9h2 = 82
( /^ x2 - 18x + 81h = 82
( / x2 - `18/ xj + `81/1j = 82
( / x2 - 630 + 405 = 82 a / x = 35 and /1 = 5
( / x2 = 307.
To find /^ x - x h2 , let us consider
/^ x - 9h2 = 82
( /^ x - 7 - 2h2 = 82
( /6^ x - 7h - 2 @2 = 82
( /^ x - 7h2 - 2/6^ x - 7h # 2 @ + / 4 = 82
( /^ x - x h - 4/^ x - x h + 4/1 = 82
2
( /^ x - x h - 4 (0) + (4 # 5) = 82
2
a /1 = 5 and /^ x - x h = 0
( /^ x - x h = 622
/ x = 307 and /^ x - x h = 62.

2
` 2
Example 11.22
The coefficient of variations of two series are 58 and 69. Their standard deviations are
21.2 and 15.6. What are their arithmetic means?
Solution We know that coefficient of variation, C.V = v # 100.

x
` x = v # 100 .
C.V
Mean of the first series, x1 = v # 100 .
C.V
= 21.2 # 100 a C.V = 58 and v = 21.2

58
= 2120 = 36.6.
58

x2 = v # 100
Mean of the second series
C.V
= 15.6 # 100 a C.V = 69 and v = 15.6
69
= 1560
69
= 22.6.
A.M of the I series = 36.6 and the A.M of the II series = 22.6.
Exercise 11.1
1. Find the range and coefficient of range of the following data.
(i) 59, 46, 30, 23, 27, 40, 52,35, 29
(ii) 41.2, 33.7, 29.1, 34.5, 25.7, 24.8, 56.5, 12.5
2. The smallest value of a collection of data is 12 and the range is 59. Find the largest
value of the collection of data.
3. The largest of 50 measurements is 3.84 kg. If the range is 0.46 kg, find the smallest
measurement.
4. The standard deviation of 20 observations is 5 . If each observation is multiplied
by 2, find the standard deviation and variance of the resulting observations.
5. Calculate the standard deviation of the first 13 natural numbers.
6. Calculate the standard deviation of the following data.
(i) 10, 20, 15, 8, 3, 4 (ii) 38, 40, 34 ,31, 28, 26, 34
7. Calculate the standard deviation of the following data.
x 3 8 13 18 23
f 7 10 15 10 8
8. The number of books bought at a book fair by 200 students from a school are given in
the following table.
No. of books 0 1 2 3 4
No of students 35 64 68 18 15
Calculate the Standard deviation.

9. Calculate the variance of the following data
x 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
f 4 4 5 15 8 5 4 5

10. The time (in seconds) taken by a group of people to walk across a pedestrian
crossing is given in the table below.
Time (in sec) 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30
No of people 4 8 15 12 11
Calculate the variance and standard deviation of the data.
11. A group of 45 house owners contributed money towards green environment of their
street. The amount of money collected is shown in the table below.
Amount 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
(`)
No of house 2 7 12 19 5
owners
Calculate the variance and standard deviation.
12. Find the variance of the following distribution
Class interval 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49
Frequency 15 25 28 12 12 8
13. Mean of 100 items is 48 and their standard deviation is 10. Find the sum of all the
items and the sum of the squares of all the items.
14. The mean and standard deviation of 20 items are found to be 10 and 2 respectively. At
the time of checking it was found that an item 12 was wrongly entered as 8. Calculate
the correct mean and standard deviation.
15. If n = 10, x = 12 and / x2 = 1530, then calculate the coefficient of variation .
16. Calculate the coefficient of variation of the following data: 20, 18, 32, 24, 26.
17. If the coefficient of variation of a collection of data is 57 and its S.D is 6.84, then find
the mean.
18. A group of 100 candidates have their average height 163.8 cm with coefficient of
variation 3.2. What is the standard deviation of their heights?
19. Given / x = 99 , n = 9 and /^ x - 10h2 = 79. Find / x 2
and /^ x - x h2 .
20. The marks scored by two students A, B in a class are given below.
A 58 51 60 65 66
B 56 87 88 46 43
Who is more consistent?.

Exercise 11.2
1. The range of the first 10 prime numbers 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23 , 29 is
(A) 28 (B) 26 (C) 29 (D) 27
2. The least value in a collection of data is 14.1. The range of the collection is 28.4.
Then the greatest value of the collection is
(A) 42.5 (B) 43.5 (C) 42.4 (D) 42.1
3. The greatest value of a collection of data is 72 and the least value is 28.
Then the coefficient of range is
(A) 44 (B) 0.72 (C) 0.44 (D) 0.28
4 For a collection of 11 items, Rx = 132 , then the arithmetic mean is

(A) 11 (B) 12 (C) 14 (D) 13
5. For any collection of n items, R (x - x ) =

(A) Rx (B) x (C) nx (D) 0
6. For any collection of n items, (Rx) - x =

(A) nx (B) (n - 2) x (C) (n - 1) x (D) 0
7. If t is the standard deviation of x, y. z, then the standard deviation of x + 5, y + 5, z + 5 is
(A) t (B) t + 5 (C) t (D) x y z

3
8. If the standard deviation of a set of data is 1.6, then the variance is
(A) 0.4 (B) 2.56 (C) 1.96 (D) 0.04
9. If the variance of a data is 12.25, then the S.D is

(A) 3.5 (B) 3 (C) 2.5 (D) 3.25
10. Variance of the first 11 natural numbers is

(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 5 2 (D) 10
11. The variance of 10, 10, 10, 10, 10 is

(A) 10 (B) 10 (C) 5 (D) 0
12. If the variance of 14, 18, 22, 26, 30 is 32, then the variance of 28, 36,44,52,60 is
(A) 64 (B) 128 (C) 32 2 (D) 32
13. Standard deviation of a collection of data is 2 2 . If each value is multiplied by 3,
then the standard deviation of the new data is
(A) 12 (B) 4 2 (C) 6 2 (D) 9 2
14. Given / (x - x ) 2 = 48, x = 20 and n = 12. The coefficient of variation is
(A) 25 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 10
15. Mean and standard deviation of a data are 48 and 12 respectively. The coefficient of
variation is
(A) 42 (B) 25 (C) 28 (D) 48
q (i) Range = L- S, the difference between the greatest and the least of the
observations.
(ii) Coefficient of range = L - S .
L+S
q Standard deviation for an ungrouped data
(i) v =
/ d2 where d = x - x and x is the mean.
n
(ii) v =
/ d2 - c / d m2 where d = x- A and A is the assumed mean.
n n
q Standard deviation for a grouped data
(i) v =
/ fd2 where d = x - x and x is the mean.
/f
(ii) v =
/ fd2 - e / fd o2 where d = x- A and A is the assumed mean.
/f /f
q Standard deviation of a collection of data remains unchanged when each value is
added or subtracted by a constant.
q Standard deviation of a collection of data gets multiplied or divided by the quantity k,

if each item is multiplied or divided by k.
2
q Standard deviation of the first n natural numbers, v = n -1 .
12
q Variance is the square of standard deviation.
q Coefficient of variation, C.V = v # 100 . It is used for comparing the consistency of

x
two or more collections of data.

12 PROBABILITY
It is remarkable that a science which began with the consideration
of games of chance should have become the most important object of
human knowledge -P.D. Laplace.
 Introduction
 Classical Definition 12.1 Introduction

 Addition Theorem In every day life, almost everything that we see
or do is subject to chance. The occurrences of events like
Earthquakes, Cyclones, Tsunami, Lightning, Epidemics,
etc... are unpredictable. Most of the events occur quite
unexpectedly and result in heavy loss to humanity. If we
predict the occurrences of such events well in advance based
on their past occurrences with a good amount of accuracy, one
can think of preventive measures or damage control exercises
much to the relief of human society. Such predictions well
in advance of their actual happenings require the study of
Probability theory.
Pierre de Laplace
A gambler’s dispute-problem posed by Chevalier
(1749-1827)
France de Mere in 1654 led to exchange of letters between two
famous French Mathematicians Blasie Pascal and Pierre
Laplace remembered as one of the
greatest scientists of all time,
de Fermat which created a mathematical theory of
sometimes referred to as a French Probability. The family of major contributors to the
Newton. development of Probability theory includes mathematicians like
Christian Huggens (1629-1695), Bernoulli (1654-1705), De-
In 1812, Laplace established Moivre (1667-1754), Pierre de Laplace (1749-1827), Gauss
many fundamental results in statistics. (1777-1855), Poisson (1781-1845), Chebyshev (1821-1894),
He put forth a mathematical system Markov (1856-1922). In 1933, a Russian Mathematician
of inductive reasoning based on
A. Kolmogorov introduced an axiomatic approach which is
probability. He only introduced the
considered as the basis for Modern Probability theory.
principles of probability, one among
them is “probability is the ratio of the Probabilities always pertain to the occurrence or
favoured events to the total possible nonoccurrence of events. Let us define the terms random
events”. experiment, trial, sample space and different types of events
used in the study of probability.
Probability 299
Mathematicians use the words “experiment” and “outcome” in a very wide sense.
Any process of observation or measurement is called an experiment. Noting down whether a
newborn baby is male or female, tossing a coin, picking up a ball from a bag containing balls
of different colours and observing the number of accidents at a particular place in a day are
some examples of experiments.
A random experiment is one in which the exact outcome cannot be predicted
before conducting the experiment. However, one can list out all possible outcomes of the
experiment.
The set of all possible outcomes of a random experiment is called its sample space and
it is denoted by the letter S. Each repetition of the experiment is called a trial.
A subset of the sample space S is called an event.
Let A be a subset of S. If the experiment, when conducted, results in an outcome that
belongs to A, then we say that the event A has occurred.
Let us illustrate random experiment, sample space, events with the help of some
examples.
Random Experiment Sample Space Some Events

Tossing an unbiased coin S = " H, T , The occurrence of head,
once " H , is an event.
The occurrence of tail, "T , is
another event.
Tossing an unbiased coin S = " HT, HH, TT, TH , " HT, HH , and "TT , are some
twice of the events
Rolling an unbiased die S = "1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 , "1, 3, 5 ,, "2, 4, 6 ,, "3 , and "6 ,
once are some of the events
Equally likely events

Two or more events are said to be equally likely if each one of them has an equal
chance of occurrence.
In tossing a coin, the occurrence of Head and the occurrence of Tail are equally likely
events.
Mutually exclusive events
Two or more events are said to be mutually exclusive if the
occurrence of one event prevents the occurrence of other events.
That is, mutually exclusive events can’t occur simultaneously. Thus,
if A and B are two mutually exclusive events, then A + B = z . Fig. 12.1

In tossing a coin, the occurrence of head excludes the occurrence of tail. Similarly if
an unbiased die is rolled, the six possible outcomes are mutually exclusive, since two or more
faces cannot turn up simultaneously.
Complementary events
S
Let E be an event of a random experiment and S be its sample
1 E
space. The set containing all the other outcomes which are not in E E
but in the sample space is called the complimentary event of E. It is 2, 4, 6 3
denoted by E . Thus, E = S - E. . Note that E and E are mutually 5

exclusive events.
Fig. 12.2
In throwing a die, let E = {2, 4, 6} be an event of getting a multiple of 2.
Then the complementary of the event E is given by E = {1, 3, 5} .
Exhaustive events
Events E1, E2, g, En are exhaustive events if their union is the sample space S.
Sure event
The sample space of a random experiment is called sure or certain event as any one of
its elements will surely occur in any trail of the experiment.
For example, getting one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 in rolling a die is a sure event.
Impossible event
An event which will not occur on any account is called an impossible event.
It is denoted by z .
For example, getting 7 in rolling a die once is an impossible event.
Favourable outcomes
The outcomes corresponding to the occurrence of the desired event are called favourable
outcomes of the event.
For example, if E is an event of getting an odd number in rolling a die, then the
outcomes 1, 3, 5 are favourable to the event E.
Note
In this chapter, we consider only random experiments all of whose outcomes are equally
likely and sample spaces are finite. Thus, whenever we refer coins or dice, they are
assumed to be unbiased.
Probability 301
12.2 Classical definition of probability
If a sample space contains n outcomes and if m of them are favourable to an event A,
then, we write n(S) = n and n(A) = m . The Probability of the event A, denoted by P(A), is
defined as the ratio of m to n.
That is P (A) = number of outcomes favourable to A .
total number of outcomes
n (A)
` P (A) = = m.
n (S) n
Note
(i) The above classical definition of probability is not applicable if the number of
possible outcomes is infinite and the outcomes are not equally likely.
(ii) The probability of an event A lies between 0 and 1,both inclusive;
That is 0 # P (A) # 1 .
(iii) The probability of the sure event is 1. That is P (S) = 1 .
(iv) The probability of an impossible event is 0. That is P (z) = 0 .
(v) The probability that the event A will not occur is given by
P (not A) = P (A ) or P (Al ) = n - m = n - m
n n n
m
( P (A ) = 1 - = 1 - P (A) .
n
(vi) P (A) + P (A ) = 1 .
Example 12.1
A fair die is rolled. Find the probability of getting
(i) the number 4 (ii) an even number
(iii) a prime factor of 6 (iv) a number greater than 4.
Solution In rolling a die, the sample space S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} . Fig. 12.3
` n (S) = 6 .
(i) Let A be the event of getting 4.
A = {4} ` n (A) = 1 .
n (A)
` P (A) = =1.
n (S) 6
(ii) Let B be the event of getting an even number.
B = {2, 4, 6} ` n (B) = 3 .
n (B)
Hence P (B) = =3 =1.
n (S) 6 2

(iii) Let C be the event of getting a prime factor of 6.
Then C = {2, 3} ` n (C) = 2 .
n (C)
Hence P (C) = =2 =1.
n (S) 6 3
(iv) Let D be the event of getting a number greater than 4.
D = {5, 6} n (D) = 2 .
n (D)
Hence P (D) = =2 =1.
n (S) 6 3
Example 12.2
In tossing a fair coin twice, find the probability of getting
(i) two heads (ii) atleast one head (iii) exactly one tail
Solution In tossing a coin twice, the sample space

S = {HH, HT, TH, TT} .
` n(S) = 4.
(i) Let A be the event of getting two heads. Then A = { HH } .
Thus, n (A) = 1.
n (A)
` P (A) = = 1.
n (S) 4
(ii) Let B be the event of getting at least one head. Then B = { HH, HT, TH }
Thus, n (B) = 3.
n (B)
` P (B) = = 3.
n (S) 4
(iii) Let C be the event of getting exactly one tail. Then C = { HT, TH }
Thus, n (C) = 2.
n (C)
` P (C) = = 2 =1.
n (S) 4 2
Example 12.3
An integer is chosen from the first twenty natural numbers. What is the probability
that it is a prime number?
Solution Here S = { 1, 2, 3, g, 20 } .
` n(S) = 20.
Let A be the event of choosing a prime number.
Then, A = {2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19} .
n(A) = 8.
n (A)
Hence, P(A) = = 8 = 2.
n (S) 20 5
Probability 303
Example 12.4
There are 7 defective items in a sample of 35 items. Find the probability that an item
chosen at random is non-defective.
Solution Total number of items n(S) = 35.

Number of defective items = 7.
Let A be the event of choosing a non-defective item.
Number of non-defective items, n(A) = 35 - 7 = 28 .
` Probability that the chosen item is non-defective,
n (A)
P (A) = = 28 = 4 .
n (S) 35 5
Example 12.5
Two unbiased dice are rolled once. Find the probability of getting
(i) a sum 8 (ii) a doublet (iii) a sum greater than 8.
Solution When two dice are thrown, the sample space is

S = { (1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), (1, 6),
(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6),
(3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), (3, 5), (3, 6),

(4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6),
(5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6),
(6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6) }
Fig. 12.4
.
` n (S) = 6 # 6 = 36
(i) Let A be the event of getting a sum 8.
` A = {(2, 6), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 3), (6, 2)}.
n(A) = 5.
Then
n (A)
Hence, P(A) = = 5 .
n (S) 36
(ii) Let B be the event of getting a doublet
` B = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (6, 6)} .
Thus, n(B) = 6.
n (B)
` P(B) = = 6 =1.
n (S) 36 6
(iii) Let C be the event of getting a sum greater than 8.
Then, C = {(3,6), (4, 5), (4, 6), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)} .
Thus, n(C) = 10.
n (C)
` P(C) = = 10 = 5 .
n (S) 36 18

Example 12.6
From a well shuffled pack of 52 playing cards, one card is drawn at random. Find the
probability of getting
(i) a king (ii) a black king
(iii) a spade card (iv) a diamond 10. The 52 playing cards are
Solution Now, n (S) = 52. classified as
Spade Hearts Clavor Diamond
(i) Let A be the event of drawing a king card
` n (A) = 4.
A A A A
n (A) 2 2 2 2
` P (A) = = 4 = 1 .
n (S) 52 13 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
(ii) Let B be the event of drawing a black king 5 5 5 5
card 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
Thus, n (B) = 2. 8 8 8 8
n (B) 9 9 9 9
` P (B) = = 2 = 1 . 10 10 10 10
n (S) 52 26
J J J J
(iii) Let C be the event of drawing a spade card Q Q Q Q
K K K K
Thus, n (C) = 13.
13 13 13 13
n (C)
` P (C) = = 13 = 1 .
n (S) 52 4
(iv) Let D be the event of drawing a diamond 10 card.
Thus, n (D) = 1.
n (D)
P (D) = = 1 .
n (S) 52
Example 12.7
There are 20 boys and 15 girls in a class of 35 students . A student is chosen at random.
Find the probability that the chosen student is a (i) boy (ii) girl.
Solution Let S be the sample space of the experiment.
Let B and G be the events of selecting a boy and a girl respectively.
` n (S) = 35, n (B) = 20 and n (G) = 15.
n (B)
(i) Probability of choosing a boy is P(B) = = 20
n (S) 35
& P (B) = 4 .
7
n (G)
(ii) Probability of choosing a girl is P(G) = = 15
n (S) 35
& P (G) = . 3
7
Probability 305
Example 12.8
The probability that it will rain on a particular day is 0.76. What is the probability that
it will not rain on that day?
Solution Let A be the event that it will rain. Then A is the event that it will not rain.
Given that P (A) = 0.76.
Thus, P (A ) = 1 - 0.76 a P (A) + P (A ) = 1
= 0.24.
` The probability that it will not rain is 0.24.
Example 12.9
A bag contains 5 red balls and some blue balls. If the probability of drawing a blue
ball from the bag is thrice that of drawing a red ball, then find the number of blue balls in the
bag.
Solution Let the number of blue balls be x.

` Total number of balls, n (S) = 5 + x .
Let B be the event of drawing a blue ball and R be the event of drawing a red ball.
Given P (B) = 3P (R)
n (B) n (R)
( = 3
n (S) n (S)
( x = 3 5
c
5+x 5+xm
( x = 15
Thus, number of blue balls = 15.
Example 12.10
Find the probability that
(i) a leap year selected at random will have 53 Fridays;
(ii) a leap year selected at random will have only 52 Fridays;
(iii) a non-leap year selected at random will have 53 Fridays.
Solution (i) Number of days in a leap year = 366 days. i.e., 52 weeks and 2 days.
Now 52 weeks contain 52 Fridays and the remaining two days will be one of the
following seven possibilities.
(Sun, Mon), (Mon, Tue), (Tue, Wed), (Wed, Thur), (Thur, Fri), (Fri, Sat) and (Sat, Sun).

The probability of getting 53 Fridays in a leap year is same as the probability of
getting a Friday in the above seven possibilities.
Here S = "(Sun, Mon), (Mon, Tue), (Tue, Wed), (Wed, Thur), (Thur, Fri), (Fri, Sat), (Sat, Sun) , .
Then n(S) = 7.
Let A be the event of getting one Friday in the remaining two days.
A = "^Thur, Frih,^ Fri, Sath, Then n(A) = 2.
n (A)
p(A) = = 2.
n (S) 7
(ii) To get only 52 Fridays in a leap year, there must be no Friday in the remaining two days.
Let B be the event of not getting a Friday in the remaining two days. Then
B = "(Sun, Mon), (Mon, Tue), (Tue, Wed), (Wed, Thur), (Sat, Sun) , .
n(B) = 5.

n (B) 5
Now, P (B) = = .
n (S) 7
Note that A and B are complementary events.
(iii) Number of days in a non-leap year = 365 days. i.e., 52 weeks and 1 day.
To get 53 Fridays in a non leap year, there must be a Friday in the seven
possibilities: Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thur, Fri and Sat.
Here S = {Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thur, Fri and Sat }.
` n (S) = 7.
Let C be the event of getting a Friday in the remaining one day . Then
C = {Fri} ( n (C) = 1.
n (C) 1
` P (C) = = .
n (S) 7
Example 12.11
If A is an event of a random experiment such that
P (A) : P (A ) = 7 : 12 ,then find P(A). Aliter
P (A)
Solution Given that P (A) : P (A ) = 7 : 12 . = 7
P (A ) 12
Let P(A) = 7k and P( A ) = 12k., k > 0 12 P(A) = 7× P (A )
We know that P (A) + P (A ) = 1 . Then = 7 [1–P(A)]
7k + 12k = 1 ( 19k = 1. 19 P(A) = 7
Thus, k = 1 Thus, P(A) = 7

19 19
` P(A) = 7k = 7 .
19
Probability 307
Exercise 12. 1
1. A ticket is drawn from a bag containing 100 tickets. The tickets are numbered from one
to hundred. What is the probability of getting a ticket with a number divisible by 10?
2. A die is thrown twice. Find the probability of getting a total of 9.
3. Two dice are thrown together. Find the probability that the two digit number formed
with the two numbers turning up is divisible by 3.
4. Three rotten eggs are mixed with 12 good ones. One egg is chosen at random. What is
the probability of choosing a rotten egg?
5. Two coins are tossed together. What is the probability of getting at most one head.
6. One card is drawn randomly from a well shuffled deck of 52 playing cards. Find the
probability that the drawn card is
(i) a Diamond (ii) not a Diamond (iii) not an Ace.
7. Three coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting
(i) at least one head (ii) exactly two tails (iii) at least two heads.
8. A bag contains 6 white balls numbered from 1 to 6 and 4 red balls numbered from
7 to 10. A ball is drawn at random. Find the probability of getting
(i) an even-numbered ball (ii) a white ball.
9. A number is selected at random from integers 1 to 100. Find the probability that it is
(i) a perfect square (ii) not a perfect cube.
10. For a sightseeing trip, a tourist selects a country randomly from Argentina, Bangladesh,
China, Angola, Russia and Algeria. What is the probability that the name of the selected
country will begin with A ?
11. A box contains 4 Green, 5 Blue and 3 Red balls. A ball is drawn at random. Find the
probability that the selected ball is (i) Red in colour (ii) not Green in colour.
12. 20 cards are numbered from 1 to 20. One card is drawn at random. What is the
probability that the number on the card is
(i) a multiple of 4 (ii) not a multiple of 6.
13. A two digit number is formed with the digits 3, 5 and 7. Find the probability that the
number so formed is greater than 57 (repetition of digits is not allowed).
14. Three dice are thrown simultaneously. Find the probability of getting the same number
on all the three dice.
15. Two dice are rolled and the product of the outcomes (numbers) are found. What is the
probability that the product so found is a prime number?
16. A jar contains 54 marbles each of which is in one of the colours blue, green and white.
The probability of drawing a blue marble is 1 and the probability of drawing a green
3
marble is 4 . How many white marbles does the jar contain?
9
17. A bag consists of 100 shirts of which 88 are good, 8 have minor defects and 4 have
major defects. A trader A will accept only the shirt which are good, but the trader B
will not accept the shirts which have major defects. One shirt is drawn at random.
What is the probability that it is acceptable by (i) A (ii) B ?.
18. A bag contains 12 balls out of which x balls are white. (i) If one ball is drawn at
random, what is the probability that it will be a white ball. (ii) If 6 more white balls
are put in the bag, the probability of drawing a white ball will be twice that of in (i).
Find x.
19. Piggy bank contains 100 fifty-paise coins, 50 one-rupee coins, 20 two-rupees coins
and 10 five- rupees coins. One coin is drawn at random. Find the probability that the
drawn coin (i) will be a fifty-paise coin (ii) will not be a five-rupees coin.
12.3 Addition theorem on probability S
A B
Let A and B be subsets of a finite non-empty set S. Then
n (A , B) = n (A) + n (B) - n (A + B) . A+B
Divide both sides by n (S) ,we get A,B

n (A , B) n (A) n (B) n (A + B) Fig. 12.5
= + - (1)
n (S) n (S) n (S) n (S)
If the subsets A and B correspond to two events A and B of a random experiment and
if the set S corresponds to the sample space S of the experiment, then (1) becomes
P (A , B) = P (A) + P (B) - P (A + B) .
This result is known as the addition theorem on probability.
Note
(i) The event A , B is said to occur if the event A occurs or the event B occurs or both
A and B occur simultaneously. The event A + B is said to occur if both the events A
and B occur simultaneously.
(ii) If A and B are mutually exclusive events, then A + B = 0 .
Thus, P (A , B) = P (A) + P (B) a P (A + B) = 0 .
(iii) A + B is same as A \ B in the language of set theory.
Probability 309
Results (without proof)
(i) If A, B and C are any 3 events associated with a sample space S, then
P (A , B , C) = P (A) + P (B) + P (C) - P (A + B) - P (B + C) - P (A + C) + P (A + B + C) .
(ii) If A1, A2 and A3 are three mutually exclusive events, then
P (A1 , A2 , A3) = P (A1) + P (A2) + P (A3) .
(iii) If A1, A2, A3, g, An are mutually exclusive events, then
P (A1 , A2 , A3 , g , An) = P (A1) + P (A2) + P (A3) + g + P (An) .
(iv) P (A + B ) = P (A) - P (A + B) , S
A B
P (A + B) = P (B) - P (A + B)
A+B
where A + B mean only A and not B;
A+B A+B
Similarly A + B means only B and not A.
Fig. 12.6
Example 12.12
Three coins are tossed simultaneously. Using addition theorem on probability, find the
probability that either exactly two tails or at least one head turn up.
Solution Now the sample space S = " HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, TTT, TTH, THT, THH , .
Hence, n (S) = 8.
Let A be the event of getting exactly two tails.
Thus, A = " HTT, TTH, THT , and hence n (A) = 3.
n (A)
` P (A) = = 3.
n (S) 8
Let B be the event of getting at least one head.
Thus, B = " HTT, THT, TTH, HHT, HTH, THH, HHH , and hence n (B) = 7.
n (B)
` P (B) = = 7.
n (S) 8
Now, the events A and B are not mutually exclusive.
Since A + B = A , P (A + B) = P (A) = 3 .
8
` P (A or B) = P (A) + P (B) - P (A + B)
Thus P (A , B) = 3 + 7 - 3 = 7 .
8 8 8 8
Note
In the above problem, we applied addition theorem on probability.
However, one can notice that A , B = B. Thus, P (A , B) = P (B) = 7 .

8

Example 12.13
A die is thrown twice. Find the probability that at least one of the two throws comes
up with the number 5 (use addition theorem).
Solution In rolling a die twice, the size of the sample space , n (S) = 36.
Let A be the event of getting 5 in the first throw.
` A = "(5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6) , .
Thus, n (A) = 6 , and P(A) = 6 .
36
Let B be the event of getting 5 in the second throw.
` B = "(1, 5), (2, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5), (5, 5), (6, 5) , .
Thus, n (B) = 6 and P (B) = 6 .
36
A and B are not mutually exclusive events , since A + B = "(5, 5) , .
` n (A + B) = 1 and P (A + B) = 1 .
36
` By addition theorem,
P (A , B) = P (A) + P (B) - P (A + B) .
= 6 + 6 - 1 = 11 .
36 36 36 36
Example 12.14
The probability that a girl will be selected for admission in
a medical college is 0.16. The probability that she will be selected A+B A+B A+B
for admission in an engineering college is 0.24 and the probability
that she will be selected in both, is 0.11.
(i) Find the probability that she will be selected in at only A only B
Fig. 12.7
least one of the two colleges.
(ii) Find the probability that she will be selected either in a medical college or in an
engineering college only.
Solution Let A be the event of getting selected in a medical college and B be the event of
getting selected for admission in an engineering college.
(i) P (A) = 0.16, P (B) = 0.24 and P (A + B) = 0.11
P ( she will be selected for admission in at least one of the two colleges) is
P (A , B) = P (A) + P (B) - P (A + B)
= 0.16 + 0.24 - 0.11 = 0.29.
Probability 311
(ii) P ( she will be selected for admission in only one of the two colleges)
= P (only A or only B)
= P (A + B ) + P (A + B)
= 6 P (A) - P (A + B) @ + 6 P (B) - P (A + B) @
= ^0.16 - 0.11h + ^0.24 - 0.11h = 0.18.
Example 12.15
A letter is chosen at random from the letters of the word “ENTERTAINMENT”. Find
the probability that the chosen letter is a vowel or T. (repetition of letters is allowed)
Solution There are 13 letters in the word ENTERTAINMENT.

` n (S) = 13.
Let A be the event of getting a vowel.
` n (A) = 5.
n (A)
Hence P (A) = = 5 .
n (S) 13
Let B be the event of getting the letter T.
` n (B) = 3
n (B)
Hence P (B) = = 3 . Then
n (S) 13
P (A or B) = P (A) + P (B) a A and B are mutually exclusive events
= 5 + 3 = 8 .
13 13 13
Example 12.16
Let A, B, C be any three mutually exclusive and exhaustive events such that
P (B) = 3 P (A) and P (C) = 1 P (B) . Find P(A).
2 2
Solution
Let P (A) = p .
Now P (B) = 3 P (A) = 3 p .
2 2
Also P (C) = 1 P (B) = 1 ` 3 pj = 3 p .
2 2 2 4
Given that A, B and C are mutually exclusive and exhaustive events.
` P (A , B , C) = P (A) + P (B) + P (C) and S = A , B , C .
Now P (S) = 1.

That is, P (A) + P (B) + P (C) = 1
( p + 3 p + 3 p = 1
2 4
( 4p + 6p + 3p = 4
Thus, p = 4 .
13
Hence, P (A) = 4 .
13
Example 12.17
A card is drawn from a deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting a King or a
Heart or a Red card.
Solution Let A, B and C be the events of getting a King, a Heart and a Red card
respectively.
Now, n (S) = 52, n (A) = 4, n (B) = 13, n (C) = 26. Also,
n (A + B) = 1, n (B + C) = 13, n (C + A) = 2 and n (A + B + C) = 1.
` P (A) = 4 , P (B) = 13 , P (C) = 26 .
52 52 52
P (A + B) = 1 , P (B + C) = 13 , P (C + A) = 2 and P (A + B + C) = 1 .
52 52 52 52
Now P (A , B , C) = P (A) + P (B) + P (C) - P (A + B) - P (B + C) - P (C + A) + P (A + B + C)
= 4 + 13 + 26 - 1 - 13 - 2 + 1 = 44 - 16
52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52
= 7 .
13
Example 12.18
A bag contains 10 white, 5 black, 3 green and 2 red balls. One ball is drawn at random.
Find the probability that the ball drawn is white or black or green.
Solution Let S be the sample space.
` n (S) = 20.
Let W, B and G be the events of selecting a white, black and green ball respectively.
n (W)
Probability of getting a white ball, P (W) = = 10 .
n (S) 20
n (B)
Probability of getting a black ball, P (B) = = 5 .
n (S) 20
n (G)
Probability of getting a green ball, P (G) = = 3 .
n (S) 20
` Probability of getting a white or black or green ball,
P (W , B , G) = P (W) + P (B) + P (G) a W, B and G are mutually exclusive.
= 10 + 5 + 3 = 9 .
20 20 20 10
Probability 313
Exercise 12.2
1. If A and B are mutually exclusive events such that P (A) = 3 and P (B) = 1 , then find
5 5
P (A , B) .
2. If A and B are two events such that P (A) = 1 , P (B) = 2 and P (A , B) = 1 ,then find
4 5 2
P (A + B) .
3. If P (A) = 1 , P (B) = 7 , P (A , B) = 1. Find (i) P (A + B) (ii) P (Al , Bl ) .

2 10
4. If a die is rolled twice, find the probability of getting an even number in the first time
or a total of 8 .
5. One number is chosen randomly from the integers 1 to 50. Find the probability that it
is divisible by 4 or 6.
6. A bag contains 50 bolts and 150 nuts. Half of the bolts and half of the nuts are rusted.
If an item is chosen at random, find the probability that it is rusted or that it is a bolt.
7. Two dice are rolled simultaneously. Find the probability that the sum of the numbers
on the faces is neither divisible by 3 nor by 4.
8. A basket contains 20 apples and 10 oranges out of which 5 apples and 3 oranges are
rotten. If a person takes out one fruit at random, find the probability that the fruit is
either an apple or a good fruit.
9. In a class, 40% of the students participated in Mathematics-quiz, 30% in Science-quiz
and 10% in both the quiz programmes. If a student is selected at random from the class,
find the probability that the student participated in Mathematics or Science or both quiz
programmes.
10. A card is drawn at random from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability
that it will be a spade or a king.
11. A box contains 10 white, 6 red and 10 black balls. A ball is drawn at random. Find the
probability that the ball drawn is white or red.
12. A two digit number is formed with the digits 2, 5, 9 (repetition is allowed). Find the
probability that the number is divisible by 2 or 5.
13. Each individual letter of the word “ACCOMMODATION” is written in a piece of

paper, and all 13 pieces of papers are placed in a jar. If one piece of paper is selected
at random from the jar, find the probability that
(i) the letter ‘A’ or ‘O’ is selected
(ii) the letter ‘M’ or ‘C’ is selected.

14. The probability that a new car will get an award for its design is 0.25, the probability
that it will get an award for efficient use of fuel is 0.35 and the probability that it will
get both the awards is 0.15. Find the probability that
(i) it will get atleast one of the two awards;
(ii) it will get only one of the awards.
15. The probability that A, B and C can solve a problem are 4 , 2 and 3 respectively.
5 3 7
The probability of the problem being solved by A and B is 8 , B and C is 2 , A and
15 7
C is 12 . The probability of the problem being solved by all the three is 8 . Find the
35 35
probability that the problem can be solved by atleast one of them.
Exercise 12.3
1. If 0 is an impossible event, then P (0) =
(A) 1 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 1
4 2
2. If S is the sample space of a random experiment, then P(S) =
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 1 (d) 1
8 2
3. If p is the probability of an event A, then p satisfies
(a) 0 1 p 1 1 (b) 0 # p # 1 (c) 0 # p 1 1 (d) 0 1 p # 1
4. Let A and B be any two events and S be the corresponding sample space.
Then P (A + B) =
(a) P (B) - P (A + B) (b) P (A + B) - P (B)
(c) P (S) (d) P6^ A , Bhl@
5. The probability that a student will score centum in mathematics is 4 . The probability
5
that he will not score centum is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
5 5 5 5
6. If A and B are two events such that
P (A) = 0.25, P (B) = 0.05 and P (A + B) = 0.14, then P (A , B) =
(a) 0.61 (b) 0.16 (c) 0.14 (d) 0.6
7. There are 6 defective items in a sample of 20 items. One item is drawn at random.
The probability that it is a non-defective item is
(a) 7 (b) 0 (c) 3 (d) 2
10 10 3
Probability 315
8. If A and B are mutually exclusive events and S is the sample space such that
P (A) = 1 P (B) and S = A , B , then P (A) =
3
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 3
4 2 4 8
9. The probabilities of three mutually exclusive events A, B and C are given by
1 , 1 , and 5 . Then P^ A , B , C h is
3 4 12
(a) 19 (b) 11 (c) 7 (d) 1
12 12 12
10. If P (A) = 0.25, P (B) = 0.50, P (A + B) = 0.14 then P (neither A nor B) =
(a) 0.39 (b) 0.25 (c) 0.11 (d) 0.24
11. A bag contains 5 black balls, 4 white balls and 3 red balls. If a ball is selected
at random, the probability that it is not red is
(a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 3
12 12 12 4
12. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. The probability of getting a doublet is
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 1 (d) 2
36 3 6 3
13. A fair die is thrown once. The probability of getting a prime or composite number is
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 5 (d) 1
6 6
14. Probability of getting 3 heads or 3 tails in tossing a coin 3 times is
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 1
8 4 8 2
15. A card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards at random. The probability of getting neither
an ace nor a king card is
(a) 2 (b) 11 (c) 4 (d) 8
13 13 13 13
16. The probability that a leap year will have 53 Fridays or 53 Saturdays is
(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 4 (D) 3
7 7 7 7
17. The probability that a non-leap year will have 53 Sundays and 53 Mondays is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0
7 7 7
18. The probability of selecting a queen of hearts when a card is drawn from a pack of
52 playing cards is
(a) 1 (b) 16 (c) 1 (d) 1
52 52 13 26
19. Probability of sure event is
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 100 (d) 0.1
20. The outcome of a random experiment results in either success or failure. If the
probability of success is twice the probability of failure, then the probability of success is
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0
3 3
Answers
1. Sets and FunctionS
Exercise 1.1
2. (i) A (ii) z 3. (i) {b, c} (ii) z (iii) {a, e, f, s}
4. (i) {2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9} (ii) {4, 6} (iii) {4, 6, 7, 8, 9}
10. {–5, –3, –2}, {–5, –3}, not associative
Exercise 1.2
2. (i) Al , ^ A + Bh or ^ A\Bhl (ii) ^ A + Bh , ^ A + C h (iii) A\^ B , C h (iv) ^ A + Bh \C
5. (i) {12} (ii) {4, 8, 12, 20, 24, 28}
Exercise 1.3
1. 300 2. 430 3. 35 5. 100 6. 30 7. (i) 10 (ii) 25 (iii) 15
8. (i) 450 (ii) 3550 (iii) 1850 9. 15
Exercise 1.4
1. (i) not a function (ii) function 2. domain ={1, 2, 3, 4, 5}; range ={1, 3, 5, 7, 9}
3. (i) one-one function (ii) constant function (iii) one-one and onto function
4. (i) not a function (ii) one-one function (iii) not a function (iv) bijective
5. a = –2, b = –5, c = 8, d = –1 6. range is $- 1 , - 1, 1, 1 . ; f is not a function from A to A

2 2
7. one-one and onto function 8. (i) 12 and 14 (ii) 13 and 15 9. a = 9, b = 15
10. (i) f = "^5, - 7h,^6, - 9h,^7, - 11h,^8, - 13h,

(ii) co-domain = "- 11, 4, 7, - 10, - 7, - 9, - 13 ,
(iii) range = "- 7, - 9, - 11, - 13 , (iv) one-one function
11. (i) function (ii) function (iii) not a function (iv) not a function (v) function
12.
x –1 –3 –5 –4
f (x) 2 1 6 3
13. "^6, 1h, ^9, 2h, ^15, 4h, ^18, 5h, ^21, 6h,
x 6 9 15 18 21
f (x) 1 2 4 5 6

14. "^4, 3h, ^6, 4h, ^8, 5h, ^10, 6h,
x 4 6 8 10
f (x) 3 4 5 6
15. (i) 16 (ii) –32 (iii) 5 (iv) 2 16. (i) 23 (ii) 34 (iii) 2
3
Exercise 1.5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A C C A A B A B B B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A B C D A D D B A C
2. Sequences and series of real numbers

Exercise 2.1
1. (i) - 1 , 0,1 (ii) - 27, 81, - 243 (iii) - 3 , 2, - 15
3 4 4
2. (i) 9 , 11 (ii) –1536, 18432 (iii) 36, 78 (iv) –21,57
17 21
3. 378, 25 4. 195, 256 5. 2, 5, 15, 35, 75 6. 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5
313
Exercise 2.2
1. A.P : 6, 11, 16, g; the general term is 5n +1 2. common difference is –5, t15 = 55
3. t29 = 3 4. t12 = 23 2 5. t17 = 84 6. (i) 27 terms (ii) 34 terms
8. t27 = 109 9. n = 10 10. 7 11. First year : 100, t15 = 2200
12. 2560 13. 10, 2, –6 or –6, 2, 10 14. 2, 6, 10 or 10, 6, 2 16. A.P., `91,500
Exercise 2.3
1. (i) G.P. with r = 2 (ii) G.P. with r = 5 (iii) G.P. with r = 2 (iv) G.P. with r = 1
3 12
(v) G.P. with r = 1 (vi) not a G.P.
2
3. 2, 6, 18 , g 4. 1 , 1 , 1 , g 5. (i) n = 8 (ii) n = 11 6. n = 5 7. r = 5
7
2. - 2
3 9 27
8. r = 5 or 2 ; the terms : 2 , 1, 5 . (or) 5 , 1, 2 . 9. 18, 6, 2 (or) 2, 6, 18
2 5 5 2 2 5
12 15
10. 4, 2, 1 (or) 1, 2, 4 11. 1, 3, 9, g (or) 9, 3,1, g 12. 1000` 105 j 13. 50, 000 # ` 55 j
100 100
Exercise 2.4
1. (i) 2850 (ii) 7875 2. 1020 3. (i) 260 (ii) 375 4. (i) 1890 (ii) 50 5. –3240
6. 39 + 40 + 41 + g 7. 8 terms 8. 55350 9. 740 10. 7227 11. 36

11 11 11
12. 13995 13. 15 days 14. A.P., `37,200 15. Not an arithmetic series
16. 156 times 20. 3625 bricks

Exercise 2.5
1. s20 = 15 ;1 - ` 1 j E s27 = 1 ;1 - ` 1 j E
20 27
2. 3. (i) 765 (ii) 5 (3 - 1)
12
4 3 6 3 2
(ii) 10 ^10 - 1h - 20 5. (i) n = 6 (ii) n = 6 6. 75 ;1 - ` 4 j E

1 - ^0.1h10 20 23
4. (i)
0.9 81 9 4 5
8. (i) 70 610 - 1 @ - 7n (ii) 1 - 2 81 - ` 1 j B
n n
7. 3 + 6 + 12 + g
81 9 3 10
5 ^415 - 1h
9. s15 = 10. 2nd option; number of mangoes 1023. 11. r = 2
3
Exercise 2.6
1. (i) 1035 (ii) 4285 (iii) 2550 (iv) 17395 (v) 10140 (vi) 382500
2 3
2. (i) k = 12 (ii) k = 9 3. 29241 4. 91 5. 3818 cm 6. 201825 cm
Exercise 2.7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A D C D D A B B B B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B A B D A B B A C A
3. ALgebra
Exercise 3.1
1. 4 , 3 2. 1 , 5 3. 3 , 2 4. 1 , 1 5. 1 , 5 6. 11 , 22
2 3 2 23 31
7. 2 , 4 8. 2 , 1 9. 5 , 1 10. 6 , – 4
7
Exercise 3.2
1. (i) 4 , 3 (ii) 0.4, 0.3 (iii) 2 , 3 (iv) 1 , 1
2 3
2. (i) 23 , 7 (ii) ` 18,000 , ` 14,000 (iii) 42 (iv) ` 800 (v) 253cm (vi) 720 km
2
Exercise 3.3
1 1
1. (i) 4, – 2 (ii) , (iii) , - 1 (iv) 0, – 2
3 (v) 15, - 15 (vi) 2 , 1
2 2 2 3 3
(vii) 1 , 1 (viii) - 13, 11
2 2
2. (i) x - 3x + 1 (ii) x - 2x + 4 (iii) x + 4 (iv) x - 2 x + 1
2 2 2 2
5
2 x
(v) x - + 1 (vi) x - - 4
2 x (vii) x - -
2 x 1 (viii) x - 3 x + 2
2
3 2 3 3
Exercise 3.4
1. (i) x + 2x - 1, 4 (ii) 3x - 11x + 40, - 125 (iii) x + 2x - 2, 2
2 2 2
(iv) 9x - 15x + 5, - 50 (v) 64x - 16x - 12x + 51, - 211

2 3 2
9 32
(vi) 2x - 6x - 16x + 55, - 41
3 2

2
2. a =- 6, b = 11, Remainder is 5 3. p =- 2, q = 0, Remainder is - 10
Exercise 3.5
1. (i) ^ x - 1h^ x + 2h^ x - 3h (ii) ^ x - 1h^2x + 3h^2x - 1h (iii) ^ x - 1h^ x - 12h^ x - 10h
2
(iv) ^ x - 1h^4x - x + 6h (v) ^ x - 1h^ x - 2h^ x + 3h (vi) ^ x + 1h^ x + 2h^ x + 10h
2
(vii) ^ x - 2h^ x - 3h^2x + 1h (viii) ^ x - 1h^ x + x - 4h (ix) ^ x - 1h^ x + 1h^ x - 10h
2
(x) ^ x - 1h^ x + 6h^2x + 1h (xi) ^ x - 2h^ x + 3x + 7h (xii) ^ x + 2h^ x - 3h^ x - 4h
Exercise 3.6
2 3 2 3 2
1. (i) 7x yz (ii) x y (iii) 5c (iv) 7xyz
2. (i) c - d (ii) x - 3a (iii) m + 3 (iv) x + 11 (v) x + 2y
2 2 3 2
(vi) 2x + 1 (vii) x - 2 (viii) ^ x - 1h^ x + 1h (ix) 4x ^2x + 1h (x) (a - 1) (a + 3)
2 2 2
3. (i) 4x - 16x + 12 (ii) x + 1 (iii) 2^ x + 1h (iv) x + 4
Exercise 3.7
3 2 3 3 2 2 2 4 4 4 m+3
1. x y z 2. 12x y z 3. a b c 4. 264a b c 5. a
2 2 2
6. xy^ x + yh 7. 6 (a - 1) â + 1h 8. 10xy^ x + 3yh^ x - 3yh (x - 3xy + 9y )
2 3 3
9. (x + 4) (x - 3) ^ x - 1h 10. 420x ^3x + yh2 ^ x - 2yh^3x + 1h
Exercise 3.8
2 4 2
1. (i) (x – 3) (x – 2) ( x + 6) (ii) ^ x + 2x + 3h^ x + 2x + x + 2h
2 3 2 3 3 2
(iii) ^2x + x - 5h^ x + 8x + 4x - 21h (iv) ^ x - 5x - 8h^2x - 3x - 9x + 5h
2 3 2 2 4 2 2 4
2. (i) ^ x + 1h (x + 2) (ii) (3x - 7) ^4x + 5h (iii) ^ x - y h^ x + x y + y h
(iv) x(x + 2) (5x + 1) (v) (x – 2) ( x – 1) (vi) 2(x + 1) (x + 2)
Exercise 3.9
2
1. (i) 2x + 3 (ii) 1 (iii) ^ x - 1h (iv) x + 3x + 9
x-4 2
x -1 x+3
(vi) 2 x + 2 x-1
2
(v) x - x + 1 (vii) (viii) (x + 3)
x + 2x + 4 x+1
^ x - 1h ^ x + 1h
(ix) (x) 1 (xi) (xii) (x – 2)
^ x + 1h ^2x - 1h
Exercise 3.10
1. (i) 3x (ii) x + 9 (iii) 1 (iv) 1 (v) 2x + 1 (vi) 1
x-2 x+4 x-1 x+2
2. (i) x - 1 (ii) x - 6 (iii) x + 1 (iv) x - 5 (v) 1 (vi) 3x + 1 (vii) x - 1
x x-7 x-5 x - 11 4^3x + 4h x+1

Exercise 3.11
2 2 2 (x + 4) 2
1 . (i) x + 2x + 4 (ii) (iii) (iv)
x+1 x+3 x-5
(v) x + 1 (vi) 4 (vii) 2 (viii) 0
x-2 x+4 x+1
3 2 2
2. 2x +2 2x + 5 3. 5x - 7 x + 6 4. 1
x +2 2x - 1
Exercise 3.12
3 4 5 2 3
1. (i) 14 a b c (ii) 17 (a - b) (b - c) (iii) x - 11
2 2 4 3
(a + b) (x - y) (b - c)
(iv) x + y (v) 11 x (vi) 8
9 y 5 (x + y) 2 (a - b) 3 (b + c) 5
2. (i) 4x - 3 (ii) (x + 5) (x - 5) (x + 3) (iii) 2x - 3y - 5z
(iv) x + 12
2
(v) ^2x + 3h^3x - 2h^2x + 1h (vi) ^2x - 1h^ x - 2h^3x + 1h
x
Exercise 3.13
2 2 2 2
1. (i) x - 2x + 3 (ii) 2x + 2x + 1 (iii) 3x - x + 1 (iv) 4x - 3x + 2
2. (i) a =- 42, b = 49 (ii) a = 12, b = 9 (iii) a = 49, b =- 70 (iv) a = 9, b =- 12
Exercise 3.14
1. "- 6, 3 , 2. $- 4 , 3 . 3. '- 5 , 3 1 4. 3 4
$- 2 , 5 . 5. $- 3 , 2 .
3 5
6. $5, 1 . 7. $- 5 , 3 . 8. ' 12 , 12 1 9. 5 8
$- 2 , 3 . 10. $7, 3 .
5 2 2 b a
Exercise 3.15
1. (i) "- 7, 1 , (ii) ' - 3 + 5 , - 3 - 5 1 (iii) $- 3, 1 .

2 2 2
(iv) $ a - b , - ` a + b j. (v) " 3 , 1 , (vi) "- 1, 3 ,
2 2
2. (i) "4, 3 , (ii) $ 2 , 1 . (iii) $ 1 , 2 . (iv) $- 2b , b .
5 3 2 3a a
2
^9 + 769 h ^9 - 769 h
(v) $ 1 , a . (vi) $ a + b , a - b . (vii) , (viii) )- 1, b2 3
a 6 6 8 8 a
Exercise 3.16
1. 8 or 1 2. 9 and 6 3. 20, 5 or 10, 10 4. 3 m
8 2
5. 45km/hr 6. 5 km/hr 7. 49 years, 7 years 8. 24 cm 9. 12 days
10. Speed of the first train = 20 km / hr and the speed of the second train = 15 km / hr

Exercise 3.17
1. (i) Real (ii) Non-real (iii) Real and equal (iv) Real and equal (v) Non-real (vi) Real
2. (i) 25 (ii) ! 3 (iii) – 5 or 1 (iv) 0 or 3

2
Exercise 3.18
1. (i) 6,5 (ii) - r , p (iii) 5 , 0 (iv) 0, - 25

k 3 8
2 2 2
2. (i) x - 7x + 12 = 0 (ii) x - 6x + 2 = 0 (iii) 4x - 16x + 9 = 0
3. (i) 13 (ii) ! 1 (iii) 35 4. 4

2
5. 4x - 29x + 25 = 0
6 3 18 3
2 2 2
6. x - 3x + 2 = 0 7. x - 11x + 1 = 0 8. (i) x - 6x + 3 = 0
2 2 2
(ii) 27x - 18x + 1 = 0 (iii) 3x - 18x + 25 = 0 9. x + 3x - 4 = 0
10. k =- 18 11. a = !24 12. p = ! 3 5
Exercise 3.19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B C A A C D B C C C
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D B A A A D D D B C
21 22 23 24 25
D A C C A
4. Matrices
Exercise 4.1
400 500 6
400 200 300
1. f 200 250 p , c 500 250 400 m , 3 # 2 , 2 # 3 2. f8 p, ^ 6 8 13 h
300 400 13
3. (i) 2 # 3 (ii) 3 # 1 (iii) 3 # 3 (iv) 1 # 3 (v) 4 # 2
4. 1 # 8 , 8 # 1 , 2 # 4 , 4 # 2
5. 1 # 30 ,30 # 1 , 2 # 15, 15 # 2 , 3 # 10, 10 # 3 , 5 # 6, 6 # 5 , 10 # 1, 1 # 10, 15 # 1, 1 # 15
J J1 N
J 1 N 1 1 N J1 9 N
K 2 2O
K 0 - O K 2 O K 2 2 O
1 2 1 0 3 O 7. (i) K 2 1 O K O
6. (i) c m (ii) c m (iii) K 1 (ii) K 0 2 O (iii) K 1 1 O
2 4 3 2 K 0 O K 3 OO K1 1 O 2
3 K 3 K O K3 O
L P 2 P K 0O
L L2 2 P L2 P
nd rd 2 4 5
8. (i) 3 # 4 (ii) 4, 0 (iii) 2 row and 3 column 9. A = c m
3 1 0

Exercise 4.2
1. x = 2, y =- 4 , z =- 1 2. x = 4 , y =- 3
-1 2 14 3 0 - 18
3. e o 4. c m 5. e o 6. a = 3, b = –4
16 - 6 14 5 33 - 45
J 2 12 N J 2 13 N
K 5 - 5 O K 5 5 O
7. X = K 11 O, Y = K 14 O 8. x = –3, –3, y = –1, 4
K- 3 O K -2 O
L 5 P L 5 P
TV DVD Video CD
child adult
55 27 20 16 store I
5 5 Before 2.00p.m.
11. f 72 30 25 27 p stroe II 12. c m
10 10 After 2.00p.m.
47 33 18 22 stroe III
Exercise 4.3
1. (i) 4 # 2 (ii) not defined (iii) 3 # 5 (iv) 2 # 2
8 - 11 - 40 64 12 - 42
2. (i) ( 6 ) (ii) c m (iii) c m (iv) e o
22 12 22 1 -6 21
1750 I day
3. f 1600 p II day , ^ 5000 h 4. x = 3, y = 0 5. x = 2 , y =- 5
1650 III day
15 4 9 6
7. AB = c m , BA = c m, AB ! BA 11. x = –3, 5
12 0 17 6
Exercise 4.4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D D A D B D B C C A
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B D D B C B A C B D
5. Coordinate Geometry
Exercise 5.1
1. (i) (–2, 1) (ii) (0,2) 2. (i) (5,–2) (ii) (2, –1) 3. (–12, 8)
4. (2, –2) 6. (–24,–2) 7. (–2, 3) 8. (–6, –3) 9. (–1, 0), (–4, 2)
10. `- 3, 3 j, ^- 2, 3h, `- 1, 9 j 11. 4 : 7 internally

2 2
17
12. 5 : 2 internally , `0, j 13. 130 , 13 , 130
7 2 2
Exercise 5.2
1. (i) 3 sq. units (ii) 32 sq. units (iii) 19 sq. units
2. (i) a = –3 (ii) a = 13 (iii) a = 1, 3
2

3. (i) collinear (ii) not collinear (iii) collinear
4. (i) k = 1 (ii) k = 2 (iii) k = 7
3
5. (i) 17 sq. units (ii) 8 sq. units (iii) 60.5 sq. units 7. 1 sq. units, 1 : 4
Exercise 5.3
1. (i) 45c (ii) 60c (iii) 0c 2. (i) 1 (ii) 3 (iii) undefined
3
3. (i) 1 (ii) –2 (iii) 1 4. (i) 45c (ii) 30c (iii) tan i = b
a
5. - 1 6. (i) 0 (ii) undefined (iii) 1 7. 3 , 0 10. a = –1
2
11. b = 6 12. - 9 13. 11 , - 13, - 1 14. 1 , - 4 , 9
10 7 4 12 5 2
Exercise 5.4
1. y = 5 , y = –5 2. 3. (i) 3x + y - 4 = 0 (ii) 3 x - y + 3 = 0
y = –2 , x = –5
4. x - 2y + 6 = 0 5. (i) slope 1, y-intercept 1 (ii) slope 5 , y-intercept 0
3
(iii) slope 2, y-intercept 1 (iv) slope - 2 , y-intercept - 2
2 3 5
6. (i) 4x + y - 6 = 0 (ii) 2x - 3y - 22 = 0 7. 2x - 2 3 y + ^3 3 - 7h = 0
8. (i) x - 5y + 27 = 0 (ii) x + y + 6 = 0 9. 6x + 5y - 2 = 0
11. (i) 3x + 2y - 6 = 0 (ii) 9x - 2y + 3 = 0 (iii) 15x - 8y - 6 = 0
12. (i) 3,5 (ii) –8, 16 (iii) - 4 , - 2 , 13. 2x + 3y - 18 = 0
3 5
14. 2x + y - 6 = 0, x + 2y - 6 = 0 15. x-y-8 = 0
16. x + 3y - 6 = 0 17. 2x + 3y - 12 = 0 18. x + 2y - 10 = 0 , 6x + 11y - 66 = 0
19. x + y - 5 = 0 20. 3x - 2y + 4 = 0
Exercise 5.5
1. (i) - 3 (ii) 7 (iii) 4 4. a = 6 5. a = 5 6. p = 1,2 7. h = 22
4 5 9
8. 3x - y - 5 = 0 9. 2x + y = 0 10. 2x + y - 5 = 0 11. x + y - 2 = 0
12. 5x + 3y + 8 = 0 13. x + 3y - 7 = 0 14. x - 3y + 6 = 0
15. x - 4y + 20 = 0 16. (3, 2) 17. 5 units 18. x + 2y - 5 = 0
19. 2x + 3y - 9 = 0
Exercise 5.6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
C B A D A B D A D C C B
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
C C C D B B D A A B B

6. Geometry
Exercise 6.1
1. (i) 20cm (ii) 6cm (iii) 1 2. (i) No (ii) Yes 3. 7.5cm 4. 10.5cm
6. 12cm, 10cm, 9. (i) 7.5cm (ii) 5.8cm (iii) 4 10. (i) Yes (ii) No 11. 18
Exercise 6.2
1. (i) x = 4cm, y = 9cm (ii) x = 3.6 cm, y = 2.4cm, z = 10cm (iii) x = 8.4cm, y = 2.5 cm
2 2
2. 3.6 m 3. 1.2m 4. 140m 6. 6 cm 7. 64cm 8. 166.25cm
9. (i) 9 (ii) 55
2
10. 6.3km 11. 72 cm 12. 9m
64 64
13. (i) 3 XWY, 3 YWZ, 3 XYZ (ii) 4.8m
Exercise 6.3
1. 65c 2. (i) 4 (ii) 12 3. (i) 12 (ii) 1 6. 30 cm
Exercise 6.4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A B A D B C B D B B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D D C D D A B B D C
7. Trigonometry
Exercise 7.1
1. (i) No (ii) No
Exercise 7.2
1. 1.8m 2. 30c 3. No 4. 174.7 m 5. 40 cm 6. Crow B
7. 5 6 m 8. 1912.40 m 9. 30 2 m 10. 1.098 m 11. 19 3 m
12. Yes 13. 87 m 14. 3 Minutes 15. 3464 km
16. 40 m 17. 60 m ; 40 3 m 18. 90m
Exercise 7.3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B C C A A B A A C B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B C A D C C D B B D

8. Mensuration
Exercise 8.1
1. 704cm2 , 1936 cm2 2. h = 8 cm, 352 cm2 3. h = 40 cm, d = 35 cm
4. ` 2640 5. r = 3.5 cm, h = 7 cm 6. h = 28 cm
7. C1 : C2 = 5 : 2 8. 612r cm2 9. 3168 cm2
10. 550 cm2 , 704 cm2 11. h = 15 3 cm, l = 30 cm 12. 1416 cm2
15. 301 5 cm2
2
13. 23.1 m 14. 10.5 cm 16. 2.8 cm
7
17. 4158cm2 18. C1 : C2 = 9 : 25, T1 : T2 = 9 : 25
19. 44.1r cm2 , 57.33r cm2 20. `246.40
Exercise 8.2
3 3
1. 18480 cm 2. 38.5 litres 3. 4620 cm 4. r = 2.1 cm
3 3
5. V1: V2 = 20: 27 6. 10 cm 7. 4158 cm 8. 7.04 cm
3 3 3
9. 26400 cm 10. 1848cm 11. 5cm 12. 1408.6 cm
13. 314 2 cm
3
14. 2 13 cm 15. 8 cm 16. 2.29 Kg
7
17. 3050 2 cm 19. 718 2 cm
3 3
18. 288rcm2 20. 1: 8
3 3
Exercise 8.3
3
1. 11.88r cm2 2. 7623cm 3. 70r cm2 4. 1034 sq.m
5. 12 cm 6. 12.8 km 7. 2 cm 8. 1 cm
9. 1386 litres 10. 3 hrs. 12 mins. 11. 16 cm 12. 16 cm
13. 750 lead shots 14. 10 cones 15. 70 cm
16. r = 36 cm, l = 12 13 cm 17. 11m
Exercise 8.4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
B C A A B C A B D C C
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
D D B D B C B D A D C
10. Graph
Exercise 10.1
2. (i) "- 2, 2 , (ii) "- 2, 5 , (iii) "5, 1 , (iv) $- 1 , 3 .
2
3. {–1, 5} 4. {–2, 3} 5. {–2.5, 2} 6. {–3, 5} 7. No solution
Exercise 10.2
1. 120 kms 2. (i) `105 (ii) 11 3. (i) y = 8 (ii) x = 6
4. (i) k = 25 (ii) ` 75 5. y = 4; x = 2 6. 24 days

11. Statistics
Exercise 11.1
1. (i) 36, 0.44 (ii) 44, 0.64 2. 71 3. 3.38 kg 4. 2 5 , 20 5. 3.74
6. (i) 5.97 (ii) 4.69 7. 31.61 8. 1.107 9. 15.08
10. 36.76, 6.06 11. 416, 20. 39 12. 53.5 13. 4800, 240400 14. 10.2, 1.99
15. 25 16. 20.43 17. 12 18. 5.24 19. 1159, 70
20. A is more consistent
Exercise 11.2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D A C B D C C B A B
11 12 13 14 15
D B C D B
12. Probability
Exercise 12.1
1. 1 2. 1 3. 1 4. 1 5. 3
10 9 3 5 4
6. (i) 1 (ii) 3 (iii) 12 7. (i) 7 (ii) 3 (iii) 1
4 4 13 8 8 2
8. (i) 1 (ii) 3 9. (i) 1 (ii) 24 10. 1 11. (i) 1 (ii) 2
2 5 10 25 2 4 3
12. (i) 1 (ii) 17 13. 1 14. 1 15. 1 16. 12
4 20 3 36 6
17. (i) 22 (ii) 24 18. 3 19. (i) 5 (ii) 17
25 25 9 18
Exercise 12. 2
1. 4 2. 3 3. (i) 1 (ii) 4 4. 5 5. 8
5 20 5 5 9 25
6. 5 7. 4 8. 9 9. 3 10. 4
8 9 10 5 13
11. 8 12. 2 13. 5 , 4 14. (i) 0.45 (ii) 0.3 15. 101
13 3 13 13 105
Exercise 12. 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C D B A A B A A D A
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D C C B B C D A A B

Miscellaneous problems
(Not for examination)
3f (x) + 1
1. If f (x) = x - 1 , x ! - 1, then prove that f (2x) = .
x+1 f (x) + 3
2. Solve the equation (x - 1)(x - 2)(x - 3) (x - 4) = 15 for real values of x.
c Ans : x = 5 ! 21 m
2
x x
3. For what values of x do the three numbers log10 2 , log10 (2 - 1) and log10 (2 + 3)
taken in that order constitute an A.P.? ( Ans : x = log5 2 )
4. In a G.P. with common ratio r, the sum of first four terms is equal to 15 and the sum
4 3 2
of their squares is equal to 85. Prove that 14r - 17r - 17r - 17r + 14 = 0.
2
5. Prove that the sequence " bn , is a G.P. if and only if bn = bn - 1 bn + 1 , n > 1 .
6. Certain numbers appear in both arithmetic progressions 17, 21, g and 16, 21, g .
Find the sum of the first ten numbers appearing in both progressions.
a + an + 1
7. Prove that the sequence " an , is an A.P. if and only if an = n - 1 , n > 1.
6 6 2 2
2
8. Prove that sin a + cos a + 3 sin a cos a = 1
Prove that sin x +2cos x = tan x + tan x + tan x + 1 .
3 2
9.
cos x
10. If we divide a two-digit number by the sum of its digits, we get 4 as a quotient and 3
as a remainder. Now if we divide that two-digit number by the product of its digits, we
get 3 as a quotient and 5 as a remainder. Find the two-digit number. (Ans : 23)
11. Find the sum of all two-digit numbers which, being divided by 4, leave a remainder
of 1. 1 + 1 (Ans : 1210)
2 2 2
12. Simplify the expression a b + c # (1 + b + c - a ) (a + b + c)
-2
1 - 1 2bc
a b+c ( Ans : 1 )
2bc
2
13. The quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 has no real roots and a + b + c < 0. Find
the sign of the number c. (Hint. If f (x) = 0 has no real roots, then f (x) has same
sign for all x) (Ans: c < 0)
14. Find all real numbers x such that f (x) = 2 x - 1 > 0. ( Ans x 2 1 )
x -x+6
15. Solve the equation 1 + a + a + g + a =(1 + a) (1 + a ) (1 + a ) (1 + a )
2 x 2 4 8
(Ans: x = 15)
2 3 2 3
6x x - 4x + 6x1 x2 - 4x2
16. Compute 1 2 2 1 2 , where x1 and x2 are the roots of the equation
3x1 + 5x1 x2 + 3x2
x - 5x + 2 = 0. ( Ans : - 320 )
2
73
17. Prove the identity: cosec a - cot a - sin a + cos a + sec a - 1 = - 1
cos a sin a

18. One-fourths of a herd of camels was seen in the forest. Twice the square root of the number of
herd had gone to mountains and the remaining 15 camels were seen on the bank of a river. Find
the total number of camels. (Ans: Number of camels is 36 )
19. After covering a distance of 30 km with a uniform speed there is some defect in a train engine
and therefore, its speed is reduced to 4 of its original speed. Consequently, the train reaches
5
its destination late by 45 minutes. Had it happened after covering 18 kilo metres more, the train
would have reached 9 minutes earlier. Find the speed of the train and the distance of journey.
( Ans: Speed of the train is 30 km/hr and the distance of the journey is 120 km.)
20. If sin i + sin2 i + sin3 i = 1, then prove that cos6 - 4 cos4 i + 8 cos2 i = 4
21. If cosec i - sin i = l and sec i - cos i = m, prove that l2 m2 (l2 + m2 + 3) = 1
22. At the foot of a mountain the elevation of its summit is 45c; after ascending 1000 m towards the
mountain up a slope of 30c inclination, the elevation is found to be 60c. Find the height of the
mountain. ( Ans: 1.366 km )
23. If the opposite angular points of a square are (3, 4) and (1, –1), then find the coordinates of the
remaining angular points. ( Ans: ` 9 , 1 j and `- 1 , 5 j )
2 2 2 2
24. In an increasing G.P. the sum of first and the last term is 66, the product of the second and the last
but one is 128 and the sum of the terms is 126. How many terms are there in the progression.
( Ans : 6 )
25. A tower subtends an angle a at a point A in the plane of its base and the angle of
depression of the foot of the tower at a height b just above A is b . Prove that the height
of the tower is b cot b tan a.
26. A rectangular pool has the dimensions 40 ft × 20 ft. We have exactly 99 cu.ft of concrete to be
used to create a border of uniform width and depth around the pool. If the border is to have a
depth of 3 inches and if we use all of the concrete, how wide the border will be ? (Ans : 3 ft)
(n + 1) (n + 2)
27. Simplify (1 + 2 ) (1 + 2 ) (1 + 2 ) g (1 + 2 ) . (Ans : )
2 3 4 n 6
28. There are three circular disks such that two of them has radius r inches and the third has
radius 2r inches. These three disks are placed in a plane such that each of its boundary has
exactly one point in common with any other boundary. Find the area of the triangle formed
by the centers of these disks. (Ans : 2 2 r2 sq.inches)
29. Six circular discs each having radius 8 inches are placed on the floor in a circular fashion so
that in the center area we could place a seventh disk touching all six of these disks exactly at
one point each and each disk is touching two other disks one point each on both sides. Find
the area formed by these six disks in the center. (Ans : 192 3 sq. inches)
30. From a cyliderical piece of wood of radius 4 cm and height 5cm, a right circular cone with same
base radius and height 3 cms is carved out.Prove that the total surface area of the remaining
2
wood is 76r cm .
31. Show that 1 + 2 + 3 + g + n = 1- 1 where n! = 1 # 2 # 3 # g # n .
2! 3! 4! (n + 1) ! (n + 1) !

Reference
1. Peter J. Eccles, Introduction to Mathematical Reasoning, Cambridge University Press

2007
2. Ann Xavier Gantert, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry, Amsco School Publications Inc.,
2009
3. Boris A Kordemsky, The Moscow Puzzles: 359 Mathematical Recreations, Dover
Publications
4. Imre Lakatos, Proofs and Refutations: The Logic of Mathematical Discovery, January
1976
5. Krishnan Namboodiri, Richard G. Niemi, Matrix Algebra, An Introduction, Sage
Publications 1984
6. Alfred S. Posamentier, Charles T. Salkind, Challenging Problems in Geometry, Dover
Publications
7. Alfred S. Posamentier, Charles T. Salkind, Challenging Problems in Algebra, Dover
Publications
8. James Stewart, Lothar Redlin, Saleem Watson, College Algebra, Thomson Brooks/Cole,
Jan 2010
9. Michael Sullivan, College Algebra, Pearson Publishing, January 2007
10. http://www-history.mcs.st-and.ac.uk/BiogIndex.html
11. V.Govorov, P.Dybov, N.Miroshin, S.Smirnova, Problems in Mathematics, G.K.
Publications 2010
12. H.S.Hall, S.R. Knight, Elementary Algebra for Schools, Surjeet Publications 2007
13. H.S.Hall, S.R. Knight, Higher Algebra, A.I.T.B.S Publishers 2009
14. D.Dorokhin, Z.Plaksenko, G.Bazhora, Collection of Problems and Exercises in
Mathematics, Mir Publications 1990

10-std Maths

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

10-std Maths

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

10-std Maths

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are some of the important components of learning mathematics according to the text?

What are some of the important components of learning mathematics according to the text?

What role does the teacher play in learning mathematics according to the text?

What role does the teacher play in learning mathematics according to the text?

Preface

It is gratifying to note that education as a whole and school education in particular

v©bz‹g Vid vG¤bj‹g Ï›éu©L«

The two that are known as numbers and letters

2. SEQUENCES AND SERIES OF REAL NUMBERS 34-67

9. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY 249- 266

11. STATISTICS 279-298

 Sets 1.1 Introduction

2 10th Std. Mathematics

Note that X + Y 3 X and also X + Y 3 Y. Y

(iv) Symmetric Difference X 3 Y =( X \Y ) , (Y \ X )

3 10th Std. Mathematics

However, any closed curve may also be used to represent a set in

Let us list out some useful results.

4 10th Std. Mathematics

5 10th Std. Mathematics

6 10th Std. Mathematics

7 10th Std. Mathematics

(ii) Using Venn diagram, we have

Thus, from (2) and (4) , it is verified that A + ^ B + C h = ^ A + Bh + C

Given A = {a, b, c, d, e}, B = {a, e, i, o, u} and C = {c, d, e, u} .

(i) Show that A\ ^ B \ C h ! ^ A \ Bh \C . (ii) Verify (i) using Venn diagram.

8 10th Std. Mathematics

9 10th Std. Mathematics

From (2) and (5) it is verified that A , (B + C) = (A , B) + (A , C) Fig. 1.12

10 10th Std. Mathematics

4. If A = {4, 6, 7, 8, 9}, B = {2, 4, 6} and C = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} , then find

11 10th Std. Mathematics

7. For A = {x ; x is a prime factor of 42} , B = {x ; 5 1 x # 12, x ! N} and

8. Given P = {a, b, c, d, e}, Q = {a, e, i, o, u} and R = {a, c, e, g} . Verify the associative

verify whether A \ ^ B \ C h = ^ A \ Bh \ C . Justify your answer.

10. Let A = {- 5, - 3, - 2, - 1}, B = {- 2, - 1, 0}, and C = {- 6, - 4, - 2} . Find

11. For A = {- 3, - 1, 0, 4, 6, 8, 10}, B = {- 1, - 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} and C = {- 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7},

1.5 De Morgan’s laws

De Morgan’s laws for set difference

For any three sets A, B and C , we have

De Morgan’s laws for complementation

12 10th Std. Mathematics

13 10th Std. Mathematics

Solution First we shall verify ^ A , Bhl = Al + Bl . To do this we consider

Next, we find Al = U \ A = {- 1, 0,1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}

Thus, we have Al + Bl = {- 1, 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} + {- 2, - 1, 0, 2, 4, 6, 7, 10}

Solution First, we find B , C = {1, 2, c, d, e} , {d, e, f, g, 2, y}

14 10th Std. Mathematics

3. Draw Venn diagram of three sets A, B and C illustrating the following:

4. Use Venn diagram to verify ^ A + Bh , ^ A \ Bh = A .

6. Given that U = {a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h} , A = {a, b, f, g}, and B = {a, b, c}, verify

9. Using Venn diagram, verify whether the following are true:

15 10th Std. Mathematics

16 10th Std. Mathematics

The number of students who had taken only mathematics = 64–(14+14+12) = 24

17 10th Std. Mathematics

2. Given n^ Ah = 285, n^ Bh = 195, n^U h = 500, n^ A , Bh = 410, find n^ Al , Blh .

18 10th Std. Mathematics

Let us look at an example.

19 10th Std. Mathematics